1

Diccionario Geografico-Estadistico-Historico De Las Islas Filipinas, Fray Manuel Buzeta Parte 1, Madrid:
1850. @ http://bdh-rd.bne.es. Translated into English by Dominador N. Marcaida Jr.
DICCIONARIO
GEOGRAFICO-ESTADISTICO-HISTORICO
DE LAS ISLAS FILIPINAS.

Volume I – Part 1 - Preliminary

Sir:

When the great religious building of the monastic orders, built on the virtues of the first men of
Christianity, in the blessed poverty of those times, and exalted to a marvelous splendor by the bounty of
all the kings, without there having been any one, on the Catholic throne antonomistically, that have not
lavished their benefits, that had not been highly columniated from its exaltation, and also for its part, it
has not been considered a powerful support of his righteousness, heard resound constantly the echoes
of religious gratitude in the majestic darkness of the closure; when this extraordinary building, erected on
its complement in the course of the centuries, after what began to decline, expounding itself in her womb
as in all physical and moral bodies the fatal action that ends the existence of all things; when always the
religious and magnanimous Spain only keeps him in their most remote possessions a miserable fragment
organized even as to watch over the maintenance and expansion of them; when this fragment tries to
present to the motherland the results of their long or unceasing endeavors; proving that, there still
breathe the aura of life, and that his spiritual action never weakens to be applied to the good of men and
for the benefit of the authority of that scepter, who lent his shadow to the birth and development of the
sacred institution, under what auspices will be submitted but under that of a king, whose outstanding
virtues publish it a worthy heir that both shined in their lofty ancestors for the good of the evangelical
society?

In addition, treating to express what are truly the Spanish possessions less known and more worthy of
consideration and protection of the mother country, having exposed their needs at the foot of the Throne
of the excelsa QUEEN ISABEL III, what favor is beseeching, but the august King, whose sacred character of
husband both voucher to the side of the most virtuous of the Queens?

Accept, Lord, therefore, a rendered supplication in the good of the great people, that since the remote
Océania also directs to you its respectful prayers; and accept also the fruit of our literary labors, which is
the DICCIONARIO GEOGRÁFICO-ESTADÍSTICO-HISTÓRICO DE LAS ISLAS FILIPINAS, which we offer you, as
the more humble tribute of admiration and submissive love of the Augustinians, never forget you in our
prayers.

Sir:

Á L. R. P. de V. M.

Fray Manuel Buzeta

2
 PROLOGUE
Something we need to say a little before venturing into the field, to give knowledge of our work and
facilitate its understanding; motivating over to this drafting the purpose to bring it within the reach of all,
convinced that it will not only be profitable to educated and of high socially positioned men, but also and
to a greater or lesser degree unto all kinds of people. We will limit ourselves therefore to give knowledge
of the cause that has prompted us to write, which is the subject matter, and what the method that we
continue to use in its drafting, although it could to some extent to lavish upon us this also in its own title.

What moved us to publish this Dictionary is the conviction that we are convinced of its usefulness so that
the Philippine Islands, as the Spanish nation, and even whole of Europe, should be reported of the exact
and careful knowledge of that archipelago. Reviewing and studying it under all its aspects, we could not
conceive less the idea to generalize our knowledge of it, and we decided to bring it to the fore, as the
necessity of our love to such worthy objects.

To sail those so remote seas; arriving unto these islands, many of them inhabited by ferocious natives, we
were searching for them in forest jungles, where they practiced their erroneous superstitions; although
we exposed ourselves constantly to the martyrdom; we went joyfully, motivated by religion, as we moved
toward despicable toil, deprivations and dangers, in exchange of finding human beings to convert to
Christianity, wherever Providence had reserved for us. After fulfilling this sacred mission for long years,
greatly increasing the evangelical society, we do not equally believe to have meet also with our duties
toward those spiritual sons, if, considering them worthy Spanish subjects, we stopped to expose to the
eyes of the motherland how worthy they are also of the love and the attentions of this. Neither could we
have likewise fulfilled to her, if we have not seen the means that a nation so highly catholic, can be
employed to bring to the summit the large company of the complete conversion of the Philippines to the
religion of Jesus Christ; if not we simply display our ideas about the situation of reciprocal the islands and
the mainland, the islands and the other nations, and even those considered the same in itself: if we have
not manifested the truth, to know, that only under the catholic Spanish patronage can the Philippines
reach that degree of prosperity to which it was called by the nature: if we have not indicated by what
means should this development be made, until the Philippines and Spain have obtained respectively all
the mutual advantages, which can produce this patronage. To do this, therefore, calls us the love of the
country and of the throne; and everything has to be a consequence of the more accurate knowledge of
the Philippines. With enough truth said the illustrated author of the geographical history of the Spanish
possessions of the Océania, that the Philippines are the least known of all the european colonies; not
having another more worthy nor more important under any aspect. If the islands of Cuba and Java can
rival in interest with the Philippines, this is because Spain has not completed to give these all the
importance that are susceptible; achieved which, will bring many advantages to those. The extent of the

3
Archipelago, its large population, prodigious fertility of the soil, the inexhaustible riches it contains, and
the peculiar nature of its indigenous peoples, everything concurs to that is more important than it seems.

The development of these elements of Prosperity, is linked in the beneficial Spanish domination, which,
evangelizing and civilizing the country, gave to the natives the dignity proper to man; constituting under
wise laws, and give them the enjoyment of peace and true happiness, where can only find the welfare of
the towns. Profoundly regrettable is the example that are shown to other Spanish colonies, emancipated
from the motherland, to fight and annihilate by obliging itself, without a shadow of a stable result. The
influence of the English merchant and his Methodist clergy; France with the peculiar spirit to this great
people, achieved nothing on the Philippines. Spain, which began the colossal work to give to these remote
regions the true religion and the European Enlightenment, is the only nation that can and has the right to
round out his company: any other, far from obtaining the astonishing results that constantly crown the
efforts of this in the archipelago, would be lost in the midst of horrific disasters everything created on the
primitive barbarism. The same strangers confess, and recognize linked in our nation, by the general order
of things, the exclusive possibility of make happy those regions, and develop their importance.

It already replenishes Spain of the evil of long wars; in aptitude and with the desire to promote and to
take to the end the general good, it does not neglect these considerable advantages. But as they are not
known all that is convenient, we go to show completely what there are the Philippines considered in
themselves; what there are and they can be for the Spain, and the expediency of generalizing the ideas
that we could have acquired even of the most meticulous thing of them, for the importance that really
they have, and for indispensable what sound the mercantile action that is promoted in them, since Manila
has opened its doors for foreign trade: importance that depends on its position privileged for the domestic
and exterior trade. To it it is what our efforts go; such is the object of our work. The matter about which
it treats will be, consequently, the universal statistics of this beautiful country; must consider him to be a
physics, politics, mulberry tree and economically, quite according to the most true information, quite
reasoned, with merit of the causes more remote, and divided later, to locate the relations; following in
them the order that offers the nomenclature of the country in its different branches: so it will come to be
this work what promises its vast title of DICCIONARIO GEOGRÁFICO ESTADÍSTICO-HISTÓRICO

In a preliminary speech espondremos quite what corresponds generally to the islands, without neglecting
any of its different aspects, physically, politically, morally and economically, to give a general idea of the
Archipelago. The DICTIONARY will begin later, and there we will meet on all its particulars, all that belongs
to the said branches, as it are demanding the respective nomenclatures; being careful always to facilitate
the necessary linkage of these particulars by means of its references. Finally, we will give the geographical
map of the Archipelago, where this meticulous general linkage will turn out to be realized.

Before concluding, we must mention an important fact to the knowledge of the nature of our work, to
know, that it is not in all its parts and concepts, alone product of our work: ours is principally the local
knowledge like that about the whole country, as of its inhabitants; but the rest that it embraces,
corresponds especially to the illustration and diligence of the outstanding young man D. Juan Castells y
Melcior, main editor of this publication, which precedents, like one of the collaborators of the Diccionario-
geografico-estadístico-histórico of Mr. Madoz, in the part of Spain, recommends to him to the eyes of the

4
illustrated persons; which there is aided of the knowledge of D. Agustín de Algarra, and of the information
that this one assembled during its residence in the Archipelago (1). Then, the good success of the work
owes to these two gentlemen very particularly, given that they have tried to enrich it with its knowledge
and laboriousness.

_______________________________

(1) With this knowledge and information that Mr. Algarra had to the understood study that did of the
islands, in a little time what resided in them, an could form an excellent synoptic-statistical picture of the
same ones that will be accompanied at the end of this DICTIONARY increased greatly by above mentioned
Mr. with the demonstrative and meticulous state of all the imported and exported articles in a year,
classified by articles, origins and its prices or values; whose news will be able to serve many merchants,
statesmen, etc. etc.

PRELIMINARY
BEFORE shutting ourselves up in the extreme straits consequent upon the nature of our work, since those
of a Dictionary do not lend á very much, it is a precise to expose quite what does not fit in the articles
about this one; ó that had to fill them with repetitions; harming á the briefness, clarity and harmony,
which must serve of base á the writing of such articles.

So that the division of the geography, of the statistics, and of the history of a vast region, done as it is
demanded by the local names, which define the parts of this one and attract attention towards the
localities, which have to go knowing little by little, as they should be claimed by the alphabetical order of
the geographical nomenclature; so that the accumulation of the sections, which result from that division,
should offer the appetizing general relationship, without which hardly there might be acquired a quite
clear and precise idea of the country, everything general must be known previously, all commonly á his
different parts. In works of another species perhaps the parts will be able to be demanded first, and later
everything, that the meeting of these should constitute; but the same does not happen in those that the
circumstances of this one assemble.

Difficult to give him know a geographic point, statistical or historical, without relationship with the others
in their respective Ramos, and above all, the geographic would be of little importance; the statistician,
useless; because only playing on a scale commensurate and reasoned, with the rest of the country, can
be interesting: the historic, become detached from the chaining general of events, it is like everything that
appears without reason of existence, and disappears without result. So necessary is the box espositivo
from the general of the country under the three aspects required by the title of our work. Preceding this
box to the dictionary, in him may be promptly considered the everything, and then will be easily
recognized localities. Asi may be alli, a description more methodic of them. Not only is this what should

5
be unto the clarity and brevity, we have said should be the rule of our work ; but that, in desiring the
perfection for works of this kind, even is sensitive not being able to issue ideas of another so that by the
same progressive order that we conceive: the perfection would require, for transmitted, a method of
concurrency that it is in the nature of things. Demos, therefore, unto our esposicion written parity
possible, with which will offer the geographical map that has to accompany also unto the work as a
tangible result of the study of the same: see here the whole, or the whole, under the three projected
aspects; it brings us closer then to recognize localities in the dictionary: the geographical map of the
country manifested by last, these localities in the assembly itself and what will pave all unto the
intelligence.

Presenting first the set and descending later how for a natural slope to each of the parts, we will imitate
to the teachers of the geographical science. The big inspiration of this one, Claudio Ptoloméo, even had
to start, taking of the nature the eternal beginning on which it had to elevate it: it announced the universe,
and lowered, finally, to specify the localities of our sphere: Ptoloméo, and all the big geographers, Greeks
and Latin Americans, headed the individual description of the countries with a general idea of them. More
necessary is this to the author of a Dictionary, which work has to lack the descriptive order that governed
the formation of those, and in the one that has to eliminate this one, replacing the alphabetical one. We
will give, therefore, this indispensable general idea and passing by the same system that we have
acquired; finding to be precisely most logical. Let's start, then, for there direct a look to the origins of the
news that have come to form works of geography and of history, belonging to the Philippines; and on the
main circumstances that have presided at the formation of those. This bibliographical news is always very
interesting at the head of any agreement, anyone that is its nature, if the due safety has to happen to the
study.

The population of this country shows the history of the geography, how the European wise persons
surmised, and even that of the subequinoctial regions earlier ele they to be an acquaintance: since there
was carried out the real assertion of that guesswork, against which, so many centuries, the ignorance
fought; following the progressive march with which the science has been including it inside its limits.
Acquaintance is, that these regions did not exist, or at least they were not habitable, for those
philosophers who were attributing á the ground a flat figure ó slightly hollow. Many others were not
also considering them to be habitable in reason of the burning action who supposed exercising the sun
in them. Also the stoic Cleantes and the grammarian Crates supposed, that the Ocean was estendido for
the whole included space I bring in the tropics. But meanwhile, already from Pitágoras we begin to have
also more exact news, although always purely doctrinal, admirable product of the Greek philosophy.
Pitágoras, Platón, Aristotle and many other philosophers, they were making sure, that the ground was
round and habitable in all its roundness and that really there were antipodes who were putting its feet
against ours. Gemino supposes two times the existence of these antipodes: Talker thought the same;
Estravon assured it categorically; Plinio did it also, and the incomparable Ptolomeo, in the stage where it
indicates the situation of diverse places of Africa and Asia, another part of the line notices very
immediate many to the Ecuador, others entirely equinoctial, and even different to a few grades of
southern latitude. Many authors find even some of the same current Philippines between the islands
that that big geographer names like belonging ú the India allende the Ganges (extra Gangem) and there

6
are quoted that of Barusa (Barussas) and that of Manióla (Maniolce). more the geographical science as
all fell down others; and after having acquired the ancient ones, give so positives of our antipodes, after
having called the question Plinio about these, strongly contest between writers and ignorant; being
common to that the affirmative answer, to the step that others were making difficult to give them
assent; later that Ptolomeo specified the localities of the torrid Area, Lactancio and San Agustín reject as
false and the opposite to the reason and to the judgment, the opinion about the existence of the
antipodes. So the real doctrine of the philosophers had forgotten even between the later wise persons,
who came to think in this part with the people. They must arrange to meet like the first ones in who it
highlighted the error of counterreducing the existence of the antipodes, the philosopher Farnacos
(according to Plutarch), and Demonactes (according to Luciano). Nevertheless, certain privileged
geniuses were not missing that they were waving this interesting question. Aquiles Stacio quotes big
dispulas on the antipodes, and the Pope Zacarías gives its intimation of ecclesiastic sorrow to the
presbítero Virgilio, accused to teach the existence of another world and other men under ground, with
another sun and another moon, which could be the esplicacion that that ecclesiastic wise person was
giving of the idea that had formed of the antipodes. There were no testos of the writing that
contradecián the population of the torrid Area, but the absence of physical knowledge; here, for
ignoring everything, it was decided smoothly what the most illustrated antiquity so much had debated.

The ignorance of those centuries did not deal in examining the influence that they might have in the
torrid Area, to make her habitable, the etesios, regular winds and constants of the Northwest, and the
fresh steams of the sea Ocean, as it had been done by the stoic Panecio and the academician Eudoro;
nobody was stopping á to think if these regions could be the highest, and be washed by the north clouds
taken by the etesios, and to enjoy an air softer and more moderate than other countries, as Polibio
surmised it; nobody was trying to find out if this elevation of the equinoctial grounds was ó not
fraternally with the spherical figure of the ground, as it was repaired mistakenly by Posidonio, who
adopted the reason of the most brief time that the sun hurts the equinoctial regions, like that day as
annually, adduced by the same Polibio; nobody the population was regretting the loss of the titled book
Be about the equinoctial line, attributed also á this eruditísimo escritor por the ancient astronomical
Gemino; nobody was appreciating not desechábala appointment of this beautiful book, - whose
existence they were not knowing, according to which, already mere deductions of physical beginning
were not limiting the news about the equinoctial regions; since there were also historical remarks of
persons who had seen these grounds inhabited; nobody, anyway, tapeworm present respectable
authority of the most learned Eratóstenes, for whom they were moderated also and habitable the
regions that were occupying the line. The ignorance made the geographical science limited á the
narrowest and coarse limits, of whose deplorable state is not necessary to say it was going out with the
dignity owed until the XVth century.

Then the culture of the Greek and Latin languages, and the study of the mathematics, of the astronomy
and of the antiquities was turned by them its ancient polish; and the enterprising genius of the epoch
provided to him to include inside himself new worlds. The infante D. Enrique de Portugal was
immortalized in the splendors of the seamanship and of the geography: promoter of bold voyages and
of important discoveries, turned in the mathematics and in other sciences ausiliares of the navigation,

7
founded a nautical academy; he was the author and father of the letters or hydrographic maps, and he
gave the biggest impulse to the genius of the century, which existed of esplicarse colmadamente in
Columbus and Scale, giving to the science the grounds and the seas of Occident and East.

Will there be the one who tries even to contradict this partly, supporting that before Columbus the
America was already known in Europe? In vain the efforts to enlarge a false erudition, have looked in the
America, the Atlantis of Platón, the wetlands of Occident, which the Phoenician merchants touched,
after many days of navigation, forced by a wind subsolano; the acquaintances also by chance for the
Frisónos the XIth century, aepicllas á that the Danishes arrived; the discoveries of Marlino Bahaim,
Antonio León, Diego Tiene, Pedro de Velasco, Vicente Diaz, etc. etc. Everything loves that it is the
America, ó the islands Antilles; and nevertheless, if the Antilla turns out to be noticed in several maps
previous to the famous discovery of Columbus, it is undoubtedly, because some onlooker, holder of
those maps, placed it in them, after this discovery, and when he even could not even have acquired
exact news about its name; since it noted down him without wise move, corrupt and spoiled. Not even
the same Columbus, in spite of so many news since he supposes Casel, there was in the epoch of this
admirable man, it had idea of the America, up to meeting suddenly on her: Colon discovered it while he
was looking for the India: this was the object of its trip, done in 1492 under Elizabeth's protection, and á
espensas of the prior Pérez and of the merchants Pinzones: Colon and Scale, we repeat, the extreme
straits broke Western (1492) and Orientally (1497) á that the geography was reduced. Every afio was
indicated later with new discoveries: Haukluyt, Grineo, Bry, Ramusio, Purchas, Harris and many others
could form big voyages collections with those of that epoch, owed especially á distinguished Portuguese
and Spanish: not even the vastísima history of the voyages, erudite English work, could understand all
that admirable development. Stay others deal more thoroughly in this and to continue better the
progress of the geographical science and of the discoveries; being enough to our intention to say, that
then it was also, when it eliminated forever the darkness in which for so many centuries it had been
lived about the existence of the antipodes and the subequinoctial regions. The famous voyage of
Fernando de Magallanes, crossing the Ecuador, furrowing seas known till then, and discovering the
union of the Pacific Ocean with the Atlantic Ocean, took out of the circle of the scholars the idea of this
country; it gave him practical results and showed á the eyes of all the satisfactory solution of the
problem, in which so many distinguished ingenuities had smashed.

Until then it was had, we repeat, only a dark idea of the existence of these, regions, and even it was
necessary to come for her to the wise persons: the same Gemino, that we have said to suppose for two
times the existence of the antipodes, he confesses espresamente not to have historical any news; and if
Polibio had them and recorded in its book of De la poblacion alrededor de la linea equinoccial, which we
make said, this book disappeared unfortunately from very ancient.

Now it is when, thanks to the immortal Magallanes, we possess a copious spring of geographical news é
historical, and these are those who can be said they have been esclusivamente considered by most of
those who have preceded us in this works genre. The immense regions that Crates and Cleantes had
attributed to the mastery of the Ocean, and that so many other sapientísimos males considered to be
uneducated and desert, either for the configuration that they supposed to them, either for believing
espuestas á a burning solar action, turned out to be fecund and inhabited; having a good time in them

8
its inhabitants of all the climates and productions, according to the admirable diversity that offers the
nature of these countries; but more commonly than a perpetual spring.

If its discovery was not the one that more has attracted politicians' attention in the endless controversy
on the advantages that the noisy discoveries of that time have brought to the commerce and á the
economy of Europe, it was not less interesting for the sciences, with specialty for the geographical one
either; being that of major entity for Spain, of all that it obtained, as acquired, preserved and made use
without the disadvantages that other possessions gained by the colossal companies of its modern
Argonauts. Since then its domains have not stopped dilating on this part, and every day new news about
the grounds is acquired earlier open. The desire to cultivate the science, and the love to the glory, they
promoted so many progresses; the material interest, and especially, the religion and the public-
spiritedness covered á to benefit them and to continue them.

Since we resolved to devote ourselves to the moral conquest of so remote countries, to the evangelical
spread in them, to the spiritual good of those nations; providing to them the knowledge of the real
religion, which them was retracting of their erroneous superstitions; doing at the same time its
temporary good by means of the culture; and giving with one and other to our homeland the
considerable service of its domains giving big dilation: since we form this resolution and devote
ourselves she with our votes, we devote ourselves to know the country that had to be an object of our
efforts. For it we assembled and studied relative all that he had written himself. It could not stop myself
from preceding this to so much I pawn. So we knew these regions, as they could have been taught us by
those who had already written of them. But: what a lot of rectifications had to suffer these ideas, when
we were trying to locate them, constituted in the country itself!

There have always suffered from such defects the relations of remote countries, commonly spread at
first by men too loving of the wonderful thing; more by the way to forge stories, which to give exact
news about effective, geographical objects ó historical.

Those who wrote later, even illustrated Morga, Brother Juan de la Concepción, Martínez de Zúñiga,
Murillo, Waist, Bread stick, colonel Aragón, etc., gave too much assent to those relations. Lately, the
laborious espositor of the state of the Philippines in 1842; the most diligent Míchelena and Red in its trip
to the decanía, the very erudite French Mr. J. Mallat in its so advisable geographical History of the
Spanish possessions, etc., has not stopped enduring errors and omitting interesting news either. But it is
not ile estrafiar in works of scientific travelers, that they were lacking time ó of the necessary means to
do more exact and meticulous investigations: the scholar Michelena, animated for its love wings
sciences, was consuming a considerable fortune, and was disabled, for the pursuit of its vast company,
like universal traveler; the author of the state of 42 was only approximately 16 months in the
Philippines, five of them I fall ill and eleven without resources. Nevertheless, the genius of these most
diligent writers overcame, in the possible thing, the obstacles, and gave extremely valuable results,
which us have been of big utility, especially the mentioned geographical history.

We do not have for a special merit to be able to move something more in these local research, that is all
that ties boundary-mark up in the inferiority of our scientific knowledge; we called by our votes to the

9
suffering and to the deprivations, started of the world for these themselves, consecrated to the practice
of the charity for the greater glory of God, the exclusive object of our future, We have not had to
continue in view of the obstacles that have limited the wishes of other men, on the other hand, very
superior to us. For these the lack of funds or the demands and attentions of society, are inconvenient
absolute: In addition, the society speaks of fortune, future, bonds of needs and of affection, which we
do not know.

Now, placed, with a similar independence, between the writers that hian preceded, we will take of some
and others ours most authorized thing, and, when the practical knowledge of the localities, or they it
demand the philosophical reason, we will feign ignorance of all, realizing our intention in five articles.

In the first one we will consider to be the Philippine Archipelago and its islands one of the regions that
form the globe. We will cover the above mentioned Archipelago; we will recognize methodically those
islands; we will see the system of these, and in them that of the rivers, mounts and grounds: we will
observe the climate, the soil fertility, the productions genre, and finally all its natural wealth. In the
second one we will see the reasons that credit to have been this very different region in another time,
and that the current state is a work of an admirable cataclysm. We will investigate how It could have to
Play similar event, and how there had to happen the change of this part of the ground. In the third one
we will contemplate the country like inhabited by its different races, and will speak about the character
of these, about its inclinations, about its virtues and vices, like things dependent on the local
circumstances first recognized. In the quarter we will present a historical sketch, which will lead us to
the current order of things, which esposicion also general and brief, it will be a matter of the fifth one.

General Description the archipelago. - Location and extension of the same. - Location and
chorography of the Islands - mountains and Plains - rivers and lakes. - climate, fertility, production
and natural wealth.

1.

SITUATION AND EXTENSION OF THE ARCHIPELAGO. THE Famous person gefe of the geography of the
century of the discovery of these regions (16 °) Abrahan Hortelio worthily called in long time with
universal approval, the Geographer, excellently; since it shone on all those of that century; presenting in
its complement for the first time, the modern geography, in all its very vast extension, the ancient one
and the sacred one; in its Tipus orbis terrarum of 1587, it offers these islands between the 5 or 50 ' and
17 ° latitude; placing on the first ones the island of Mindanao, and under the second ones the one that
they call of Hanhan, placed island on those that it names same the Philippines; and from 151 ° á the 168
length, Occident of the island that Palawan, and East of that of Mindanao these. The immortal Hortelio,
whose big merit is precise always to recognize; although its marvelous geographical building ground has
been thrown á by the modern ones, holders of better instruments and the most exact information, it
placed its first meridian in the most western of the island of Iron, as they had made it a most of the
geographers, with Ptolómeo, which chose this point for the ancient ones thought theirs most western.
According to this meridian, and the state in which the geography to the ripeness was, the agreement of
Fernando Catholic of Spain and Juan II of Portugal, confirmed by the Pope Alejandro VI, left the conquest

10
of the Philippines á the Portugueses; but the ambition of these on the America did that the first
meridian was placed in the island of the Azores, Third call; what took the right from them á the
Moluccas and it gave rise to the discovery and conquest of the Philippines for the Spanish: the
Portugueses for his part, took the same way occasion to the Brazil appropriate.

The great Magellan found that the prime meridian natural was truly in the third, where the compass
looks to the north without leaning nothing unto the east or to the west, as in any other point; where
took reason to persuade the King Carlos I of Spain, that would be the owner of the Moluccas, depending
on your place we will see.

If we now implementation of the meridians partial of the modern geography unto the work of Hortelio,
which we cited , and unto all that time; as the Meridian, in rigor geography is a circle of the area, which
crosses the poles; considering the particular of Madrid, without removing the first of the island of El
Hierro, it would be very easy to determine clearly the situation and exposition of the Philippines; it
would be practicable in respect of them, the operation that is made on the same Spain. In those maps
are contrapuestamente, in large part, to the situation of the peninsula, with 14° 55' latitude less, taken
the highest elevation of those, and the less than this. If trasladásemos the prime meridian unto the
island Third, according to the compass appears to demand this of the geographical science, could then
be checked even more property this operation. Made the change on the work of the same Hortelio, not
to mention others, so it would be worth the same, it is Spain placed between the 18 and 55" in length,
and the Philippines between 159 and 176; and both countries fall within the same circles; extending
itself even the Philippines, as 50' more by the E. and 1" 50' by 0, so that it could be said : The Philippines
are among the 7° 50' E. and the 9" 50' O of the meridian of Madrid.

Taken now the extention of 10° that give them the most modern descriptions, we would say that 4° 50 '
E. and 5 ° 50 ' O. of the meridian of Madrid.

We, nevertheless, would determine, that must assign them to himself 9. ° 47'de á 20 leagues the grade
in this form: 4 " 10 ' E. and 5 ° 57 ' 0. of the meridian of this court. Acquaintance is, that they would not
see the sun á the same time, in its noon, all the points of this meridian; but it is a circumstance that had
to be missing indispensably, being a circle of the sphere. More disgusting would be even to look like
oriental points, which in such a case would be in the same circles. Big advance has been for the
geographical science the determination of the proportions done by the sun, even in relation to those
antipodes, who, for the priest Virgilio, were occupying another world with another sun and another
moon, there under us. But in these works formed largely by slightly exact relations, the position of the
Philippines is very wrong. Very much one has been wrong even for the modern ones about this
situation; more even the least exact of these, drive with many other approach grades á she. While some
give to this Archipelago from 120 ° á 132 ° oriental length of the meridian of Madrid, others limit from
121 ° á 130 ° 30 ' of the same meridian; and some of them it limit to the space understood between 123
° and the 152 " idem of that of Cadiz. We, following now our own remarks, we will say, that the
Philippines find between 120 ° 40 ' and the 150 " 37 ' long. E. of the meridian of this court, with a lat.
understood between 5 ° 9 ' and 21 ° 5 '. The length of East to West of the Philippines, in its southern part
formed by the islands of San Juan, Mindanao and Palawan, consists of more than 180 leagues, and the

11
latitude, from the islands of Seranean, in the extreme S. E., up to the north Baschi, as of approximately
320.

The navigation from the ports of Spain to this Archipelago, which is one of the most considerable
acquaintances, can be done by opposite courses: while the Portugueses had it in its district, according to
the above-mentioned agreement of its king with the Catholic, to make use of the right that this one was
awarding them, they had to arrive at it, voyaged to the East: quoting them Spanish they obtained it, it
was necessary to do it for West, what was obtained, thanks to the linkage of the seas that Magallanes
discovered to them. Now we will describe this Archipelago, it taking South as the part, as its discoverer
did it.

DESCRIPTION AND CHOROGRAPHY OF THE ISLANDS. It is located first, between the 128 " 48 ' long., and
129 ° G' idem, and between 5 ° 18 ' lat., and 5 ° 54'ídem, two called isles of Serangan, which are almost
parallel between themselves, with some projection to S. E., like the nearby coast of Mindanao, of whose
island are adjacent.

The sea of the Sulawesi, which bathes the southern part of this big island, receives the advanced top of
Mindanao, on muds western, and low of the espresadas isles of Serangan (128 ° 48 ' long., 5 ° 52 ' lat).;
and continuing towards O., it forms then, with a small incursion, the bay called Deceitful: to this one
happens of the Boyan, that it is more considerable, and with a narrow mouth turned to S. O., (in 5 ° 48 '
lat., and 128 ° 59 ' long)., penelra up to the G ° 11 ' lat. The southern extreem of the island, which is
taken in for this mouth to the O., and for that of Tabloc to the E. (as we will see it then), it is known also
with the name of Serangan. The coast keeps on moving back, forming some ends and small isles, hasla
the top of Bamban (127 ° 51 ' long., 6 ° 44 ' lat). where from it yields quickly, to form the big bays of
Bongó é Illano, which penetrate even 127 ° 58 ' long, 7 ° 16 ' lat. the first one, and 127 ° 50 ' long., 7 ° 46 '
lat. the second one, The isle of Bunwut is the western part of the mouth of the bay of Bongó, on the
oriental coast of the big bosom of Illano: this coast is turned to 0., and in her, the mouths of numerous
rivers are, between them that is has the Tubuan, in the 6 " 52 ' lat., and 127 ° 45 ' long.: on 7 ° 2 ' lat.,
and 127 ° 50 ' long., it drains off for numerous mouths the fast-flowing Selangan, who communicates
with the lakes of Ligassin and Buluan. The territory dilated from the bay of Boyan, up to the Pagan top,
on the Bongó bay, is known by that of Beswan. The western coast of Illano, turned to S. E., is a chain of
ends and arms: on her is the isle Caragao. The territory that falls on the interior of the breast, form a
region, known by the same name of the Ulanos. From the center of this breast, return unto withdraw
the waters; but now the tip of the arrows (126° 46' long, 7° 8.' lat.) cannot achieve by much to parallel
the Bamban; and forming the bay of Kamaladan (until the 126° 23' long, 7" 26' lat.), runs the island unto
so top of the strait of Basilan; overcoming the archipelago of Joló (125° 26' long, 6° 56' lat.), Unto whose
islands would seem to indicate the direction that must continue around the sea of Mindoro, whose
waters hálenlas coasts of O. and N. of Mindanao. These waters are also bays remarkable, betwéen the
protruding the Sindangan (126° 22' long, 8° 10' lat.), from which expands the She sewed the spanish
province, called Misarais. In it are notable the bay limited by the tips Sicayap to 0 . , and Taglo, E., in the
126° 50' long., and 8° 58' Lat.; lligan (parallel unto the Ulano ; penetrating the 127° 54' long. 8° 10' l a t . ,
The great lagoon of Panguil); the tip of Salaban in the 127° 50' long.; the Bay of Macahalar; and of
Butuan City, in the draining the rio Sirolo (128° 50' long.), which divided the provinces of Misamis (at 0.)

12
and loaded (to E . ) : the plentiful of Butuan City, which communicates with the lake of Linao. From the
bay of Butuan City, dates back the side of Aran, until the tip of Banajan, in the mouth of eastern strait of
Surigao (128° 52' long, 9° 48' lat.) The east coast is more regularly since this point; forming some tips,
among which stands out the Cavite; numerous islets, several bays, being remarkable the Bagangan and
the Desjuntamiento. Also drain many rivers minors; and shall include the loaded, denominante province:
This river has its mouth at 7" 4' l to t . , 9' mas down, or to the S., ends the province and starts the
territory of Kalagan. in which stand out the last bay mentioned and the cape of San Agustin (129" 54'
long, 0" 20' lat.) from here tends the coast to the S. and forms the Bay Tagloc, whose mouth looks to the
S. E. in the 129° 16' long, 6" 14' Lat.: the Fund penetrates to the 128° 55' long, 6° 26' lat., and receives
several Rios. The coast is moving then on the islands of Sirangan first mentioned.

To the E. of Mindanao, the island of San Juan is, like to 10 °, between 129 ° 55 ' and 130 ° 24 ' long., and
the 7 " 50 ' and 8 ° 58 ' l to t.: on this one, it happens with the Siargao, and the kidlings of Suri gao, who
do not deserve particular mention in this place.

To the north of Mindanao, they put the numerous Visayas out, prolonged generally of N. 0., á S. E.,
forming two orders ó chains, which come á to rest on this island, from that of Luzon, which is the biggest
and most north, and like the progeny of all those of the Archipelago.

Following the system started, between 126 ° 50' and 127 ° 4' long and 9 "and 9 ° 15' l to t. is the island of
fire or Siquijor; and then by the same order of less height of polo, and 0. "a. e., of blacks, from 125 ° 55'
long., where is the punta Sojoton, 0., until the 12 c" 57' idem, and from the 9th G', lat., 126 ° 28 ' long
reaches the tip Bombonon to S., 10° 59' idem. Cebu, from 126 ° 57' long. , up to 127 ° 28' idem.; and
among the 9 '' 28' lat., (tip of the Tanon to 0 S..), up to 11 ° (point N. e Butaque). Between 9 ° 44' lat. and
the 10 "I saw! idem, and from the 127° 11' long, 127° 59' ID, lies the island of Bohol. Enter them 127° 50'
and the 128° 48' long, and lat. 9 ° 10 ' (point Ninipo to S.) 11 ° 56 ', stele of Leyte, to concure a forming
the Strait of Suri gao with Mindanao. 10. ° 24' lat., is about the blacks, and answering in order to reverse
conditions them offering 0 N. Coast. This and its projection of N. e. a. S. 0., the Panay, true triangle with
its three-pronged, Naso to 0 S.. (10 ° 24' lat., 125 ' 54' long), Bulacabi N. e. (125 ' 58' long. 11 ° 27' lat.)
and Votol, which is the highest 0 n.. This tip reaches to the 11° 4G ' lat., and 125 "50' long. The length of
the island, lies between the Naso tip, and the tip Potol. Osla Island, and the blacks, are as taking
advantage of the coasts of both the Guimaras and other minor diversions. About the blacks, and the E
from Panay, they are Apiton small, Sugar Loaf, etc. Returning again to l E. , the islands of good signal and
Jomonjon, are a 10 ° 40' lat., and a 128 ' 25' long. Other minor Islands, still on it, the same parallel of the
Jomonjol, and then it is given with Samar, advancing the Guimpunuan tip to the S. E., up to 11 "2' lat.,
and 129 ° 20' long from where goes back up to the 5 G 12 ° n. ' lat. Here stand out the tip Balicuatro 0
n.., (127 ° 50' long), the tip of Palapag n. (128 ° 56' long), and the Cape of the Holy Spirit to the N. e., at
128 ° 50' long. Withdrawing the S. coast of this island, is a search for the upper part of the East of Leyte,
and linking both, at 11° 18' lat., and 128 "52' long form a long narrow San Juanico angular, called
angostura: from there of is Samar s or brepuesta of Leyte, and arrive a locar same parallel punías them
Western and Northern of the two , in the 1-27 ' 50' long., which is where is supported also by 0. the
main body of Mindanao.

13
On leyte, to O. de Samar, they are the channel of Buad, the island of osle name, and those of Parasan,
Panamao, etc.: otrás mncho minors are rising up to the biggest Samar height. More to 0. that of
Masbate is, between 126 ° 40 ' long., and the 127 " 35 ' idem, and the latitude of 11 ° 5 ' á 12 " 13 ' for
the E., and of 11 ° 58 ' á 12 " 54 ' for O. That of Ticao looks like on the part N. E. de Masbate, her
fragment. To 0. of the same one, and to its height they are of Sibuyan, Romblon, Stage, and following
the same direction and height to 0., 125 happens finally with the island of Mindoro, in ° 8 ' long. (tops of
Daijan and Dumali, which begin to show on the oriental coast). This island appears long basting 12 ° 10 '
lat., á that reaches for S. E. the top Binuncan, from the 13 "52 ', á that touch those of Escarsco to the N.
and Calavite to the N. 0. The north coast it dilates for 1 ° since that of Calavite á advances 123 ° 52 ' long.
in the sea of the China, up to the isles of Silonay (124 ° 50 ' long)., front of those that one converts to the
E. The mentioned top Calavite, it excels on the called strait of Mindoro, of the name of the island that
forms it, in contrast of those, which, as if there were detachments of the western coast of the same one,
continue the direction that she determines, and they are financing the Mindoro sea, for its N. 0. and 0.,
up to supporting the general system, in big Borneo, which affirms it in the equinoctial line. From this
island (Borneo), that our intention does not belong already á, it continues the same system for the Solú
archipelago, á to close in the cstremo S. 0. of Mindanao, which we make mentioned.

The island of Mindoro, on the strait of its name, is the point from which two islands orders depart,
forming an angle: one of them with declination to 0., it continues á another part of the strait, and it is
constituted by the islands of Calamianes, whose main denominante, is between 125 ° 20 ' and 123 ° 51 '
long., and between 11 ° 4G' lat. and the 12." 2 ' go. On this one, and very next á she, it is of Busuagon,
which forms the western entry of the strait with that of Mindoro. The mouth of the above mentioned
strait in the sea of the China, has like 23 leagues wide; S. E. in that of Mindoro, like 12. In this strait there
are also numerous islets, and that of Corum closes its interior mouth respectively to the archipelago,
being with others E. of the mentioned islands of Busuagon and Calamianes. Under this one, they begin
to show innumerable minors, that it seems describe two lines; dividing a straight line and very
pronounced, with some proyecion to 0., and other one with notable curvature to the E., to go to both to
rest in prolonged of Paragua or Palawan, which for long stretch limits the Mindoro sea, on the system
that we have already indicated. Another line, that we have said part of the island of Mindoro, trends the
E., and it descends formed by the islands of Semerara (between 125 ° and 125 ° 8 ' long., and 11 ° 50 '
and 11 ° 42 ' lat). Panay, Negros, Zebú, Bohol and that of El Fuego, to rest on that of Mindanao: those of
leyte and Samar, with those of Masbate, Ticao, Burias and Marinduque, whose last three are next and
parallel to the coast S. de Luzon, do another more oriental line, and between both they begin to show,
marking a very low order, those of Camotes, Los Gigantes, Jintotolo, the Cresta del Gallo, Sibuyan,
Romblon, Cobrador, Tablas, Simara, Bantoncillo, Banlon, Maestre-Campo, etc. The inferiority of these
islands gives place to a spacious sea, in the center of two lines earlier stated. The big island of Mindanao,
there is to S. E. the general support of these three orders: that of Borneo the it is to S. O., as we have
already expressed about that in the Mindoro strait it is she who becomes detached with direction á. The
island of Mindoro is the key that joins this western order, the immediate propendiente to the E.,
another low order, which between these two begins to show like overwhelmed in the waters of the sea
of Mindoro, whose order is more pronounced in the entry of this sea, where there gather together the
most numerous islands called Amorosos, and it is less notable for the center, where the kidlings

14
Cagayanes meet: also there joins this island another the same way low order that we have continued
between the main lines converted to S. E. All the four orders assembled in Mindoro, are connected by
this island with that of Luzon, of whose coast S. separates another called strait also from Mindoro very
lower than the first one and populated also of several isles: to its mouth 0. those of Luban are, and in E.
those of Silonay and many others. It trends something of N. 0. to S. E. like so that the big island of Luzon
could include more regularly five mentioned orders. We have already seen as this linkage happens with
the most western four; now to understand the fifth one, which is the most oriental, and marked, Luzon
dilates its southern coast with some inclination to S. E., over the islands of Marinduque, Burias, and
Ticao, á to form with that of Samar, the mouth of San Bernardino. This mouth finds between those 127°
41' and 127 ° 50' long., formed by the low estremo of the oriental coast of Luzon, and the Superior of
the western one of Samar, in the lat. of 12 ° 52'.

The big island of Luzon is the enormous mass of that seem loose all other islands of the archipelago. Its
coast 0. seizure in the biggest height, begins in the Caparispisan á top 10 ° 42.' l to t., and in 124 ° 19 '
long.; being this top a north stirrup of the big mountain range of the mounts Caravallos called Saw -
mother, which, running of N. á S., forms the distinguish center of the island and the base of all the
Philippines. This coast, in which the western stirrups of the same saw, they form diverse tops and bays,
dilates of N. á S., with certain propensity to 0., up to the top Le Di, that in 17 ° 28 ' lat., it touches á 125 °
52'long. To the S. of this top in 17 ° 24 ' lat., and 125 ° 58 ' long., it drains the deep river Open, that being
born in 10 ° 57 ' lat., and in 124 ° 14 ' long., it runs to the N., be enough 17 ° 56 ' lat., where from one
turns the S. 0., forming an angle up to its mouth. Below several bays form and between them the top of
San Esteban stands out, in 17 ° 10 ' lat., and the 123 " 57 ' long. That of Namacpacan, in 16 ° 4 6 'l to t., it
touches in the 123 " 50' long.: that of San Fernando. in 16 ° 50 ' lat., and 125 ° 45 ' long., it is the oriental
parle of the mouth of the gulf of Lingayen, whose mouth looks at the N. 0. The big river drains in this
gulf á the 123 "41 ' long., and 16 ° 4 ' lat., incorporated into that of Agno, which, being born in 124 ° 9 '
long., and the 15" 56 ' lat., it runs it is enough its mouth in semicircular form, which center is in the 423
"53 ' long., and the 15" 43 ' lat. Some other less rivers, they drain off also into the same gulf. The end
and the top of Bolinao do the western part of its mouth, in 16°22 ' lat., and the 123 " 24 ' long. These
protrusions are the north stirrups of the called mounts Zambales, which dilate on the coast 0. of the
island, with some inclination of N. O., á S. O. The tops of Sand and Rocky grounds, western stirrups of
these mounts, are the most western points of the island, in 16 ° 18 ' lat.; reaching or á 123 ° 18 ' long.
From here the coast moves back very little up to the top of the Cayman (125°13 ' long., and 15°53 ' lat).
under which the bay of Santa Cruz forms. From there it transfers more significantly up to the new
protrusion, which there form the tops of Masingloc and Calaan, sóbrelos 15 ° 22 ' lat., and 123 ° 28 '
long. 125 á moves back again even ° 58 ' long., in 14 ° 57 ' lat., where it begins á the top is pronounced
Capons, which 123 reaches á ° 54 ' long., in 14 ° 55 ' lat. To 14 ° 46 ' lat., and 125 ° 39 ' long., the Three
find three called crags Monges, and from them its direction turns quickly the coast to the E., up to 125 °
50 ' long., where there is the mouth of a bosom, which penetrates even 14 ° 55 ' lat.: from there the
coast recovers again its previous direction, up to forming the Luzon top, and further down that of
Mariveles, which in 14 ° 24 ' lat., and 124 ° 5 ' long., it is the last southern stirrup of the mounts
Zambales, and it is the north part of the mouth of the big bay of Manila. It is not here where we must
deal in this beautiful bay; since it is only now our object, to give a light idea tic the position, form and

15
general system of the islands, for for its way, to acquire the necesaría of the Archipelago. For it we will
say only, that this bay, the interior of the island invades, up to the most Mediterranean thing of her in
this part, since it penetrates up to the long. of 124°54 ', and the lat. of 14 ° 44 '. The top that is the
southern part of its mouth, is in the 14 " 17 ' l to t., and 124 ° 12 ' long. In the entry of this bay there are
the called isles of the Chief magistrate, Limbones, etc. The coast that estiende of 0. á E., between 124 ° 7
long., and 124 ° 14 ' go., it is an estuaries labyrinth, so that, in the six miles space, there are ten bars,
which are Bocbod, Panlobenes, Quinapate, Maignig-Pasac, Macabuanbuan, Malabug, Balayar,
Monjagot, Lavitantagac, into which there drain off numerous rivers, which get rid of the mounts, and
they fertilize extensive regions. It is very notable between the rivers that have its mouths in the bay of
Manila, the deep one of the Pampanga, which, being born in the 124 " 58 ' long., and 15 ° 40 ' l to t., it
runs to the S. 0., it receives another river of the same name known by the distitinvo of the Boy, who is
born in the Canaren lake, in 15 ° 55 ' lat. and the 124 " or' long.: the confluence of these two rivers
verifies in the 15 " 12 ' lat. and the 129 " 20 ' long.: 14 drains off into the sea split into arms and bars, of
which the main one is the mentioned one of Bocbod, in ° 45 ' lat. and the 124 " 14 ' long. Also there are
notable French and the Bulacan, which drain off together, and the last one names á a province. Spent
the mouth of the bay of Manila, there finds that of Nasugbu, formed between the tops of the Fire the
N., and from San Diego to the S.: face there is an islet called Small fort. The top of Santiago that is the
low term ó southern give western Luzon coast, it forms you to hiccup north of the western mouth of the
strait of Mindoro, mentioned already, to the N. of the island of its name, in 124 ° 14 ' long., and 13 ° 44 '
lat.: from this top it begins the southern coast, which does not offer less aberrations. To the E. of the top
do Santiago, the Balayan bay forms, and inside the strait, the top Calumpang, it divides this bay of that
of Batangas, which is closed to E. by the sand top. These three tops are considerable protrusions, and to
E. of that of Sand, that of the Wolf finds, cu that begins to the oriental mouth of the strait dilates, in 13 °
35 ' lat., and 124 ° 52 ' long. The top Sigallan finishes this mouth, in 13 ° 4 1 'l to t. and the 124 " 11' long.
From this top the southern waves invade and 13 press the island hard even ° 57 ' lat. cercenándole
territories of which they form some other islands, like the mentioned one of Marinduque, and more
next and less someone, like the Girl, that of Pagbilao, etc. Called Head of Bondoc advances later again up
to forming the considerable protrusion, in 15 ° 12 ' lat. and 126 ° 7 ' long. But at the same time they
press it hard more and more the oriental waves, from the 14 " 52 ' lat. even 18 ° 58 ' go., and after the
125 " 7 ' have reduced the oriental coast of the island á long., into the latitude first espresada, cutting of
her the isles of Polillo, Jomalic, and less many others, they turn against the north coast of this southern
part of the island, which earlier 52 ' have excused between the above-mentioned 14 " lat., and 12 ° 52 '
go. It advances as we have said the Head of Bondoc up to 15 ° 12 ' l to t., in 120 ° 7 ' long., and
meanwhile, on the put up part the Lamon gulf, 15 advances also á ° 46 ' lat., in the 126 " 2 ' long., after
having stopped for long stretch, reduced the island á the tightness of an isthmus, which one is the heart
of the Saw Mother, that, from 15 ° lat. one has been convenient to the E. The island Alabat in the gulf, is
a fragment produced by this invasion. Done the southern escursion, which offers the Head of Bondoc, á
transfers the coast again and there forms the extensive gulf of Ragay, which it penetrates be enough 15
° 42 ' lat., in 126 ° 33 ' long. The top Macoto, which is the oriental term of the mouth of this gulf, is in
126 ° 52 ' long., and 13 ° 8 ' lat. parallel á the biggest height of the island of Barias that earlier we have
named; reaching so some advantage to the S., on the Head of Bondoc: 12 keeps on advancing even the
coast to the S. even ° 52'lat., in the 127 " 22 ' long. find here the port Sorsogon, whose narrow mouth

16
looks at 0.; and from her southern side, lower coast to the S., be enough the top Celaan, in the 136 " 50 '
long., and the 120 " 32 ' go., describing a curve converted to the E.: in this cstrerao of the island sa it
finds the notable Bullirán volcano. The oriental coast of the island forms the western side of the mouth
of San Bernardina, about which earlier one has spoken, and 13 raises in the same parallel up to ° 16 '
lat., in that the top Malalabon is the last top term of this oriental estremo. This part of the island is
descending to S. E., as we have seen; and so it shows its original character on other islands of the
Archipelago.

From the espresada top Malalabon is precise to penetrate for between one without number of islands,
which look like fragments of this one, to á keep on covering the oriental Luzon coast again. Certainly the
Catanduanes finds between 127 ° 28 ' and 127 ° 50 ' long., and 15 ° 58 ' and 14 ° 14 ' lat.: all other are of
less importance. The Luzon coast, from repeated top Malalabon, up to the western side of the mouth of
the gulf of Lamon, is truly north, although it presents some projection of N. 0. á S. E. In them they are
notable the Albay gulf, looking at N. E. formed between the above-mentioned top, and that of Liboy, in
127 ° 22 ' long., and 15 ° 25 ' lat.: the islands of Datan, Pingan and Rapurapu, they are closing this gulf for
his part N., from the mentioned height of 13 ° 25 ' lat. in that there is the first one, which is the most
western, up to that of 13 ° 20 ' go., á that find her last; reaching to the same oriental parallel as the top
firstly renowned. Raise then the coast up to 15 ° 54 ' lat., in 127 ° 20 ' long., and 127 withdraws quickly á
° 9 ' from himself long.; giving place to the gulf of Lagonoy, which looks at the E.: the top Sialat is the
north part of the mouth of this gulf, in 15 ° 46 ' lat. and 127 ° 27 ' long. To the E. of this top is the island
Catanduanes. The coast keeps on rising, and numerous isles go following it: in 127 ° 3 ' long., 14 reach its
tops á ° 6 ' lat. That of Siruma form the oriental part of the mouth give bay of San Miguel, which looks at
the N. 0.: the top Colasi limits its mouth for 0.: the first one finds in 126 ° 55 ' long. and 14 ° 4 ' lat., the
second one in 126 ° 46 ' long., and 13°58 ' lat. The coast keeps on rising, to the step that goes
withdrawing 0 from itself., and it is always leaving numerous isles. To 126 ° 15 ' long., it comes á to touch
in 14 ° 32 ' lat. From here it is more north; since 0 goes with small inflections dcE. á., up to 125 ° 56 '
long., in that there is the oriental part of the mouth of the gulf of Lamon, earlier mentioned. This gulf
has the form of a long wedge, of N. 0. á S. E., although its mouth looks at the N. The top that forms the
western side of this mouth comes á there is á the same height as that of E., occupying both 14 ° 28 ' lat.:
the western one is in the long. of 125 ° 15 '. From here the coast takes new direction, and very different
form the island. 18 has prolonged its western line from ° 42 ' (top of Caparispasan) up to 15 ° 44 ' go.
(top of Santiago), describing a curve; since its top estremo finds in 124 ° 19 ' long., its center (tops of
Sand and Rocky grounds), in 125 ° 18 ' go., and its low term in 124 ° 11 ' go. it ties estendido its southern
coast up from the same long., where 157 finds the top of Santiago, with the lat. of 13 ° 44 ', up to ° 40 '
long., and 12 ° 52 ' lat. (top Calaan), whose line does not come ú to rest on the Head of Bondoc,
although this one seems to move forward á reached soon á its center, dividing in two big bosoms the
sea of this part, and separating between themselves the islands of Marínduque and Burias. Throwing a
line for the most outstanding tops, of the north coast of this big oriental protrusion of the island, which
extremely volcanic protrusion, it is called the Dressing rooms, she remains affirmed on them, in 127 ° 20
' long., on 14 ° lat.; in 127 ° 4 ' long., on 14 ° 6 ' lat.; in 126 ° 22 ' long., on 14 ° 52 ' l to t. and over the
entry of the gulf of Lamon, it goes á to end in the top of Inaguican, which is the western part of the
mouth of the big bosom, in which gulf Lamon forms repeated: this top finds in 124 ° 52 ' long., and 15 °

17
lat. This way it turns out that this part of the island of Luzon, is determined between two guided lines of
N. 0. á S, E' as of 70 leg. muds southerner, who includes the whole low part of the island, and as of 52
other one, being distant between themselves for the estremo E. as 26 leg., and on 55 for 0., where the
Superior supports in the espresada Inaguican top. On this top esliendo and it raises the N. it was sewing
it orientally of the island, even 18 ° 58 ' lat. in that the end of the Trick forms its north term. This end is a
stirrup advanced to the N. for the mounts oriental Caraballos, eminent mountain range, which is
elevated by the long of this coast, forming different tops in her, and not few estuaries, with the rivers
that rush for its valleys.

From the mentioned Inaguican top, an extensive bosom forms up to the end of S. Ildefonso, which is
advanced be enough 125 ° 12'long., in 15 ° 40 ' lat. Facing the low part of this bosom is the island Polillo.
The Luzon coast continues from the mentioned end of San Ildefonso, progressing on the waters of the
big Ocean: á 16 ° 54 ' lat. forms a notable bay, which narrow mouth is converted to S. E.; in 17 ° lat., 125
reaches the coast á ° 50 ' long., and in 17 ° 50 ' lat., 120 comes á ° long. Between this point and a
protrusion that moves forward in 18 ° 10 ' lat., á the 125 " 58 ' long., front of which one is the isle
Moloncon, 125 forms a bosom, which center finds in 18 ° lat. and ° 43 ' long. From the protrusion lately
stated, the coast rises, withdrawing from him á to push to the N. earlier above-mentioned end of the
Trick, beginning of the north coast. To the Occident of this end there forms the extensive bosom into
which the most deep river Cagayan drains off, á 125 ° 12 ' long. and the 18 " 24 ' lat. To the Occident of
this river the mouth of the Abulug is, in 125 ° 2 ' long., and 18 ° 27 ' lat. Then there excels the top of S.
Juan, between which, and that of Spade to the O., a bosom forms. On the last renowned top, Mother
advances Saw, the big protrusion ó Cabicunga top, á the O they continue the foot with small inclination
to., the bays of Pasalen, Baugan, the top Mereira, and the mouth and top of Caparispisan.

Traveled so the northern coast, and views before the Eastern and Western, we can also understand this
upper and main part of the island between two straight lines, which determine their opposite
propensity, which we have said has its bottom; but this only can be verified from the tip of Caparispisan,
to the sands 0., and from the prominence, which we have placed on the 17 "50' lat., San Ildefonso after
e, because the island has a semicircular shape. From Cape San Ildefonso to the punta Arenas, offers a
mole, whose thickness is 1 "51' long: from Eastern prominence, which, on this place we have
mentioned, until the tip tell you that you have opposed, there are more than 2". Island, to the point that
determined that San lldefonso by e. Cape, and Arenas probe 0., tends, although very little N. e. a. S. 0.;
and then to the S. E., offers a semi-circular shape; It is the shape of the mountain range mother of these
mountains, and with regard to them, are going to occupy us, after giving the position of the Islands, and
recognize the system because their respective positions. us missing already little to say so; because only
we subtract that take into account the recent Northern waste of this great system to the N. of the
climactic Luzon. The Camiguin Island, including enter them 18° 52' lat., and 19 ° 2' ID, and between 125 °
21' long, and 125° 24' id. the southern part, and between 125 ° 25', and 125 ° 28', by the North, so that
appears lying N. e. a 0 S..: the small leak, parallel to the previous one, in the 12 - 4 ° 50' long; the more
small Baring and Manapa, 0., and N. 0. the last one; the Dalupiri 0 n.. These t r e s, on the 19 ° l to t. ; the
Calayan to the N. e.; the de Babuyanes n. e. of the previous; the Batanes and the Baschi Northern, are
showing the same system, up to 120 ° 18' long. and 21 ° 10' lat.

18
This rapid glimpse on the general system of the Philippines, which number promotes for some that of
1200, and for others they are innumerable, a marcadísima mail has already demonstrated us between
them. Observing now in general its mountains, we see that all that begin to show in these islands, they
correspond á a vast mountain range, stretched of N. á S., with several ramifications. The same islands do
not look like another thing than bodies of this mountain range, ó high plateaus understood between them,
and cut by channels, which separate them between themselves. This happens at least with regard to the
main ones; and the lowest it seems they have been formed, in part for detachments of others; since
skimping its vegetable layers, á little that is deepened, it happens only with sand, between which,
numerous seafood, they prove the ancient occupation of these places for the waves. Any more it is not
even an occasion of esponer these circumstances that testify the big physical disorders happened in these
islands. Directing now only the sight on the mountains, we will do it even with so much rapidity, that we
will only name its main points, and not to stop á to fix them, whose work, it will be a matter of its
corresponding articles.

MOUNTAINS AND PLAINS. The Caravallo mountains, which we have already mentioned, cover of N. á S.
nearly sixty leagues, from the eminence called properly Caravallo, to Caravallo de Baler, extending later
for the whole island of Luson, up to the Bulusan volcano. Its width, in the first sixty said leagues, is for an
average of more than fifteen leagues. The central chain ó mother is quite high, and of her there get rid
several ramifications, which, subdivided then, form big and delightful vales, of which the biggest are that
of the big Rio of Cagayan, laying of S. á N. for the center of the island; that of the river Agno, and that of
the Cove (to 0).

Inside the mountain ranges that correspond to the E., big flatness fertilized by many creeks forms also.
One of the most notable mounts of the island, is called Tonglo. Also there is of consideration the mount
Culili (to 0). The Tagudin, peak takes a top as cut á, and another low top forms mountain range, with
another big mount called Teplep. From one of the tops of the Culili, there is discovered to the S. the mount
Manacao, which forms another mountain range with that of Tocadan. Also the Cabunian is notable. The
stirrups that go out of the chain that closes for 0. the beautiful Benguet vale, they form those of Pious,
Gandan, Poveda and Navarcan, for which it is possible to penetrate easily in the interior of the mountain
range. A 0th Century. of the knot of the chain of Apayao, with the head office, it is in this one as over a
distance of nine leagues of that one, the peak they make a profit, of which one the Ambaynan salt a long
stirrup, which it separates from the river Agno. The mount Arayat, raises in 15° 11' lat., and 124° 19' long.
The mountain range of the Zambales mountains (to the West), is also very considerable. It is known, that
so vast mounted will be cut off by deep rivers, and we have already mentioned some of them, particularly
in the chorography of the islands; without because of it we stopping cover them also now, although not
with more detention than the mountains.

RIVERS AND LAKES. Innumerable rivers cut and water these islands in thousand directions. From the
Caraballo mountains, originates, as in another part we have seen, the big river of the Pampanga, with
which joins then those of Dimalag, Bongabong and Santor, which have its origin in the same Caravallos
mountain range on the east. Before coming to the Arayat mountain, it receives the Pampanga, to the
Chico river of the same name, and later those of San Miguel, San Luis, Calumpit and lately that of Quingoa,
keeps on dividing the Pampanga province, of that of Bulacan, and drains off into the bay of Manila.

19
The mentioned Chico river, he is born in the big lake of Canaren, placed in the province of Pampanga,
close to that of Pangasinan, whose lake is formed by several rivers. Formerly the Chico river, was
navigable; but the stones that it brings tires and the tree trunks, have obstructed completely this useful
communication for the provinces between it: on the part of Arayat, there have formed large puddles or
deposits of water, which only serve as habitat for many crocodiles. This river receives numerous
tributaries of the Caravallos, before joining to the Rio Grande. From the mountains of Zambales comes
out several creeks that form the rivers of Lumay, Macavalo and Porac: the first one drains off into the sea,
defining the provinces of Bataan and Pampanga; and two last ones drain off in the Chico river. From the
Arayat mountain there falls down a big waterfalls, which fall towards half of the same mount, looking at
the East South-East, it forms a very deep water tank, and throws itself over a cliff to the Chico river, for
the streams of Quinling and Subigan: three others called Lara, Balaad and Bocandang come to the same
river.

The part of coast that comprises the province of Bulacan, we have seen being a labyrinth of estuaries,
formed by the rivers that drain off into her.

From the western Caravallos, in the country of the Igorrotes, to the North of Pangasinan, drains several
rivers, which fertilize all that land. The most deep is the Agno earlier described, that, after having
surrounded all the towns of the province, for South East, in the shape of an amphitheater, passes between
Aguilar, Salasa, Lingayen and San Isidro, from the West, it comes to drain to the sea by the Northwest.

To the exit of the town of Agoo there is a small river. At the entry of that of Aringay there is deep other.
In Banan there is another; and between Bacnotan and Napakpakan finds also other, and several creeks.

The Abra river runs from the province of Pangasinan. This one Abra river ends in the sea for the bars of
Butao, Niog and Dile, splitting from the Estuary into three deep arms; causing in times of rains and avenues
a lot of damages in the immediate peoples for changing often its direction. The main arm of this river
there spends prick population of Santa Catalina of Seine ó of Saliva. Everything is navigable, and for him
the idolaters Tinguianes trasportan the wood á the above-mentioned Christian peoples.

For the town of Parañaque it ends, in the bay of Manila, Hen gives the small river called Intestine,
because of many sinuosities that it forms in its course. This river is an arm of the Pasig, which goes down
the Bay lagoon, and it commences á to have its course separated between the peoples of Pandacan and
Santa Ann, making the whole territory of Manila isolated.

The river Pasig has its birth in the Laguna de Bay, and covers approximately six leagues up to draining off
into the bay.

The river San-Mateo ends in above-mentioned Pasig, for the population of the same name.

The rivers of fresh water, which water the Bulacan province, they are that of Quingoa, which, going
down for Angat and San Rafael, Calumpit spends for Baliuag, Quingoa, and San Isidro á; and that of
Pampanga, with which the previous one joins.

20
The Big river, being born in the mounts Zambales, in the western part of the province of Pampanga,
covers to the N. for this province, á that of Pangasinan, meeting doselc others that go out of the
Canaren lagoon: join the Agno, which drains off into the Lingayen gulf, Pangasinan province.

In the province of Bulacan they are notable called French, and that of Bulacan, which meet in Calumpit.

In the Monte Tonglo has its birth the rio Cagaling, that is the one that passes by Aringay, province of
Pangasinan. Infinite are the rivers flowing give the mountain range of the Caravallos Western, and
among them are also the Piapía which empties into Calavang, the Amburayan, that go unto Bangar and
another arm unto Tagudin, Cali, which meets the Amburayan, the Holy Rosary, the Torray, Bacun and
others of lesser importance.

In the 124" 30' long. and 15° 40' lat., where are the hills that divide the Nueva Ecija, the Nueva Vizcaya,
it follows the Rio Grande of Cagayan, that engrosándose with numerous tributaries, which receives the
Caravallos oriental by the right, and Westerners to the left, go unto lead at sea off the coast N. of the
island of Luzon, near Aparri.

Of the Western Part of the Montes Caravallos, which give view unto Cagayan, lower other rios, that by
joining successively, form which passes through Canipata and Alabug and leads also in the sea between
the tip of San Juan and Aparri.

Such is the abundance of the waters that run through the islands, which in the rainy season, there are
gaps regular large exposition unto whom the naturals called pinacs.

In the great plains of Candava, province of the Pampanga, forms in the station of the waters, a Laguna
immense, which by some parties has more than eight leagues of exposition, from the site of Balalong, in
the jurisdiction of S. Isidro, until more above Gapan, collecting spills of the Rios Santor, Garlac , Opig,
Mansin and others. The drainage of this lagoon or pinac, is verified by natural channels which
communicate with the indicated rios; but it is never complete, and always leaves several eyes of water
or small lagoons , between the meadows that replace the flood.

The pinac of Hagonoy, in the province of Bulacan, formed by the avenues of the rivers of the Pampanga ,
is much lower than that of Candava.

It is also the form another lagoon or pinac lots of exposition in the plain of Mangabol, between the
peoples of Paniqui and Bayanban, results of the rains and spills of rio Agno, which increases when the
waters of the rivers Catablang, Quiniblatan and Tarlac, are specified to stop by go very grown the
aforementioned Agno.

The Lake of greater extension that is known is the Bay , province who, for she is called the Lagoon: has
more than 30 leagues of boguéo , and is between the 124° 37' and the 125° 6' long., and 14° 8' and 14°
50' lat.

21
Another lagoon there is also of big estension in the Batangas province, conotida for the name of Taal of
Bonbon, in whose lagoon several rivers enter and it drains off into the Balayan cove; 125 is understood
between ° 28 ' and 124 ° 40 ' long. and 15 ° 44 ' and 14 ° 7 ' lat.

To the N. of the province of the Pampanga, bordering on that of Pangasinan, the big Cañaren lagoon is;
her there enters the river Catablangan, which crossing for the same one, joins in water time with the
river Quiniblatan, and then with the Mongabol, for this increased river its wealth with the waters of the
Tarlac, is navigated up to the river Agno.

In the Cagayan province, bordering on the estremo N. of Piece of news Ecija, another big lagoon named
Cagayan is, of which one there goes out a river that drains off into the sea, between the Thin Top and
Top Tapal.

The Mindoro lagoon, in the province é island of the same name, is big and it drains off into the sea, towards
the N. 0. of the above-mentioned island, close to the Nanjang top.

In the island of Mindanao they are notable the big Lanao lake, understood between 127 ° 48 ' and 128 °
16 ' long., and 7 ° 46 ' 8 ° 3 ' lat.; that of Supongan in the north part of the island (á 9 ° lat).; that of Linao,
to S. E. of that of Lano (in 128 ° 50 ' long).; those of Buloan and Ligasin in the southern part, and other
minors.

As product give local circumstances that we have just mentioned, it changes the climate in these islands,
as the localities change, and nevertheless to be in the torrid Area, its periodic atmospheric complaints,
which answer á the effects of that one, balancing them, they provide generally a perpetual spring.
Towards 0. the rains come from June until middle of September, at the same time that the winds blow
with the mavor of violence 0. and S., modifying the station, as the ancient ones surmised it before the real
discovery of these regions. The snow, the hail and the frió, they are not even known in them. The air is
healthy, where it it does not alter the emanations of any water deposit. Its position geonómica does that
not between its estremos there is notable the difference of duration of the day and of the night.

CLIMATE AND INFLUENCE OF THIS IN THE NATIVE ANIMAL AND VEGETABLE OF THE COUNTRY. In spite
of being the Philippines in the torrid Area, balance of such a way its effects the periodic varieties, that,
since we have said earlier, in general is enjoyed a perpetual spring.

The islands that compose the Philippine archipelago, are not truly different thing, which an overcrowding
of montarías separated by flatness, which main chain, of the that detach several stirrups, it covers of N, á
S.; for which the changes that esperimentan at certain stations, these local circumstances stem á, and á
the respective situation of the peoples, as they are á the Levant ó á West of those mountain ranges.

In the part of 0., the rains that common reign from the beginning of June, even middle of September,
while in that of the N. and of the E., one enjoys a serene. Come October, the wind of 0. called vendabal,
that has reigned till then, it stops, and it is replaced by the wind N. that brings with it the same rains that
the one that has just happened: with the alone difference, which with this one, they are so supported,
that there are occasions that last fifteen followed days, non-stop a moment.

22
When this happens, the grounds are flooded, the ways become impassable, and the fields turn into vast
lakes, which limits scarcely can differ á the simple sight. To these floods, it must assume undoubtedly in
its biggest part, the fertility of this privileged soil. In effect, it is of the most lively and most productive of
the Asia, in terms that dó he wants that estienda the sight, cutlery of a carpet one sees him of verdure,
and of showy and aromatic flowers. The harvests happen some á other the whole year, and constantly
one sees in the plants, a luxuriant and vigorous vegetation, and the covered sheets trees.

Although we have said, generally speaking, it is enjoyed in the Philippines, of a perpetual spring, with
everything, precise is to show; that the heats that esperimentarian at certain stations á you would not
happen periodic varieties, of which there is made merit, they would be so esecsivos, that, á not to doubt,
they might not resist: continuous farmhouse moisture, which despidenjos fields on the one hand, and the
breezes of sea and ground, which blow alternatively of other, they make the heats less sensitive. It is of
warning that at the station in which there reign the winds of the N., the frió that esperimenta with
peculiarity in the mountains, it forces in some occasions á to look for overcoat.

The strongest heats, they start in the middle of March, when they commence the breezes of E. and S. E.,
breezes that last approximately two months, up to being replaced by those of 0.; of whose transitions, it
turns out to be a struggle species between the elements, which beat of a and another part; and its results
almost always are, hurricanes and storms, accompanied of big rise of temperature.

To give an idea of the atmospheric revolutions that are esperimentan in these islands, present in the
description of Manila, weather observations performed at that point by M. le Gentil, of the Academy of
Sciences of Paris, sent in the middle of the last century, by the French Government to the seas of India,
to observe from there, Venus perielio. Although in some things, we do not agree with the wise traveller,
we can not less than recorded, that their observations are much merilo and utility, and that when we
separate ourselves from them, saying frankly our view points that are discordant.

M. le Gentil noted, and rightly so, that changes to the monsoon or breezes not saved in the Philippines
the same regularity than in many other parts of the torrid zone; and that the winds of 0., which are
constant in the sea, they are not always in Manila, only blowing, by the space of a fortnight or three
weeks using interval, during which reign other winds; but especially those of the S. E. Repetitions of
winds, when they are not accompanied by rain, and these changes are called dry collas. It is quite
common that these are the messengers of storms, that the Indians called bagyos, during which the wind
runs through all directions of the compass. As a result, are horrific hurricanes, which desvastan the
fields, start of rennet trees more corpulent, they demolished houses, and dragged after if the ruins,
smashing boats on the coast, and frequently throwing them in middle of astonished people.

The storms, during which the dazzling light of the lightnings happens without interruption, and the length
and magestuoso to roll of the thunders extends in the mountains, and in the bosom of the leafy forests
that crown them, the complete the picture do atmospheric vicissitudes of the most beautiful, richer, more
delightful country and picturesque do the ground. When one assists á one of these big convulsions of the

23
nature, it is persuaded one, which both in the physical world, and in the mulberry tree, God has wanted
to allow, that the evil is always next to the good, in order that the man could á every moment to remember
its weakness, without never be dignifying, for the advances ó advantages that obtain.

To little moment of the sun goes out, á the proximity of some bagyo, it does generally a the most beautiful
time: only the mountains turn out to be crowned with a light mist seemed á that of the smoke. During
the course of the morning, that one estiende for the horizon as a transparent veil, á which does not
debilitate the light of the sun: more little by little it is thickening to the surroundings of the mountains,
where one goes forming thick clouds; and in the evening a terrible hurricane explodes that hard hour and
two was measuring ó, and sometimes more. Completed this, as a rule the cycle clears up again, and the
night that it continues it occurs rarely to be magnificent.

M. Le Gentil ensured by a large number of observations that he has done in the torrid region, that, the
low layer of clouds that form the ordinary hurricanes, not it raises á more than 450 fathoms of
perpendicular height: on that one, he has recognized many times higher, other one rare and unfolded
almost always in opposite direction to the first one, which has noticed that it has very little movement.

The breeze of the S. 0 . happens the N. E., unto whose period is called winter in Manila, as the station is
the most peaceful and delicious to be enjoyed in the archipelago ; where trees do not get naked ever of
its green leaves, either in this or in any other station; Nor its inhabitants are inconvenienced by the cold;
since the month of February That is the most cold of the year, the thermometer not lower in the plains
unto more than 17° from centigrade, and in January, marks generally of 19° to 20; at this temperature is
supported very Good night, a quilt of cotton; but unto half day rises to 50°, unto 52°, and unto times up
to 55°.

Before the end of the description of the climate, the Philippine Islands, lack indicate the effects it produces
in human beings, and the most common diseases in them. The aires of the Philippines, are generally very
healthy , and there are known, very few illnesses Endemic: The Levante winds open the pores and make
sweat a lot, which Contributes unto that its inhabitants enjoy good health. It has been noticed that the
permanence The strangers in these islands , is less disastrous to the people of mature age, That unto the
young: the greater activity of the nature of these, with the highest amount Electricity, which lacks the of
those already more limestone, les is disastrous under the excessive climate action.

Since everywhere, the high places, they are healthier than the vales, and those who are espuestos á the
winds of the sea, they it are more, that that, covers are in parages. The ground winds, crossing over
extensive forests virgins, generate many intermittent fevers, á that are espuestas particularly, the
provinces of Cagayan, of New Biscay, of Pangasínan and of Piece of news Ecija; and with specialty the
soldiers that á they are destined, that with full frequency, are victims of the above mentioned illness. It is

24
useless to say, that the climate of these islands, it is more healthy for the natives, that for the Europeans.
The Indians as a rule enjoy health and hardiness, up to a very advanced age; and it is admirable, to see 80-
year-old men, to work with so much vigor, like others, which are in the flower of its age; so, it is very
frequent in this country, to find you present yourself of more than hundred years.

One of the reigning illenesses, more common illnesses in this country, is the chronic dysentery, which lasts
sometimes many years, without it being possible to cut it: this illness, it presents a particular character
like nervous complaint, and the medicines, which with better success they are used to fight it, there are
the vegetable, such laxative like the castor oil (reciño), mixed with four ounces of gummy vehicle.

The cholera morbid Asia has been epidemic in 1820, and were healed with the laxative and more energetic
vomiting; and this same scourge of humanity, returned unto invade the islands, in 1842, not without that
had been predicted in advance his return, by reason of the atmospheric observations, that had been
practiced and prevailing diseases, which before that time, had appeared.

Among the other diseases more common in the Philippines, we would mention the elephantiasis, the
leprosy, the fueyo of San Antonio, the berbu, which is a disease characterized by a considerable swelling
of belly that frequently kills the sick : which calls go hunger, that many cases occur, the causing of death
with the faster. The syphilis, is very indolent and easy to cure, so that few times withstands more than 15-
20 days of treatment in the hospital do Manila : natural the cured laminen with utmost simplicity by
several means, some of which are very curious. Even when in this country, is not exposed unto the lung
conditions as in Europe, you see many acute diseases of this body, such as pneumonia of the most serious,
and with all of the symptoms observed in the Europe and some pleuresías. The pulmonary tuberculosis,
are generally a result of imprudence that commit the sick, and abuse that the Indians make the bailo;
taking it in any state and unto any time of the day, the same healthy, that with fever. Most of the women,
above all those of the peoples of the provinces, and the salvages without exception, van when I dance in
ending of the birth, and carry to the infant. It is true that unto many They feel perfectly; but it is also clear,
that this abuse causes the death to some. Perhaps is not another people in the world as indolent as the
Indian, when this is sick : subject unto a portion of skin diseases', does not respect any of them: yaws,
species of syphilis sore of a grave nature, causes them little apprehension: and when the suffer, are cured
unto themselves , without asking seem or advice to anyone.

The Indians are very skillful and skillful to extract from the scabs of the scabies, the animalito, they
called galis or cagao; those who estraen a small line, beside the postilla, with the tip of a needle: after it
is put on the nail where you see it move. Thanks unto the escelente view that están gifted, and unto his
genius observer, know this animal from time immemorial, and teach unto anyone who wants to see it,
unto the return of some years of estraido. In other place we will merit the way as cure this disease, so
the mediquillos Indians, as the Chinese.

With the accidents of the area, and of the climate of this country, the mineral kingdom offers us to one,
like one of the richest and most abundant that know each other; since looks with attention the islands
that occupy us, present a spectacle magestuoso and terribly. There is seen covering of basalt, of lava, of
fragile and ashen stones, of sulfur in merger by the continuation of underground fires, and of waters

25
hirvienles, that communicate with hidden flames. All these marvelous accidents of the nature, there are
an effect of subdued volcanoes, of others that burn still, and of those who form in the deep entrails of
the ground, where flammable matters always remain in fermentation. The ashes of these immense
burners, which cover centuries it does the surface of a deep area, the proper heats of the countries
placed under the torrid Area, the moisture, which, as we have said, the neighborhood of the Ocean
usually maintains, the high and leafy mounts, and the forests as ancient as the islands, there are
vcrosimlmente the causes of the almost incredible fertility of the vegetable kingdom. So much be like
the animal, it is rich and abundant in these islands, and there are so many articles about wealth that
contains that delightful soil, which until the day, it have not come á to know each other and there
appreciated properly its immense productions, which if an intelligent naturalist, was examining with
detention and ausiliado of the necessary means, it would enrich of course the sciences with one
multitude of curious, useful knowledge é important.

MINERAL KINGDOM. This one is richer in the Philippines, which in no other well-known point; in him
multitude of minerals is, and metals of several species; especially, with plenty the most essential two to
the man in the class of metals, since there are the gold, and the iron.

In the diverse islands and provinces of which the archipelago consists, few of those not of these, they
are, that do not give gold; because almost muds the rivers drag it with its waters, of which it is extracted
by lotion: in particular it abounds very much in the Carago provinces, in Misamis, in Piece of news Ecija
and in the Gapan people.

The places richest in gold are Bengueí, Sitguk and Apai/ao, in the Cárballo; Paracale and Mambulao, in
the North Dressing rooms province, Pigtao and Pijoluan, in that of Misamis, and in the mountains of
Caraga and of Zebu. In the island of Mindanao this abounds so much beautiful metal, which the Indians
for lack of money, usually take saquilos of gold in dust, of which they make use, not only to do its buys,
but also for its bets in the roosters struggles, á that are extremely keen: on having begun the struggle,
they take of its small bag with the tops of the fingers, a major quantity ó less according to the bet that
they want to do, in favor of such and such animal.

He makes sure, that gold might be in all the provinces of this archipelago, if anyone was taking the work
of looking for it. All the independent populations, especially that of Mindanao, deal in its estraccion. The
highlanders, who live even in the state salvage, such like the igorrotes, mount you and the linguianes,
they take it á to sell á the heads of party of the diverse provinces. The Gapan gold is the purest; it is á 22
carats. Nevertheless, the Indians for its indolence not laban well the sand; the need does not force them
á it; because they know that in a little time, they gather with that to be able to maintain á its family
many days. Not also, in spite of this plenty, even real gold-mines had been discovered, until the
intelligent and laborious Mr. Oudan, who some time ago lives in the Philippines, has met on some lodes
in you would mount of Caraga (island of Mindanao), where it resides, in the middle of the tribes
salvages, following its customs, and speaking all its languages. The gold sells in general, á 22 pesos the
tael. The main use, which makes of this metal, it is for jewelry shop objects; the remaining thing sells á
the Chinese, and á the half-caste ones, which do its commerce.

The iron mines, they are very numerous; but only there are very few acquaintances in the esplotacion
state; it turns out for the esperimentos done in many evaluations, that the iron of the Philippines, it is of

26
the best quality, as that of Nueva-Vizcaya, in the Bulacan province, and in Morong, the iron is almost
flush with ground.

In the province of Laguna it is of a top quality, the same that in the previous one.

In Angat, in province of Bulacan, there is a mine of iron, which has been esplotada some time for the
father of its current owner D. Juan Escalante, which was producing an interest of 80 in 100. The product
of this mine, there was sent á New Spain, where they exist, still as some persons suppose, in the castle
of Saint John of llloa, callones that they have the name of Manila, and the date in which they melted.
Otherwise, the big stoves that were placed close to the mine of iron of Angat, have been left, so
Ipremake a will. to that a place placed in the mountains, and surrounded with rocks, is slightly healthy.
There is no now in this place, any more than a Chinese, queesplota á its this rich way it mines, and with

the iron that it extracts of her, makes (carajais) frying pans and (drunk) knives, for the use of the Indians.

It would be easy to establish in this place, factories ó foundries; because very close to him it covers a
slightly deep river of the one that might extract party. The products might order themselves á the China,
and á the immediate archipelagoes, and the Spanish ships, which go now á America, would frequent its
markets.

The magnet, abounds in the vicinity of these iron mines, and it is not rare to find it in considerable
quantities.

Have been beautiful and rich copies of copper, and ensures there are mines of this metal in the
Pampanga, in Batangas, é equally in Mindoro.

With regard to lead, could not be found in the Free State; but there are several circumstances that leave
no doubt of its existence in the country, especially on the shores of lake Ba¡¡: many are cerciorados of
this same.

By relations of viages scientists, facts unto Pagsanjan, for the beautiful Rio of Bumbungan, whose
navigation is not free from dangers , is known, that between Mavitac, and Paete, is a stream, whose
water blackish, dismisses a very penetrating scent, unto hydrogen sulfide; what it has done, that the
indians will nominate mabahong tubig, water that stinks. Leaving the heart of the mountain, and black
and metallic, along with its strong odor and penetrating, have induced unto believe unto smart people,
that is a lead sulphide or hydro lead sulfide; metal that mountains must hide in her womb.

In a country essentially volcanic activity in which they are unto every step, craters off some, in complete
ignition other, sulfur must necessarily be very abundant: in all the provinces, is this mctaloideo , and
with a specialty in Albay, and on the island of Mindanao, where it exists in greater quantity.

The Ulla, is very abundant in some provinces, but has not been esplotada in large. Has been copies very
beautiful , from the province of Albay, which have been referred to Manila by Don J. M. of Peñaranda,
offered to provide it, for the consumption of the factories of this city; pore even when he is with

27
abundance almost unto flower of earth, the esplotacion and transport costs make it more expensive its
sale that which is imported from Europe.

The cal, is found in all parts, and yet in many points as Manila and its surroundings , where their
consumption is somewhat considerable , preferred Dolly, burning the shells of oysters.

The plaster, is more scarce, even when not so much that cannot be purchased with ease.

The veined marble of all colors and all classes, abounds in the Philippines; but has barely been thought
esplotar the magnificent quarries that exist in the mountains of Maribeles, nor those that abound in the
province of Batatín. It has only been used the marble in the ornaments of some churches. The
indifference to this mineral is so large that a mayor of Batatín stated having estraido pieces enormous;
and could not find who is the buy.

In some provinces, is also agate, Jasper, and cornerina.

The indios, are familiar with the use of iron sulphate (caparrosa), and of certain salts crystallized, which
prescribed in some diseases. In the island of Negros, is magnesia, and in the village of Dauin, alum
magnesite, with which the mónteseos cured long ago, esguinancia; by inserting it into the throat, with a
bamboo tube.

In the end, we cite even among the minerals, which are found in the Philippine Islands, lapiedra tap, the
rock crystal and several stalactites ; but in this matter , we cannot give any detail, which must not be
estrañarsc in a country, in which the news accurate are so difficult to be acquired, by effect of the
shortage of communications on the one hand and failure of knowledge mineralogical by another: it is
therefore necessary to be content with what the chance may submit, or with what can be inferred from
the stories of people without the instruction and science necessary.

The mineral waters cannot but be very abundant, in a country where the nature is so prodigiosamente
fruitful in productions of all species and whose soil hilly and volcanic, offers all the conditions unto
purpose for its existence. In fact are thermal waters sulfurous, in bathrooms immediate unto the shores
of Lake Bay, in the province of La Laguna. There is a small establccimicnlo, nearly abandoned in the day ,
to which you send the sick at the military hospital in Manila. We have already spoken of the waters
called mabahong tubig.

The ferruginous waters of Pagsanghan, in the province of La Laguna, have much fame; those of Antipolo,
enjoy great reputation; the sick van unto them every year, at the time of the feast of the Virgin of
Antipolo, which lasts ten and eight days. By all parties see arrive in pilgrimage numerous mobs of
Indians, mestizos, Chinese and Spanish. All of them attend unto the great procession, carrying capillitas,
images of the Virgin and oils blessed. The people of Antipolo, is located at the top of the highest
mountains that surround the lake of Bay: This position has a blow of amazing views and beautiful.

28
On having risen towards the people, the lake is discovered, later a big part of the province of the
Lagoon, then that of Tondo, and finally Manila with its bay, the different peoples that surround it, and
the numerous islands with which it is splashed. Very much it would cost esplicar á our readership, the
glamorous dresses that it offers this height, and the recreational thing that is, the costly Antipole viage,
that part happens for water, on the river Pasig, and part in a berths species ó hammocks of bamboo,
taken by two men. The devout ones go on foot and also barefooted; but most they do not go with
another object, which á to amuse themselves. The gluttonous Chinese go á to do big eaters.

The waters of the steady flow of Mariquina have big celebrity in Manila; ferruginous properties assume
to them: they are crystalline, odourless é insipid, and it is of believing that they do not produce other
effects, that those who would produce those of any other creek, in persons who are not accustomed á
to drink other waters than the one that they preserve in the algibes, ó those of river, which are always a
little brackish.

Pagsanghan, head of party of the province of the Lagoon, I possess also a spring of thermal waters, á the
shore of the river Bumbungan: it goes down for an underground conduit of the high of the mountain,
and goes out á the surface of the ground, in the shape of jet of approximately four inches in diameter: it
falls down later in a basin of 6 á 8 feet long for five wide one, corlado in the rock, which contains of 4 á 5
water feet transparent and lukewarm.

The spring is covered by a small house, which is unfortunately being ruined by lack of care. A leafy
Grove, her ancient under the shade of its branches; and you get to it, by steps cut into the rocks, whose
color, indicates the presence of ferruginous initially. These waters are escotar them, the nursing of
abdominal conditions; for those who suffer from skin diseases, and also for those who enjoy perfect
health, say it; enjoying the pleasure of a picturesque site.

To go to this site, is done by pirogue, (benches) by ir, or in whose waters the trees that grow are reflected
in its banks; bamboos fall e lean their funny tufted, whose punías van to get wet on the liquid surface. The
monkeys are left to slide a length of trunks to quench their thirst in the river. At the heart of this delicious
vergel, silence is not interrupted more by the rhythmic blows of oars, leading the nacelle, the cries of
monkeys, to the singing of birds, by shaking which causes in the foliage of some large, lizard called iguana,
by the sound of the footsteps of a young Buffalo that runs in search of his mother, and the wild boar
fleeing man who pursues him. All love and captivates in these places, in which nature seems to have
exhausted all their treasures, to give this soil salvage, that she holds of more rich and more beautiful, what
she has of more voluptuous and embalmed, and these waters, the principles more healthy, under a sky
of purity, that the hurricanes only obscure (Mallat).

In a country that so many elements do life together, has nothing on podium that the vegetation is very
lush and vigorous. So that the trees, as we have said, not emerge ever of its leaves: Jorio covered fields
year of beautiful flowers, flaunt their fertility, and harvests occur mud year an a other. With lanios
resources, as it supplies the nature in the vegetable Kingdom, believe it is, that there are few countries
that can match to the Philippines, in this part, of fertility and wealth.

29
THE PLANT KINGDOM. Few are unaware how rich, majestic and active the vegetable Kingdom, in all the
countries under the torrid zone; but among all these beautiful places, beautiful and favored to whatever
nature, there are none perhaps, in that it shows so beautiful and fruitful as in these islands. Not only the
Plains, but even the more high mountains, covered by vegetation spontaneous and perpetual, always
green, and supported by the abundant sprays of night, that revive it the days of excessive heat.

The mountains are crowned of gigantic trees, which cannot admire rather than from afar; Islands fresh,
lapizadas carpets are vegetables, contemplates amazed the Navigator, when appear to its view on the
horizon, estasiandole when he gets closer them. More how to paint the feeling that esperimenta a
European when they reach the heart of those vast and melancholic loneliness, where you do not hear
for the first time more than the warbling of birds, the cries of monkeys and swung by the Zephyr leaves
crugido! Surrounded by a magnificent spectacle of unspoiled and primitive forests, everything speaks of
the greatness of God, everything raises him and carries his heart to the breeder, whose wonders we can
not admire amazing emotion.

We will give end to this chapter details particular about different kinds of Woods, who was raised in the
Philippines; but before we believe must start the description of the plant Kingdom in this rich and
beautiful Cologne, by the intensive trade in plants, and in this case talk about first rice.

Rice is undoubtedly the product of greater importance and usefulness that the Philippine archipelago; as
the grower makes a considerable profit, coming to be in certain years, of over one 160 per 100. There
are two main kinds of rice: rice plain, and rice mountains: these are subdivided yet, and is more than 90
different species, among which stands out the guiriri, the guinarayon, and the reomero, that the
inhabitants of the village of Biñan, which cultivated him, called Lords rice, to commend their superior
quality. All these different species of rice, are in proportion of its quality, the main food of men and
animals; cultivation, costs almost no work to the Indian, but is, instead, for him, a source of pleasure,
because he loves the water and everything, almost as much, like Buffalo, his work-mate.

Mountain rice, are sown after the first rains; Tribal savages, and much of the rest of the population,
burning at this time all the yervas and trees, and then made with a stick, a hole in the ground, and there
throw a grain of rice: from los llanos is sown in June; which is cast in the limo after having past the
comb: is formed after the hatchery, where plants are removed when they have reached a height of 8 to
10 inches, to return them to plant stem by stem, a great distance a few do other. The harvest is made in
November, and then mud world, men, women, children and the elderly, are put to work with equal
ardor; and that, far from being a fatigue for them, is rather a family party. Begin by collecting the rice
garbas or batteries, then separate the wheat from the chaff, stirring with the feet: this private rice from
its shell, with the help of a tamper called lusong by the natives, or of some machines, called higas.

This is the canin or the morisqueta, when it is cooked. There are no artificial irrigation as in other parts
of Oceania, for example in Java, where the land is less fertile, because it is more handsome, and is
necessary to moisten. In the Philippines, nature does it all, and heaven never reuse water, needing land
for cultivation.

30
What a beautiful spectacle presented those rice paddies, rising by degrees, discovered from certain
parts of the country! In the dilated Plains that are extended between Marikina and Pasig, is where they
grow rice, which is called in the country macan; and in the foothills of the mountains, the mangara grain
more fat and hard. In some provinces, are caught two harvests a year, or well sow corn after caught rice,
and when East is sowing after the sugar cane, what happens very often, the ground has been producing
throughout the year. The rice boils down to put in the imo, transplanting it, and make harvesting, unless
they are necessary care of any kind in their growth and development, as we shall see more
circunstanciadamente when trying to agriculture in this country.

The caban, a measure for the country that is equivalent to 15 pounds , sold on average from 10 unto 12
Rs. vn. in shell, and 25 to 50 in clean. In the interior of the country, costs even much cheaper , and the
Indian from field , unto whom the palay does not cost more than 12 RS., clean it himself, with the help
of your muger, each time you need for your meals in a mortar called losong; whose etymology comes
the name of the island of Luzon.

In addition to the big interior consumption, the rice is for the Philippines, that they occupy us, one of the
most important branches of commerce; is taken in enough quantity for the markets of China, where
nearly scarce that has been the harvest, has a price escesivo: he does not pay entry rights, and when
certain quantity takes, there does not pay any of its rights the ship, which he wants to raise for the
Canton river up to Whampoa.

After the rice there comes the sugar-cane, which plantation is done in March and April, in order that it is
already developed enough when the rains come; quality is of escelente in this country. There are two
species, the red one and green; although thicker than that of Java, its knots are not so separated, as who
grow up in the islands of Sandwich. The latter species, it has been cultivated does some time in the
ranch of Jalájala, placed on the lake of Bay. This nice property, it has gone on from hands of M.
Gironniere, á those of M. M. Vidie, Frenchman as the first one, who has it in the best state.

To make the sugar the Indians squeeze the cane, in a stone mill called olive-oil press, which juice they
were making formerly to cook in ground vessels; but at present, it have been adopted more commonly,
others of metal of oval figure, calls cawas, that as a rule drive from China.

This manufacture goes away every day perfecting, as they testify it in a clear way, the magnificent
household chores of D. Iñigo of Azaola, M. M. Vidie, and of D. Domingo Rojas, which, not to be doubted,
are the main and most anticipated growers of the archipelago.

Three classes of sugar are known in the commerce: the target, which sells to itself of three á four five-
peseta coins the basin; the blackish one, which costs fingers á two and I come up, whose class Esporta
almost everything for New Holland; and this second class that is even mixed, with lower other one for
use of the Indians, with which they do several classes of sweets, like the panochia, that is done by

31
common sugar, and nut of coconut, thrown on a part of the crust of this fruit, whose form takes: this is
the most common plate of sweet, of the Indians: they season with this conserve, its cooked rice, and
cannot stop from eating a little of her before drinking water, the only drink that they use, later that have
concluded its ordinary meals.

The best sugar that harvest in the Philippines, is, those of the Pampanga, Bulacan, and Laguna; and the
worst, those of Zebu and of Iloilo: the epoch of the harvest changes according to the provinces.

Abaca, is the strand of the Musa textilis, species of banana, which produces a result of poor quality:
planted in stakes, and is played very quickly: grows in all provinces, and usually serves to preserve the
tree of cacao, from the heat of the Sun.

There are many species of abaca, depending on the species of strand produced, and each of those has
its peculiar name; a three years you can remove the exterior of this tree bark, its top estremidad already
tilted, goes black. Cut into strips, banging with a like instrument that he used in Europe to Ret hemp
breaks, and then gets to the Sun, making sure it does not get wet: shake you and wash, leaving him dry
again; then meet you in large bunches, holding on the one hand, to sell them to two pesos in provinces,
and three and a half and four in Manila: begins to remove the fibers to this tree mud months, simply
having from five to seven years.

Abaca is cultivated in many provinces, but the strands more dear come out in Albay, and in this, especially
from the towns of Donsol, Sorsogon, Tabaco, Camalig and Quipia. This quality of abaca, mixed to silk, are
made of fabrics for the use of the Indians, which are called sinamays: the guinaras are other tissues more
clubs, which are also made with abaca. This Palm grows with much wealth, in the province of Leyte,
around Central magnificent of the villages of Maasin, Jilongos, Solmo, Carigara, Balobo, Tanauan, Calvallo,
Catarman, Catubic, Palapag, Besonhem, Ginan, Basey, Fornas, and in the of Cagayan-Chico, Caminguin
etc. of the province of Misamis.

The exportation of this matter, after having long been of no importance, increases day by day
prodigiosamente its value, even when, as all products, have periods in which there is no consumption.:
This progress is due to the suppression of rights of output. The ships of the United States, are those that
are taken particularly, this article: in the chapter on trade, talk with more exposition of this line of
business.

The Buri or buli (Corypha), is a Palm tree, whose leaves are used to make mats, and other various utility
objects: thorns are boiled, and they get the natives, threads that make mats, a particular species, called
sagouran. Flowers, estraen liquor called tuba and sugar, which we will discuss further on; one also get the
yoro: this tree blooms only once, and as soon as the grain is ripe, dies: with its fruit make rosaries.

Indigo (indigofera tinctoria), known in the Philippine Islands, and in all the Spanish colonies, with the name
of Indigo, is usual in these islands, superior to any other known. There are three species: the provinces of
llocos and Pangasinan, are those that produce it in considerable quantities: but the indigotero grows also
with abundance, in the provinces of the Pampanga, Bataan, Laguna, Tayabas, and dressing rooms; where
the soil, very humid, favors the development of this plant.

32
The cultivation of wheat, is still very widespread; which is harvested in the provinces, is not enough for
the consumption of the country, and they have to bring him the China, and do the India, as well as flour
from the United States. Wheat llocos, and Tayabas, are the best and most dear: their value on average in
the plaza, is 6 pesos the picol, of 133 and half English pounds: but sometimes has risen to 8 pesos.

Cacao (theobroma cacao), is seeding from the month of November, until January, in red, slightly clayey
soil which has been recognized to be that more a purpose: but before are thoroughly wet his pod beads,
taking some hours in water: are planted a distance of three meters, a foot of another, and to the
shadow of bananas as possible. Leyte, Negros Island, Cebu, Bohol, Surigao, Misamis, Caraga, the lagoon,
and Pangasinan, are the provinces that produce cocoa, in more or less abundance; but that gives it in
many, are the island of Negros, and the provinces of Cebu and Samar. Which is breeding in Cebu, is of a
quality so superior, as the Caracas; on the Black island, grows spontaneously, in the mountains inhabited
by the igorrotes and the negritos, and rival of toggle you and Manado.

Hive often cacao trees, in private pens, give what is deduced, that the cultivation of this plant, is not as
sensitive as you wanted to be assumed by some, and that could eslenderse more, with a little care.
Cacao from the Philippines, is frequently mixed with the Guayaquil, although it is easy to recognize by its
inferior quality: also the Chinese bring what fear you, that while it is good, is much lower than the
Visayas.

This product is consumed in the country; Indians taken it once or twice a day, as the Chinese tea, and
soak in it, a sugar cane made pieces, cu made sugar defect: would be difficult otherwise bring it to
Europe, because it is exposed to decay and to be eaten by worms.

The coffee (Coffea arábica, Lin), is a shrub which produces a red fruit, in the Center there are two beads,
that is what is called coffee. Which is breeding in the Philippines, produces a grain of excellent quality;
the provinces of Laguna, Batangas and Tabayas, is so good, as the Java and Martinique; but that is
breeding Sitan, does not yield anything for Moka.

Abounds about how this interesting production, which grows spontaneously in many mountains: in
some provinces, there is no House that does not have a small fencing of these trees; and is so amazing
its fertility, which grows everywhere, where the chance, or the Indian's indolent hand, dropped the
grain.

There are two kinds of coffee, only distinguished by the grain size: sold ten to twelve weights the picol. It
is harvested annually, is green, which is preferred, that is now two years old, whose color is more dark
and moreno.

However fertility extraordinary soil, and the stimulus to the country's economic society, authorized by
the Government, offered to those who was under a cultivation, giving them a bonus of eight thousand
strong pesos, to which are planted in 60 thousand feet; has just won this award Mr. Paul of the
Gironiere, and two more.

33
The cotton plant (Gosipium hervaceum), whose products are superior to those of Bombay, and perhaps
to all other points where it is cultivated, is made of two species; of which, one, is a large tree, and the
other a shrub. The cotton of the latter, is already white, already cinnamon color. The harvest, even if it is
not enough for all orders, and for the most part, is consumed for the manufactures of the country.
Especialmenle, is cultivated in the llocos, and Batangas provinces.

After the cotton, is separated from the capsule, by means of a simple procedure, is transported to the
market of Manila, where is subjected to strong pressure, was to reduce it to a small volume, to then
send it to your destination.

Constitutes a large part of the tissues of the Indians, being of llocos provinces, which make higher
consumption of this genre, for the articles that they are manufactured: those of Pangasinan, Laguna and
Batangas, also make much use of it. It is mixed with silk to make indigenous alos pants or with pineapple
and silk, and the same with abaca, to make shirts of remarkable beauty, which are called sinulit sinamay.

The Coconut palm niog of the tagalos (Coconuts nucífera), is a vegetable of the most beautiful, since the
sheets are used of him, the trunk, the branches, and up to the smallest parts of its fruit. In these
provinces, estrae of the coconut, top oil in quality, to which they lead of Visayas; what must consist, in
the different procedure that is used for its estraccion: one, they obtain it by means of the decoction,

and other, of the fermentation. The first one, it is called an oil of the Lagoon ú fragrant, and another
caracoas oil, because it goes of the Visayas, in crafts of this name: its stinking smell, it does that there is
called mabajong langís, it oils that it smells badly.

The bark or pericarp of the coconut, it melts and boils, when you want to use to caulk ships; also serving
it, to make cables, which are very dear: with the shell make Indians, very curious objects, in that their
patience is exercised in all ways, working spoons, cups and cooking utensils. By burning it is the
vegetable black, which is used in dry cleaning. The trunks and leaves of the coconut, constitute the first
materials of construction, in cabins Indian idols. The first to make the frame; the second to cover the
roof. Tegen fibers of these vegetables, to make dresses, while with the nerves, make brooms. The
coconut meat, is conserved in sweet, or estraen it vinegar, a kind of wine and spirits spirits. Water,
commonly called coconut milk, for their medicinal virtues, is diurectica, and fairly effective lacsante in
certain cases. The root, roasted over the fire, gives a cooking, which the Indians considered as an
excellent, administered in dysentery remedy.

Tobacco (Nicotiana tabacum), is the branch most important trade of these islands; its leaves, which in all
the provinces are of excellent quality, come in some to such perfection, that may be confused with the
Havana. The Government has reserved the right to sell tobacco. Its only manufacturing is free in the
Visayas; but on the island of Luson, is subject to government surveillance. However afford to
landowners or growers, grow it in the Pampanga, Gapan, Nueva Ecija, and in Cagayan province, but the
Government buys them the entire crop to conventional prices.

34
Begin to give some details about the harvest of leaves of tobacco, and the deliveries which are made to
the Government, this interesting article of trade, in the province of Cagayan, and in the District of
Gapan.

Cagayan tobacco leaf, is naturally dry, yellow; the amount that is harvested, is forwarded to the Mayor,
collector of tobacco, which receives fees both per cent, about the value that has collected, and handed
over to the Treasury. Gapan tobacco, a color is more dark, and is delivered to the factor, who resides in
that district, which is a kind of subordinate, dependent on tobacco Manila director administrator. Attend
a crop of tobacco, guardians of the Hacienda, and the product takes to the dressing rooms or sheds,
which are deposits that have this name, where it is left to ferment in a lot: there choose, and five
classes, are formed from the leaves more large, to the more small: the women gather the leaves of each
class , and go onto them by dozens with needles of bamboo, passing through nerves; then they hang, at
the passage of a stream of air, so they dry out. Each of these packages of ten leaves, is called a bundle, a
stick, a hand, and thirty hands, ten sticks. They are then classified in first, second and third quality,
paying without weighing it, a reason for 8 pesos 6 reales of 1.a, 7 pesos 2.a, and 5 pesos from 3.a:
However, although this is common practice, sometimes also varies. This product prices, are so low, that
makes the growers, to engage in smuggling, many times possible. The first leaves should be 28 cm in
length.

The appraisers recognize the tobacco, which weighs because of 54 kil., 50 the bundle: then it embarks;
that of Capan, in a few ships called helmets, which go á Manila escollados, and that of Cagayan, in ships
that go á to look for it to the river of this province. Come á Manila, it is stored, to order a part in sheets á
Spain, and other one, á the factories of the islands, where one works. Registered again in Manila, there
are distributed á the workers called dobladoras, which it wet a few times with water, others, which it is
the best thing, with vinegar ó rum, which is as the individuals prepare it in its houses.

The same dobladuras do also the cigarets and they are sent á by the proctors who examine them. The
interior part of the cigarets, or the intestine, is generally the low tobacco, ó of Gapan; while the esterior,
or the layer, of a beautiful color, belongs to Cagayan; whose sheet is struck and sets equally for the
repeated percussion of a flint, with which all the workers are provided for its use: sometimes, that want
to make it of contraband, the noise that they do, it discovers them. When the cigarets are done they cut
them away with a few tigeras, on a piece of baumbú, which they call an ore, later they make them roll
subjects superficially, on a close surface, to polish them and to do the bundles of different sizes. Each
one for the common thing, consists of ten cigarets, ten which, according to its length, are named of the
first ó the second ore, country house ó top fourth.

Done this, they meet and pack to fill drawers of 500 ó with 1,000 cigarets. The raids, which meet in
bundles of thirty cigarets, are made by tobacco of low quality; this class is consumed in the village of
Manila; and of that, it is not exported but in very limited quantity.

35
The waste, ór recuts of the leaves, it serves to do cigarettes: this work is entrusted to the men who tie
them up, and distribute only with the tact, in small packs, with an extraordinary rapidity: these bundles
are put in a covering of paper rolls, which takes the stamp of the factory.

In progress checked in the tobacco industry, the government and the colony, they are debtors of an
important service, to the laborious Frenchman D. Juan Dussoulier, lieutenant colonel to the service of
Spain, in the Philippines. To this industrious man, it is to him who owes, that, the waste from the
factories, which earlier were burned, so that the smugglers were not used of them, take advantage in
the day, with supreme utility for the manufacture of the snuff, which service, was given free of charge to
the government.

It is of many utility this use, not only for the benefits, which of him, the Treasury brings, but also the
tobacco harvesters. The products of the revenue of the tobacco, they increase greatly every year; of
such a way, that the government has had to open new factories. In another place of this work we will
see its increase.

Let us now turn, unto another product of the vegetable kingdom; to the Cinnamon tree (Cinnamomum).
This one that is very abundant in the mountains of the island of Mindanao, has not yet given satisfactory
results; however that a Dutchman has claimed to have collected copies of good quality in that island and
that D. Iñigo de Azaola, has found also in the province of La Laguna.

It seems certain however that the cinnamon of the Philippines, is not another thing that the variety that
is called cascia lígnea officinarum. (Laurus cassia, Bl.)

Pepper (Piper nigrum), was once abundant products; but the Indians, tired of a harvest so thorough,
abandoned it to devote himself to the cultivation of coffee. It is noticeable, that has been left this crop,
whereas, the pepper of the Philippines, is of excellent quality.

Pepper incarnate, is breeding very well in the Visayas, and constitutes the main sauce, which Indians to
miss its wry; giving a point more than similarity between these, and the Malays of Java, for whom it is an
indispensable food. Ensures that the Clavero (Caryo-phyllus aromaticus), and the tree that produces the
nutmeg (Myristica aromatic) exist in the islands of Mindanao and Palawan.

El Cabonegro (Borassus gomutus Lin.), Ijou or gumuato of the Malays (Caryota onusta Bl.), is a species of
Palm, which produces a very strong black yarn, and incorruptible: this tree, to the banks of rivers; is found
when ages, its crust becomes rough, cracks up, and can be seen a kind of black hemp. They are made with
it, cables for the anchors, and the hawsers of ships.

The tamarind (Tamarindus indica), grows abundantly throughout the islands of this archipelago, but its
cultivation is careless; its only fruit served or as medicine, either to season the food, instead of vinegar:
However, could this product be of great importance, because that does not require expenditure or any
culture, and grows spontaneously anywhere, that will throw the seed.

36
The corn and potato (Convulvulus batatas), supplemented the lack of rice, when the harvest, was not
abundant, or when for any reason, its price is much increased. In this case, it is when the Indians eat
cooked or roasted corn.

As well as all the productions, which we cannot list in this place, and was raised in the Philippines,
almost all of the Moluccas, bearing the perseverance to cultivate them could acclimatize.

We fail even to mention plants of all sizes that provide to the habitants of the Philippines, in all their
needs; Since the trees more corpulent and huge, whose proud cups soar to a height that is considerable,
to the humble mulberry, so necessary for the silk factories, and so abandoned however: the Virgin
bisques, of this soil, would be sufficient to supply wood to all Europe; We almost dare to say, that they
are in them, all the diversity of wood, resulting in Asia, and the Americas; growing in the same way
Woods dyes like campeche, etc., stick to the building more solid. There is the Molavc and the Banava,
which resist to the destructive action of the water, space for many centuries: the Teck (Tecto nia
grandis), is breeding in Mindanao; the Palomaria secretes a precious balm; the Peletuvier gives shade to
all the shores of the sea; the Mangatchapui, the gravel and the Jacal, serve for buildings: for mouldings
and decorations, there are black ebony; the Camagon, white veined ebony variety; Alintatao, wood a
dark color, with very long streaks of yellow in color as saffron; the Malapalay, which is yellow and black;
the Cansilay of the island of blacks, is white with pink ink. With the Narra, kind of reddish mahogany,
one-piece tables are made for twenty covered, being built with the same, large doors; the Tindalo is
black and red, and the Laneta, all white, is likely to take a beautiful Polish.

Most of these woods, are such strength, the best tools are broken, when you are working: among them
there are some that have not yet been classified by naturalists. Of those mentioned, some come to
Manila, by rivers, or the Lake of Bay jotras down the mountains of new-Ecija, conducted by hundreds of
buffaloes, ridden by other many Indians, until the rio Gapan, from where are carried by water, the
Cavite arsenal, in whose warehouses were formerly built Galleons: there are also good and light Woods,
with which the natives of the country made boats of one piece: a Governor of the island of Negros, that
was cowardly murdered, and whose name we don't remember at this time, was built of a piece, a
schooner, which was not added anything other than the bordajes. D. Th. Cortés, Colonel of engineers,
formed a general catalogue of all Woods in the Philippines; and have you considered all that exist in this
archipelago, indicating their indigenous names, their general properties, its elasticity, its use, and
physical properties. It is enough to give an idea of already known and studied, woods that exist on ships
of the Philippines, which indicated below.

Cavite province produces 23 different species of wood; in the llocos Norte, which has been one of the best
studied, known and have 116; on the 60 Bataan; in Laguna 30; in the de Tayabas 45; in the of new erect
50; in the 59 Mindanao; in the of Misamis (less known) 0; on the island of Negros 65; in Bulacan 50; in the
45 Leyte; in the Capiz 26; in the Antique 23; in Camarines 45; in the of llocos Sur 55; and the Zambales 20.

Beside these gigantic trees, grow other minors who provide to residents, a food as healthy as pleasant,
with its tasty fruits. Was raised in the Philippines more than 57 species of banana (Musa paradisiaca), all
known from the Indians by the generic name of Saging. There are however many who have not been

37
studied yet by botanists, but a most given names own, classified according to goodness do the fruits; is
raising in these numerous islands the Bungulan, the Lacatan, the Obispo, the Tonduc, the gloria, Letondal
(name of a French missionary, who introduced him to those islands), the Pepita, the Morada, the Saba,
etc. etc.

The Mangoe (Manguifera indica), whose fruit is not so developed anywhere and exquisite, also like
banana, has many species of fruits. We could say without fear of fool, so varieties of Orange (Citrus
aurantium BL.), the lemon (Citrus notissiinus Bl.), of the Citron of big fruit (Citrus decumana), of the
lanzones, a new genus of P. White, which should be classified among the Meliaceas; the Zapote (Zapote
nigra BL.), of the Jaquier, (Artocarpus integrifolia), Yambo, Tampoi and Macupa, fruit that smells of roses;
(Eugenia inalaccensis), (Eugenia Jambos), the Mabolo, (Diospiros kaki), the Santol (Sandoricum ternatum
BL.), the Lumboy, (Calyptranthes lambolana), Guyabas, (Psidium aromaticum), the pineapple or Ananas
(Bromelia Ananas, pineapple of the Tagalogs), whose leaves are used to make precious and inimitable
fibers, with the name of piña and nipis, and also almost all the fruits of the tropics, whose first we must
unquestionably put the Mangustan (Graciana Mangostana Lin.) that grows in abundance in the island of
Mindanao said.

All these fruits served in this country to make exquisite sweets, as well as with the Fuco called Gulaman
(Fucus Gulaman). From the moment you enter in a house of Manila, rich or poor, because the people of
this country are very farsighted and attentive, do not forget to offer some of these sweets, with its
corresponding glass of water, cigars of Cagayan or Gapan, and sometimes the aromatic vetel; it is
necessary to accept these gifts , because of refuse of everything it would be for them an offense.

Among the fruits and vegetables of Europe, there are many that could acclimatize perfectly in Manila;
caring only for preservation of escesivo heat, which make them degenerate into their productions. They
take excellent melons and watermelons esquisitas. The grape vine is very sensitive in Cavite ; but has not
been able even ohtener in other parts. In the orchards, are cultivated cabbage, lettuce, asparagus, peas,
beans and other legumes. With the Pajos (Paho manguifera Bl.), the Banquilines or Iba (ICCAT acidisima
Bl.), the Balimbin (Averrhoa carambola), the Camias (Averrhoa bilimbi), and of the small handles, even
greens, are preserved in vinegar or salt water, appetites, unto the that the inhabitants are very fond; and
whose excessive use, it is the cause of the greater part of dysentery, which you suffer in this country, and
that cause so many victims.

They are in this country, in addition to the infinity of vegetables with which their habitants are fed, others
providing very sensitive starches, serving residents of many provinces, a food when the rice harvest is
scarce; plants that produce these substances are, the Curcuma angustifolia, the lacea pinalifida, Sagus
Rumphi, Corypha, which are made of mats called sagoran; the wine and sugar that produces the arrow-
root, the gaogao, a kind of sago, the bluri and others.

38
Between the roots, will cite the potato, the basasasa, sweet potato, and the rough ficus, which is often
found in some provinces, and supplied two or three bottles of water to the thirsty viagero.

Among the medicinal plants that grow in the Philippines, is the cañafistula, tamarind, the tangantangan,
Cinchona and other precious bark more or less astringent; unknown, purgatives, roots of all kinds; caustic,
antispasmodics, diurecticos, emenagogos very energetic; Finally, an entirely new Pharmacopoeia, and
that most of the plants, but chickens do not know names that the Indians have given them: as the
Macabuhay (Menispermum rimosum BL.), the Lagundi (vilex Irifolia altissima), the Aligbayon, the
Calachuchi (white Plumiera), which tested the wonderful effects. Mountains (niedicos-manga-bondoc)
physicians, found abundantly in their homes, without having to resort to chemical preparations, all the
drugs they need: they scrape the roots and barks with the black skimmer and then manage them in
knowledge, and apply sheets as topics, and thus heal very ainenudo with this emperismo, diseases that
are resistant to the most skilled physicians.

Fields are planted with flowers of the more rare beauty; but that in general lack of perfumes, although a
very mild odor; have them to exalan as the China rose (hibiscus rosa sinensis), Passiflora (passiflora), the
carallo, flower of naranjo, the Sampac (michelia Sampacca), whose perfume is very delicious, and that
Indians are tegen crowns; the ylang-ylang (Unona odoratissima) , the Caviqui, the aromatic Sampaga
(Nyctantges sambac), and others. With this latest prepare Indians, every morning, the essence that use to
her toilet, make it boil in coconut oil, and this cooking is what they call langis mabango, fragrant oil.

By the enumeration which we just did, plant products of the Philippines, is, that this archipelago, has the
only few are the riches of those around you; for this reason being the envy of their neighbors.

There grows the giant cedar, whose roots poking out occasionally on the surface of the Earth, acquire
prodigious and surprising dimensions. Around its vast trunk, the Creeper is linked and climbs up to the
height of more than 200 feet from the ground, while the modest albohol, does not rise more than few
feet of soil. All this rich vegetation, whose greenery not never wilt, offers view hit more imposing and
majestic, can imagine. These trees, in addition to its natural importance are useful, because they deposit
significant amounts of wax and honey bees, supplying to the time gomo-resinas, gums, resins, balms, oil,
and in a Word, all that man can crave realm vegetable.

Completed the extraction that both of the mineral Kingdom as a vegetable, have tried to do with the
greater brevity; subtract we talk about still regard the animal Kingdom, as dependent on the causes and
circumstances that accompany a first.

Everyone knows that the greater or lesser development, almost always depends on the different elements
that come into the Constitution physical and topographic a country; so, which is the subject of our work,
meets all the conditions necessary to be rich and abundant, as it is resulting by the slight relationship that
we intend to present to our readers about it.

39
ANIMAL KINGDOM. In the Philippines, ferocious animals, like Tigers and rhinos of Java are not known.
Some chroniclers have ensured, that there were elephants: this same historians assure travelers, on the
island of Solu; founding his opinion, that this animal has an indigenous name. We know that there are on
the island of Borneo, and that they are abundant in the great forests of the province of Wellesley.

Buffalo (Caravao), which Malaysians call karbo, this laborious indigenous, Indian archipelago, is without
contradiction the quadruped more important that the Spaniards found after his conquest; that the natives
employed and used still in the works of the rice. This animal so ugly, as essential for agriculture, and for
all sorts of hardships under the searing sky in the tropics, lives in the mountains of this archipelago in great
flocks: is the animal more useful quantum has been reduced to domestic life, which looks very ameimdo
moved. It is refocila in the moisture, and works in the mud of the paddy fields; the hours of rest, it spends
in the water, where he would be always if it fails him; It is very strong, and although more full-bodied that
the ox, is light enough: easily crosses the rivers, and is loaded with the more heavy bales by mountains
higher; providing numerous services to its owners. Who are passionate about their tillers, often has been
a female Buffalo plunge into lakes and rivers, to pursue with all the rage below the water, the Cayman,
which had been stolen. In State salvage, is a fearsome beast: hunters should avoid their meeting, insofar
as possible, because sometimes it is ambush, attacking by surprise to passers-by; he pursues them with
Audacity, and if they are lucky to be able to climb on a tree, the buffalo wait patiently, digs the Earth and
makes desperate efforts to start the trunk. There is no lack of copies of that, defenseless people, have
been made pieces by the buffalo, which tamed that is, is driven by a child alone, with the greatest of ease.
It has been seen uncido unto your cart or carretón, as he is known in the country, on which carried an
enormous burden, tackle with a sudden frenzy and thrown on the passing, mortally wounding him.

The meat of the javalí is a taste exquisite and preferable unto the domestic swine, which is much smaller
than that of Europe, and very similar to pig of Wampoha by the dimensions. Meat from pigs in Manila is
soft, rich and provides a little nice food; it s not the eats almost nobody, more than the Chinese, who are
very fond of her.

The deer, which lies to each step in the forests of the Philippines, is of remarkable beauty in certain places,
in the day, the same that at another time, the aborigines are fed with their fresh meat, making it the top:
to be eaten, roasted it simply on the embers, and its smell and taste exquisite looks like the best lamb
after salty. As the leather and horns of the Buffalo; the skin and the antlers of deer, are articles of trade,
that the Pampanga and Pangasinan provinces sent to the Manila market. Deer tendons are sold to the
Chinese, who regard them as aphrodisiacs, and estimated them at much to bring them to his country.
Fresh, or preserved meat of this animal, is intensive in all of the Philippines.

Goats are everywhere, and are so common, they are often released, while nobody claims them; some
patients drink their milk, because of burras is much scarce in Manila; Buffalo, which is not so nice, is too
much food to the sick, to those who are given in some cases.

Horses, whose caste is fairly good, assumes non-originating in the country, although they look in State
salvage, Celebes inside, and also on the inside of the Philippines. It is said, that they were brought from
Spain: but in this case have completely lost the blood of Peninsular races. Degeneration is noted with

40
particularity in the size. Small horses Filipinos, although abandoned in forests, bad care, and without the
toilet have in State domestic, not lack of elegance and vigor, in spite of their apparent weakness. Two of
these horses easily dragged a lando as large as Europe. Chosen in good weather, and manicured, are good
horses of luxury; but are always useful for traveling along the pedrajosos of the mountains, streams, boggy
roads, spanning with the greatest ardour, although they are ridden by corpulent men: fall with equal
speed the more rapid slopes; If you give any false step instinctively fall on your knees, and again a rise at
the time; the town of these horses, is so hard, that they never need horseshoes. They are fed with fresh
ganya, and palay instead of oats; waters les with water sweetened with molasses that is estrae of sugar,
which gives them the superiority that distinguishes them from the Java. A couple of these horses, if they
are by the way, costs of 100 to 120 drives, and Yes for carriage, 20 to 30; the feed is so inexpensive, that
a second lieutenant who only enjoys 50 monthly salary in hard, usually has his carriage.

The beef was imported from Spain and America, and to weigh the consumer making peoples of these, in
sludge hasincreased in such a way that are and that wild oxen are abundant in all forests, mixed among
the herds of buffaloes. It is bigger than Europe and less strong, and rarely is occupied in arduous work:
their meat though less pleasant than the of Europe, no longer sometimes tasty; call cow's machara, taste
is exquisite, are made with everything canned.

Rams abound in many provinces, and especially in the llocos; but are badly kept, which are all very
dastardly: his wool is bad, and they are little appreciated mostly by the natives of the country, who don't
ever eat their flesh: this livestock was imported by the Spaniards.

Are still in the Philippines, among the mammals of the genus pheomys, pheomis Cumingii: their skin is
cinnamon color, and a dirty white legs: have small, naked snout and moreno, rough and black moustache,
four legs, and strong nails, fingers and a rudimentary toe; their tails scaly, and therefore little cover hair;
from the tip of the snout to the tail estremidad It has a foot long and a looks like a rat; Although the natives
regard it as a kind of rabbit: the name of parret which have given the negritos. This animal is rare, it feeds
on roots, and is easily domestic: has it been in the mountains of Nueva Ecija.

Shrew (sorex myosurus pak), and the borbanicus, species of bat, vespertilio is located on the island of
Luson. In the province of Bataan, are raising very small gazelas, deer and Hind, similar to the Java cantehils,
which are the size of a rabbit.

Everywhere there are different species of monkeys: in Mindanao a there are white, like mud the
Sandacan, northeast of the island of Borneo, Negros Island, have seen some of these, with a plume on his
head. There are also mountain cats, sort of Fox; the tagua or guiga, which is kind of flying cats; dogs, rats,
and an animal called masigan, enemy fierce of the Rawls, who pursues them and hunt, albeit more smaller
than them.

41
Forests are the housing of an infinity of birds of different species: there are beautiful wild roosters, these
labuyos, they are very courageous in the struggle, and out always victorious with large, but cowardly
roosters from China, and very often instead of these, struggle with the famous and brave roosters of the
lagoon. There are numerous varieties of pigeons, among which stands out that of Cebu, also called squab
of seven colors, which is of a size and beauty; his neck is adorned on a necklace. You see plenty of green,
black, grey doves, the color of dark chocolate etc.; others have chest, a stain on red like a wound that
causes a dagger; the Eagles, pelicans, falcons, hawks, garzolas, wild ducks, small quails called pagos, and
finally thousands of Woodcock.

The jungles, abound so much that more than a hundred species of them are known: there are flies birds
of varied nuances; cataconas (psittacus cristatus), large and small, Parrot green, extremely small parrots.

Not let mention aleyon salangane, whose precious nest is much sought-after Chinese, who pay him a price
of gold. In the islets and rocks that are isolated from the Yisayas, and especially in that part of the province
of Calamianes, are these nests with such abundance, constituting a rich article of trade, together with
powdered gold, and pearls, that will fuck on this island.

Fish, such is the abundance that is breeding, cu seas, lakes and rivers, that suffices to indigenous peoples
engage in a fish for a few moments, to collect a considerable amount of fishing, still very common that a
parent. reach the River runs at the foot of the bahay or House, and in a short time often carry a hearty
meal for the entire community. We will quote the infinity of fish that are found in these colonies, among
the most famous in the country, as they are; guilang, the curbina, or the apahap, mullet, catfish, the bia,
the milestone, the bocadulces, and red mullet, fish small and very exquisite. In addition to all of these that
we have made mention, there are sea bass, rays, eels, a kind of Pollock, sardines, sape-sapes, and another
portion more or less good. But the dalag, is a fish whose flesh is a very healthy food, and that indigenous
people like a lot: abounds in rivers, lakes, wetlands, and in the rainy season, is found in the fields of rice
or sowing.

Among the crustaceans, crabs, large are known and boys, lobsters from all classes, the sangostinos, or
gamaros. So great is the number of gamaros, which are caught on the beaches of Manila, that seems
incredible: indigenous peoples leave them piled up so that rot, a purpose of selling them later, as fertilizer
paralas betel plantations, which gives many strength and aroma.

The sea of these islands are breeding sharks, whose black fins, sold to the Chinese, in exchange for mother
of Pearl, turtles, beautiful flakes, sea cucumbers and amber grey.

There are also on these sites, very good oysters, which have no other defect, but being in extreme burning:
the clams are abundant. The bibalvas (Seafood of two shell as the clams) are a fish very exquisite, which
usually is lunch. However, be very careful with these seafood, because they sometimes cause serious
accidents.

42
Before the conquest of the Philippines by the Spaniards, these Indians were fed only on fishing, they were
extremely amateur and constituted its main food and occupation: ate it dry, fresh or stewed, mixing him
some herbs and tamarind, to what they called sinigang, which is for them a delicious meal even to this
day.

Caiman, living in bays, lakes and rivers, but where more it abounds, in the lake of Bay: seeks to solitary
places; is very frightening and pursues sometimes, a people who are bathing in the waters that it lives up
to the shore. They are abundant in the crater lake which is in the mountains of the island of the Caymans;
but where is the greater number of these fierce amphibians, is close to the Ferruginous baths, the
Lakeshore from there. The Indians put without any fear to the bottom of the waters to hunt the Cayman;
the effect carry in one hand an instrument sharp, and on the other a strong wooden stick, made a very
sharp point on both sides: they look for the alligator, and then seizing the moment in which this open
mouth to swallow them, introduce him then stick that van provided, so that the two ends are supported,
on the palate and lower jaw denying them this way do any damage; as with efforts that make the
estremidades of the bat being subject so nailed, and drowned by water, swallowing, a die for decontado,
cause of not being able to close the mouth.

The Snake called dahon palay, the similarities that have a green sheet of rice, is thin and short, and who
has the misfortune of being bitten, causes instant death. We have seen this reptile and know that their
existence is real and truly true; It will be perhaps the only poisonous, that exists in the Philippines; because
we do not consider as such, the species boa, called home snake; Python and some other reptiles on which
so much is exaggerated.

Leeches are so abundant in streams and Lakes of the forests, which are sufficient for the needs of the
medicine

Various kinds of these anelides are known: the most notable, are some small leeches, sticking promptly
to the legs of the Indians, in any of the sites listed above, as they have not had the precaution of rub well
with chewing tobacco.

Insects are varied: an estensa nomenclature would be necessary to give exact knowledge of all of them.
The most notable are not generally known rather than indigenous names. Mosquito hormiguean in
Manila, and in all large towns in the archipelago; still a necessity the chiffchaff in the beds, to get rid of
the impertinence of these pesky insects.

The lobster, which has been at times so thick clouds, which obscured the light of the Sun, in the months
of December, January and February, destroys in a few moments the vast rice fields, which are the hope
of the peoples: always carry with them the desolation, in fields where there are. For this reason a prize
has been agreed by the Government, to which able to destroy these insects, and mayors are authorized
to give somewhat, by every measure that comes from those.

43
White Ant (termes), the tagalogs anay, is the most fearsome of all insects: destroy all the buildings, roe all
Woods, skeptical the molave, which is very bitter: lives in family; inhabits humid everywhere, and built
homes in the fields of the height of a man, of such strength, that the Buffalo pass above them without
falling apart them. These homes are clay, and present inside cells separated by walls, where lay thousands
of eggs, extremely small. On parle it high in the red, has a cell the bug, Filipinos called Queen of the ants;
It is not armed, its dimensions are huge when you are pregnant; and its figure is so different from other
ants, which is would not attribute to the same family, if she saw it alone. These insects secrete a mixture
of liquid and baba, which built secret paths, points that want to attack leading them safely to, or where
they are going to settle, whose points concluded by destroying. The Guatemalan FIR, is the wood that
gnaw with more pleasure. Warm countries are best for these ants: but is the plague is not indigenous to
the country; because it is believed that it has been imported from another point a this: the port of
Rochefort, it seems, is already infested with them.

We conclude, therefore, this simple sketch of the kingdoms mineral, vegetable and animal of the
Philippine archipelago, repeating, that the productions are the most rare and surprising of all until the day
we have been able to meet and study. Reflections that emerge from its phenomena lead in a way quite
positive to discover the various luck that in the natural order have been able to run these regions, and
what is his most likely future. The examination of this interesting point will be subject of the next article.

The Philippine archipelago belonged in other time to a vast continent. - the current state is the work of a
cataclysm.

II

The accurate genomic relationship, which are the main of these islands, reveals their common origin;
witnessing the early existence of a vast continent, ripped apart and submerged by an admirable cataclysm.
The current Islands, at least the greater consideration, are the highlights of that continent, whose
elevation did not reach to dominate the waves, resisted by its firmness. The natural canyons, the lesser
grasp of some mountains, would undoubtedly result since then a numerous cuts; being occupied by the
force of the waters, in the general disorder of this part in the Earth, which ceded to the agitation of the
seas. Other partial cataclysms, prepared largely by the first, have gone after consummating their
fractionation. This disorder, so admirable, not merely to reduce the sine waves of a continent, whose
summits and plateaus make up the Philippine archipelago: this happens to be one of the of the Malaysia,
which is one of the four parts into which the Oceania is divided. The highlights of that continent, are which
constitute all the call with sea world property; poking out from the tip of Achem until more than Easter
Island: that continent should occupy the space there is today between America and Asia. And would cause
failed to achieve so terrible and dilated effects? Is it enough to assume that a volcanic eruption separated
it from the Asian continent, as he has been designed? Surely not, and so is that on the other hand the idea
that the antiquity of these islands goes back to the flood is also common. Sufficing us read this disaster
and its reason in the sacred letters, can leave the philosopher work of proving it by means of geological
and astronomical reasons. We can also spit us the task of collecting and argue in their confirmation the

44
traditions of all peoples, as did the wise Bailly; limiting ourselves to see its results in the most culminating
mountains of the Philippines: a its impetus was the formation of these islands, with the breakup and
flooding of the indicated mainland. Others however see here Meanwhile the terrible effect of a huge
swelling of the granar you ocean or one of those revolutions of nature, that in Europe attest to the
breaking of the Bosphorus, the Greek archipelago and the Strait of Gibraltar etc. etc.

Nor are missing in Oceania, those traditions of the deluge, given its Xisurus to the Chaldeans, its Peyrum
a Chinese etc.: here has that sustained the world by a giant, a movement made this with his head bound
by fatigue, and Earth is submerged in the ocean; leaving only the men for their asylum, scattered islands.
Here is the catastrophe of mankind which had to ensure mercury in strong columns the principles of
science to the Egyptians; Here, when the Indians believe is preserved by its Vichnu, here the Belgemer, is
the Noah of the Edda, etc.

In the meantime, not all these islands should be formed then: has supposed so of the greatest of those
enormous masses of granite ancient as the world. But there are others of creating more modern, boasting
large limestone rocks; Although considered as islands, also attributable to the same revolution or time.
Among the minors are observed very diverse origins: while some are produced by inconceivable
overcrowding of microscopic animals, which come with the course of the centuries to build impressive
poliperos, while from the bottom to the surface of the water its colossal madréporas; earthquakes and
volcanic eruptions are other very different in nature, even though they destroyed many of these creations
of coral and litofitos, and even the same moles granite and limestone. There are islands that look like huge
piles of shells and other aquatic animals: a small layer of topsoil over a Center arena, manifested in many,
volcanic action which destroys the mayors and sometimes throws a great distance its fragments. Nothing
proves better the former existence of the great continent guessed and its fall under the domain of the
waves, which are the same partial cataclysms today esperimentados: terrible volcanoes and the
continuous ups and downs of earthquakes that destroy without ceasing those highlights that then could
withstand a water: substances which ferment in the center of the submerged land not can produce less
than a continuous change in the surface, and even the number of these islands. Sometimes been wet high
mountains, as it did in the year 1027, disappearing one of the most high, called Caraballos, in the province
of Cagayan. On the island of Mindanao, the year 1075, a consequence of a large earthquake, opened a
mouth to the foot of a mountain, gave way to the sea and a beautiful countryside left uninhabitable: the
traditions of the country offer many of these cases; and they have been times of calamity for the island
of Luzon, the earthquakes of 1045,1796, 1821, 1828, (see articles of Luzon and Manila).

They are also worthy of special mention in this place, the volcanoes, but only inasmuch as it manifests the
large and destructive underground action that are suffering the Philippines; must be described particularly
each of their most notable volcanoes, with merit of its major eruptions in their respective articles. Mayon,
which is the most considerable and smokes continuously, it has covered with stones and sand a
considerable region in its outline. July 20, 1707 inflamed: it burned for ten days, and a river of lava more
than twenty fathoms of Exposition, ran towards to the E. On October 24 the same year this volcano
vomited so much water, that the people of Malinao, Camalig, Guinobatan, Ligao, Polangui and even Albay
were ruined. Part S. O., the trees were covered with sand up to its Summit. Do it will be given to the region
of this volcano come to be reduced to a lagoon, as happened with another in the province of Batangas,

45
going down a mountain without being sobropuesto to the waters rather than a volcanic mogote? This
lagoon is also the famous Taal Volcano. On September 24, 1710 were inflamed this volcano with big DIN
and Earth tremors: fire is reckoned three leagues in the direction of monte Macolot, and water and ash
came in large and towering gushed: the water of the lagoon was completely black, and horrifically boiling
with irresistible smell of sulphur. This eruption lasted for three days. In December of 1754 took place
another more significant still, which lasted eight days, completely destroying the towns of Taal, Salas,
Tanauan and Lipa. The water of the lagoon boiled a bubbling; rivers of sulphur and bitumen out of pan,
searing the lands of delicacies: in all neighboring provinces fell large amount of ash, with a specialty in
those of Tondo, Bulacan and Pampanga: in the Cavite ate a half day with artificial lighting: in Manila,
distant 20 leagues, is covered with coniza the roofs: ensures that Thunder underground and the
atmosphere were heard a distance of 300 miles.

There are also several volcanoes on the island of Mindanao. In January of 1040 one of mountains, in the
District of Buheyan, to 60 leagues from Zamboanga, made a terrible noise and the eruption so violent that
bits of its Summit were to stand more than two miles of distance: ash was carried by the wind just points
of the archipelago that are more distant, to the Moluccas and Borneo. In Zamboanga, were reduced to a
dark night: ships carrying troops to Ternate, were obliged to turn on lanterns to eight o'clock in the
morning: all around Zamboanga, are still signs of that esplosion, which gave beginning to a lake. Other
volcanoes on the island, have also sometimes trap with a big noise, and nearby have formed cracks,
openings, lakes and even Islands.

Examining these islands, seeing the natural advantages sketched in the article above, and serves as
material to present, well it must be said, that all this nature, surrounded of the most incomparable
magnificence of creation, seems made with ruins.

Indigenous formation.

III.

The Philippines placed in the torrid Area, enjoying the most amazing fertility and the most delightful
climate of the world, as we have said that so many centuries surmised it before there were met the wise
historian Polybio, the stoic Panecio and the academician Eudoro: could they be late very much in being
inhabited by the resettlers of the world? Will be able to be doubted that they were understood in the calls
insulae gentium by the sacred letters, which islands Japhet and its progeny repopulated? There is the one
who has seen to divide of East á Occident the population of the world, directed by the solar action;
considering to be the population and the whole physical and moral development the light, necessary
floods, which divide from E. 0., governed by that prefect of the universal nature, in this part that has been
entrusted to him. Will it be even the race of the negritos ó itas proceeding ones of that primitive
population, having survived in the unevennesses, which always shelter its independence and where the
local action, á that the espusiera its moral fall in the barbarism, its skin came á atezar and to constitute it
a particular race of the human species?

46
Much discussed about the origin of races of color that exist in these islands, and many assume the goings
of the South America, where there are other very similar to these. It is not impossible that have also
become some of these people thrown by the winds in their adventurous canoe. Still seen frequently get
this Japanese mode and inhabitants of Polynesia on the coasts S. 0. Luzon: the first eight, were recently
thrown by a storm on the beaches of Mindanao. But all this not enough to produce initially authorized to
deduct from it the population of these islands; must be limited to guesses attributed the formation of
secondary races. Relations (foot the sons of this archipelago had with the Chinese and the Japanese, long
before that got him the Europeans could bring the reasons of similarity on which have been also founded
some to give them also as originating; all ideas which deserve little appreciation.) The Philippines can
emblazon of antiquity in this part, as any country of those in which we have tried to establish the origin
of its population, and recognized the Malaysian origins, it suffices to recall here that these islands are
included in the Malaysia, as we have said before. The negritos in our concept, are therefore from the
native Malays, and mixtures of these with the upstarts, have been other castes. These negritos, called
aetas in the country or have other less swarthy men and salvage them, to which they gave the name of
Indios, who remain as peculiar; Although by Exposition includes all the natives of the Philippines, were
the two castes, which employed to his arrival the Spanish. Is believed that the Indians of the Pacific Ocean
invaded the Islands, and after long and bitter fighting, were owners of the coast; forcing the negritos to
withdraw to the mountains, that still inhabit. These are all provided and points most isolated archipelago.
The island of Negros took this name by the number it had of these negritos: today are particularly in the
roughnesses of the provinces of Bataan, Nueva Ecija, Batangas and Mindoro island.

Today are no longer the negritos the most fierce, having other secondary caste to them esceden. In a
space of more than sixty miles between the two great mountain ranges of mountains called the Caravallo
of Balen and the open, are the most worthy of being known and that less news is had. He is designated
them with the generic name of infidels. These tribes occupy, without fixed residence, an extension of four
hundred and fifty square leagues, between the provinces of Cagayan and erect new, Pangasinan, Ilocos-
Süd. We are going to consider particularly each of the several castes savages of these islands, starting with
which we have already described as originating.

Of the Blacks Aetas ó ltas.

The negritos are small, quite organized and agile: the a little beaten nose, the frizzy hair, less blacks and
less snubs, that the blacks of the coast of Africa; undoubtedly because proprietors of the thickest forests,
are in these protected from the burning action of the sun, without not also suffering the saltpeter
emanations of the sea that unite with that one against the African ones.

The negritos inhabit the more raised of the mountains. In its nakedness salvage, only they cover its genital
parts with certain tree bark: they feed on roots, wild fruits, and deer. They are very skillful in the hunting,
dismissing its arrows with an almost incredible skill. They always go followed by its respective partners,
who with the free hairs, its kids go dependent on the neck, either on the back, either to the breast
supported by a bark of a tree tied by four corners; whose tie always rests on the nape. They sleep where
it takes them the night, being placed now on a tree it prays on the grass, and when they have it fried ó
the moisture it is very big, they light bonfires, and roll about in the warm ash. The mugeres give birth

47
without ausilio to someone, placing itself also on warm ashes, which arrange on the shore of some creek,
in which to the moment they bathe, and turn to the ashes where they remain some time taking care the
son. The goods of the negritos reduce to its arch, its bamboo carcax for the arrows, which accustom to be
poisoned, a loincloth and a strip of skin of javalí: the gefes of tribe and tamings persons who have some
importance between them, take a palm in its hair. The illness that endures more commonly this race, is
that of the skin eruptions.

The negritos are always great enemies of the indians. When he dies any of them, immediately is another
of the family or friends, and assemble his bow and carcax, Jura kill one or more Indians, in revenge for the
death of his blood, which attributed unto hexes of their opponents. To perform this revenge hides so
common in the cup of some tree in the places frequented by the Indians, and from there, les wound with
their arrows emponzoñadas; after returning abruptly in search of yours, celebrating the fact, with dances
and feasts. Although they are in estremo sloths, an instinct irresistible leads them unto the escabrosidades
of his birth, preferring the life of wandering and salvage, unto all the joys of the civilization. Cited in
confirmation of this, an admirable example: the archbishop of Manila educated unto a negrito caught in
childhood, and came to the case of imposing the priestly order; but even in this state and with all its
civilization, unable to bear the social life, he fled unto the mountains in search of the wildlife. Such is the
power of love unto: the freedom and independence of this breed.

The tribes of the dumayas, malanaos, manabas, and tagabotes on the island of Mindanao, the salvages
fierce than around the province of Nueva Ecija in Luzon, and many other races little known, are considered
by this reason, how belonging to the great family of the Negritos.

The Montesinos, móntescos or remontados, which have also been included in the
same class by some, are those who have abandoned the civilization, absconding
the Spanish domination by not paying the tribute.

Of the Indios.

The likeness that in the discovery of the Philippines, was believed noted among the most numerous of its
inhabitants, and those of the Spanish America, unto those who must be the name of Indians, made that
applied to them also this surname. These Indians brought without doubt from the Pacific Ocean in its light
canoes, impelidas by the monsoon, they have a lot of similarity with the Malays: The color is the same;
the configuration, the nature and customs alike. It is note however, a slight difference in the appearance
of both peoples: the race Tagalog is more beautiful and virile that the Malays, whose features are so
mugeriles, which is often difficult to distinguish the sex ; because both carry the long hair: men tend to
put on a headscarf. The Visayas differ less of the Malays, who the Luzonia. Is known without difficulty that
the indians cigars are a race essentially different from the negritos, and that the Union or the crossing of
both, is the origin of the other peoples Filipinos; and it is no less readily persuaded that this indian race,
is not the result of the union of blacks and whites; noting that, when this is checked as in the provinces of
Pampanga, Bulacan and the Lagoon, where few whites, their children are known unto the first view.

48
It is clear that the negritos in the beginning, and after the pure indios called tagalos, are the true
aborígenes of the Philippines: the Indians mestizos are mixtures of these races where appear modified
the one by the other, approaching always unto the Malays, which is undoubtedly the original common,
and that account in its support with the natural action of the country.

The igorrotes, buriks, busaos, iletapanes, guinaanes, be filled or tinguianes, apagaos, calaítas, gaddanes,
ifugaos, ilongotes é ibaloys, unto whom you can add the Panay, Puysi, i.e. the isinayes, the allábanes and
the catalangas, differ from the negritos, and the tagalos, both by the color of the skin, as by their customs:
these are already scheduled castes very secondary produced by the mixing of the negritos, Indians and
other newcomers.

The Igorrotes.

Are these a great people, which occupies the entire width of the cordillera, from the province of
Pangasinan until the mission of Ituy, and the eastern part from the same province, until the cap. The valley
of Agno; estendiéndose to Trente of Namacpacan. The Igorrotes are full-bodied, robust and well
configured: your skin color is of the Quince cooked, something low and it confused by some with the
copper: their big eyes and black, with the angle exterior very acute and higher than the interior: the cheeks
very developed and widths, the hair straight, but very hard, blacks and remarkable brilliancy: have the
habit of painted different colors, and into the hand carry a figure similar to the sun, and that has any
relationship with the that use the mugeres of Nuke-Hiva, in the Marquesas Islands. Wear a loincloth that
call baae, made of tree bark, and one species of capita with covering their backs or take on one of the
shoulders. The mugeres dress a kind of almilla opened by the chest, and a piece of cloth or of tree bark
that covers the body until the knees. The main are distinguished by the decorations of your baae. Their
bereavement are white to the mode of the Chinese. The valley of Benguet inhabit cabanas bamboo that
form a triangle with the ground, covered with a yerba that call cogon without giving them a light more
than by the door that is close: Have the circumstance of being quite desaseados. Those who inhabit the
center of the mountain range have something better construction; using in her the pines that cut unto
labor force with its talibong, which is the only instrument that employ and that are served in all its tasks,
as well as a weapon , being a sheet of two cuts, with the tip Rome ; is mounted in a buffalo horn. Also
manage the arc, although not with the skill of the Negritos.

The Igorrotes food is reduced to wild fruits, sweet potatoes, roots of letaro, rice farming, and meat of
Buffalo, wild boar and deer, that hunt and prepare for their conservation. There are also some man-eaters:
these usually have an unpleasant face, and are covered with skin diseases.

The Buriks.

Differ these a perceive of the Igorrotes, being of more meat and Constitution more vigorous. Chop the
body, appearing in a chain-mail, as do the peoples of the South, whose ilk will have been brought by
chance sea to interbreed with the negritos and procreate this mixture.

49
Inhabit the part of the mountain range, which extends from the llocos Sur province to the crest of the
central chain, bordering with the Igorrotes by noon and the Busaos to the North: are more industrious
and rich than the first, and their customs more humanitarian. They are regularly cultivated rice and
irrigated fields, driving the fresh water by means of ditches, which pick up two harvests, raising cattle, and
mine the gold of Sueju and the copper of Yamcayan.

The Busaos

Live in the mountains called Siguey, and north of the territory of the Buriks, opposite Cadong; confined by
West cou the Tinguianes and to the east with the Itetapanes, are distinguished particularly of the other
tribes by its sweet character and habits less savage. Only are painted on the arm where mimic various
flowers. Some of them carry large rings in the ears and other are hung from them pieces of wood of a lot
of weight. This custom is also observed among the inhabitants of Vanikoro, Taiti and other archipelagos
of the Pacific, that the traerian unto Luzon, thrown unto their shores by the waves. The dress of the Busaos
is similar to that of the tribes that we have already described; although they differ in the cap cylindrical ,
opened by the two sides, surrounded many times of feathers and made of wood or tegido de juncos. In
place of the Talibong of the Igorrotes, used by weapon which is called Aliva, that is like an iron ax, almost
square, with tip behind and a short handle: themselves manufactured this weapon in the town of Benang
with the iron they remove from the mountains, where abounds that is located in the same area. Grow a
lot of rice and observed a system in the water that they never lack the harvest.

The Itetapanes

This people less numerous than the Igorrotes, lies to the north of these, South of the Guinaanes, in the
east of the Busaos and to the west of Gaddanes. It is small in stature and properly configured. The color
of the skin is more pronounced, which in its neighbors; and its round eyes set a very marked difference in
the Igorrotes and the Tinguianes, who present a very marked the type Chinese. Have a big nose and
crushed. The Itetapanes offer the type of the Negritos in the size, color and shape of your nose; more in
the hair, eyes etc., they resemble unto the native indians or Tagalos; they are those who express a more
marked the crossing of these two races. It is so difficult to take them out of their wildlife as unto the
Negritos, with those who have more similarity in the nature and customs, and the physiognomy. Taken
from the Basaos the cap cylindrical and use it painted a color incarnate very vivid, the same as their
weapons, which are the tiller, arrows and the aliva. Make great secret of the composition of the color
incarnate who used, which is indelible and very estimable, fall unto the mixture of palo campeche very
abundant in the region, where it is known under the name of Sibucao, and other woods. Also used in the
station of the North winds and rains, a palate of sheets of anajao or bañqa, that call anaos. The Tagalos
use the filament of the coconut (coir), pieces of palm leaves or yervas salvages (cogonales) that abound
and are reproduced prodigiosamente in certain areas of the Philippines. Is it credible that this garment is
invention of the Itetapanes, of those who took the neighboring peoples and of these the Tagalos.

50
 The Itnnegg or Tingulanes.

These confined with the province of llocos-South, from the village of Santa Cruz to the interior of the open.
Its physiognomy, the color of the skin, its physical character and moral, their virtues, a small industry,
some trade and articles thereof established between them and their neighbors from the mountains, a
difference quite marked, aproximándoles both unto the inhabitants civilized of the Philippines, that I
almost do not block already the dictation of salvages; being able to confine ourselves unto apellidarlos
infidels, as is usually done because of not having embraced the catholic religion. In his frugal living and
isolated, not understand the needs of Filipinos civilized and in its consequence lie in lazy abandon while
developing the activity of those. Asi is that has come unto apellidarlos salvages, at the same time that
they attributed the origin of the brightness of manufacturing and commercial of the provinces of llocos-
North and South, their neighbors. The Tinguianes descend from the Chinese and their origin, I printed the
hobby unto the agricultural work and unto the speculation. The complexion is so white unto short
difference as the Chinese; its clothing, especially the class of turban that use, represents the fishermen of
Fuk-Hun or Fo-kien, Province of China the more immediate unto the part setentrional of the Philippines.
This turban is composed of a piece of cloth, whose serifs Caen with grace on the back. The men wear long
pants and a sucks closed ahead as those of the Chinese. Dress of the women is similar to that used in the
Igorrotes no more difference that the being white. Sometimes they use rich gowns with bands
embroidered, white and Red; arm from fist to elbow, leading many bracelets of glass beads of various
colors, which acquired in their speculations: the pressure causing them these bracelets is so great, that it
often produces wounds in the arms. They also adorn are the legs in a manner similar, from ankle to calf.
It is not easy to conceive how much that favors to the women this trage which added a band, that stick is
the head: dress almost erased the ugliness which results from the mixture of any race with China. Men
and women are clean and observed between if certain etiquette. Gathered in tribes, they live alone in
different pueblecillos and its peaceful character approaches them a submissive Indians. Banguet and
Tayun are some of these people, who long ago converted to Christianity and missionaries working for the
conversion of others. Are engaged also in trade; driving to the provinces rice, livestock, wax, gold and
timber, and a turn are of the generous they need. They have vast and rich rice fields, irrigated and
cultivated with intelligence; and considerable herds of buffaloes, horses and oxen.

The Guinaanes.

Are neighbors of the Tinguianes, inhabiting the eastern part of the mountain range that occupy these; but
there has never been intelligence between them; because the Guinaanes are so cruel and audacious, as
these rights and peaceful. Just down from the summit of the mountains, if it is not to cut down their
possessions and seats, being in continuous war with them. They are distinguished from the Tinguianes by
physical and moral marcadísimos.

The Ifugaos.

These are very much like unto the Guinaanes, and have all its ferocity. Major features of its physiognomy
the resemble unto the Japanese; and yes indeed descend of adventurers of that country, the nature of
the mothers, and the local force, have drowned completely the peaceful character of those. Asi is, that

51
unto spite them the cultivation of rice enough for its own food, a great tendency to theft does not allow
them to be limited to these simple means of subsistence, and leads them to plunder the possessions of
its neighbors.

The inclination can so much in its spoiled constitution to the evil, that without another impulse, emboscan
and they remain secret, watching the occasion to murder á the pasageros, whose skulls take á its huts
where they place them as its most beautiful trophies. There is considered to be so much more noble major
all that is the number that they show of these, and there are hung on the ears so many rings of crust of
bamboo as murders have committed. The weapon of these salvagcs is the spear, the arch, the candlestick,
the aliva and the bond, which they throw from its ambush with a wise move estraordinario on the victim
that they watch for some hours ó days, and without leaving either action or time to him for the defense,
they throw it in the soil drowning it, immediately to cut the head. They hate estremadamente á the
Gaddanes and chase them without rest. Also they are in perpetual war with all its other neighbors, and if
they join one day to fight á a common, very ready enemy turn á its ancient habit.

The Gaddanes.

These nations occupy the shores of the Margal, estendiéndose even very close to the small river Cagayan;
for the Northwest they border on the Calaüas. Its color is that of the ltetapanes, darker than that of other
salvages: its height is small; round eyes; big and beaten nose; dirty and stupid. The same weapon uses and
trage that the Itetapanes. Limited it does some time for the missionaries á the Christian religion, they give
big services, helping á religious á to attract the even unfaithful tribes.

The Calauas.

They are in the region of nearby Itabos of the Guinaanes, from whom they differ completely although they
are alike in the gulp. They are of pacific character and they live in family, calmly and harmony. They
cultivate the rice and other vegetables: they do big tobacco plantations, and cultivate it for a simple and
natural system inherited from its biggest.

The tobacco of the Calaüas is considered to be the best of the province of Cagayan, which is had as of the
first quality in the Philippines. Taken the sheet, they put it in fermentation, extracting it later outdoors to
dry it: they form then small bundles and take in its canoes á the llocos-south province for the river Open.
In llocos they change the tobacco into sailcloths and other cloths, handkerchiefs and some tools of iron.

The Apayaos

It is located in the mountains that divide the Provinces of Cagayan é llocos and feed especially corn and
roots. Are distinguished, with particularity of the other tribes of the mountains, by the good construction
of their houses, which seem unto the Tagalos with a toilet estremado. Are square and in each one of its
corners there are a wood strong é incorruptible. The floor, instead of being of bamboos linked with
circlips, as do the Tagalos of the province of Tondo, is tables very polished of a wood that called danigga
or calusta, species of cedar. The partitions or separations are made with palm leaves. The home is located
in one of the corners of the main room. These people does not omit anything by having their homes

52
furnished with everything you need and get it by means of the changes, they do with wax, which is very
good, the cocoa which is excellent, and tobacco, similar to that of the Calañas. The parle of adornment of
their homes is reduced unto the vessels and pitchers of China.

The situation in which they are established, makes it easier for them to be delivered to the smuggling of
tobacco, they do with the neighboring provinces. Down the valleys of Abuloc unto the deserted beaches
of llocos, where are betting with anticipation esploradores and lookouts, é entered their gender either by
land or by sea. In the first case is for the Caraballo-Norte or by the Open; addressing the llano Dingras and
Nagpartian.

The Ibilaos and the Ilongotes.

These tribes are very small and live mainly in the mountains of the new-Ecija, and from the Bael Caravallo.
They are of short stature and low robustness: they maintained the pillage, coping with a miserable life.
They are cruel as the Ifugaos: they ambushed like them on the roads more frequented, and murder
traidoramenle to all those who fall into their hands. They are cowards, and the demonstration of the least
resistance is enough to contain them; but escaping to their choppy and accurate DART is unfortunately
rare.

The lsinayes

these people already converted to Christianity by the work of the missions of Ituy and subjected to the
Spanish Government, nothing differed from the Igorrotes. The Panuipuyes, the Altasanes and other tribes
are installments of the same Igorrotes.

The albino, Indians called children of the Sun, some are white, others have patches scattered through the
body, and some hold the skin atigrada.

Many attribute the origin of these people to the last degradation of the human species, in its blend and
cross-breeding with other species, assuming you among other things, having had carnal acts with
orangutans that have not always been sterile.

The number of idolaters of Luzon island can be seen in 200,000: in Mindanao, there is least 800,000: on
the domas are on short number.

GENERAL IDEAS ON THE WILD CASTES MENTIONED.

Of all the peoples that we have indicated, the Igorrotes are the most belligerent, strong and difficult to
subjugate: living always in regions distant from the civilized peoples, retain all the rudeness and continent
natural. The Tinguianes on the contrary, in greater contact with the regions cultured, are sweet, treatable
é industrious. Sometimes fall unto the plains, and traffic with the peoples of the indians; trayéndoles gold
dust and different products of the mountains, like wax, skins, horns and cecina of buffalo, and timber,

53
which lead by the currents of the rivers as they used the Chinese, their grandparents. Frequent the
markets of the two provinces of llocos, and buy instruments of iron, and of cotton cloth.

The Negritos prefer in its changes to acquire cigars and hunting dogs. All mestizo peoples differ among
themselves for their habits, trages, language and character.

Although it is extremely difficult to categorize the different races, we believe that we can divide
indigenous peoples in three different classes, unto know, Negritos, Indian cigars or Tagalos, and Mestizos.
The laborious Mallat has reduced the hallmarks of these three families to the next box:

The mestizos, according to their main features, can be viewed in two classes, i.e. Igorrotes, and Tinguianes,
which are distinguished by the color of the skin, nature and form of the dresses, as for other characters
remarkable; and even unto although this, there would wrongly if they had for two peoples essentially
different, because both are native of the mixture of the Negritos, Indian, Chinese and Japanese who
escaped from their shipwrecks. Following the differences and similarities subaltern looming even among
these people, we gather in a class the Igorrotes, Burisk, Busaos, Ifugaos, Guinaanes, Itetapanes and
Gaddanes. The tribes that present characters but there are several Igorrotes, Tinguianes, Ibilaos,
Gaddanes, Calauas and Apayaos.

There is very little difference between the mountain indios, the so-called Igorrotes and those who inhabit
the peoples subjected unto the Spaniards: So when the first come out of retirement to traffic in the plain,
they are known only by the trage. The distinctive main of its physiognomy consists, in that they have much
more bulky cheekbones and more developed the lower jaw, a result of the efforts that have to do the
peoples who follow a nomadic life, for chewing the fruits many times green and hard with that feed: the
Indians civilized, on the contrary, do not eat more than rice and foods that are easy to chew.

The blacks in the mountains, in mature age are much more corpulent and stronger than the educated in
the cities, where they are employed in the destinations more low; as the Igorroles of both sexes, who
come home in private homes.

All children are born with a spot more or less estensa under of the ríñones, and unto as it grows, the color
of the stain is a waning , ending with confused with the general of the skin that is much more dark.

One of the characters more unique that presented these peoples, is to have them toes very separated,
and arranged in a way that makes it easier for them to take with them the objects more tiny : When you
drop unto an indian something picks it with the feet and hands and are also served to them to climb up
the ropes and descend a navio head down like a cat. The big toe of your foot is much more separated from
the other of which is generally has, so its point of support is much more estenso.

The Indians have the smell of a fineness excellent: there are bred that only by the smell know the shirts
of their masters between ten or twelve different people, although they have been in continuous casting.
It also ensures that if a man is at the side of his beloved, guess their feelings by the smell of your breath
and vice versa; however this seems to us to be somewhat exaggerated and fabulous. The fact yes e s ,

54
which ordered as a test of tenderness a shirt that has led the person who is the object of his love, and
when it has lost its smell the replaced by another.

RELIGION AND CUSTOMS.

Recognize a supreme being to which they consider all subordinate, and have some idea of the immortality
of the soul. Taxd worship unto different idols, which could not fail to have by less than the large Maker of
all things. As they do not believe it possible to live without a woman, unto every God give also a goddess.
The tribes or ranches of Hamunt and Altásemos worship an idol that called Cabiga: his wife is lowered,
word that has much connection with the Buhay that in Tagalog means life. The Gaddanes have a God
called Amanobay, whose wife is Dalingay. The Ifugaos and most of the Igorrotes worship unto Cabunian;
ascribing two children called Lumabit, and Cabigat and two daughters Baingan, and Daungan, who
produce other and considered them as parents of the whole human race.

Call unto the rain Pati and look at it as a divinity beneficent, unto that direct prayers. Baliloc, Piit, Sanian,
Linian, Tatao, Bangiuis, Sejat, Batacagan, Sadibubu, Oasiasoias, Dalig, the goddesses Libongon, Tibagon,
Limoan and other deities, have always identical reasons of worship and are represented by figures of
wood, placed in different positions: the most venerated are those which have the head resting on your
hands and your elbows on the knees; because asi represent the rest and the beatitude; however there
are some idols that are on foot.

Among them there are no temples or site any meeting for worship. Its functions are to family, and are
limited to rejoice or grieve together. When one of the relatives it is ill or it dies, is called to an old woman,
a sort of Priestess, who consulted on the consequences that have to follow the event occurred or that
may occur. Get this, placed under a big old tree very copudo; He tends a cloth or mat on the floor; put in
the Middle a great dish or gamella of one piece of wood; does that they lead a Buffalo and kill it, making
numerous and estravagantes stand: collects the blood from the animal in the gamella, mixing with a hen,
and a times with the of a small boar, alternating ceremonies and gestures with frequent drink offerings of
fermented liquors made from the juice of plants and fruits that do not cease to produce its effect; giving
to the agorera the greater fervor and agitation: then with gestures more disordered, catch a pig's head
arranged beforehand for the ceremony: immediately cover the face and head convulsively: then bathed
with the blood of the victims an Idol called Anita, and in the midst of an inesplicable disturbance, lifts each
time hands to heaven, and beside himself exclaims with a terrible voice: Siggam Cambuniam, Siggam
bulam, navoig, ¡Siggam aggéu! That means Oh you God ! Oh you bright moon! Oh you star! After this
invocation principia unto prophesy, and when it has completed what I had to say, grab a broom that wets
at a vessel full of wine of coconut, and sprayed unto all attendees. This is the signal of the conclusion of
the ceremony, to be delivered after all to eat and drink with esceso, until the estremo of intoxicated
completely, whose status does not leave but proclaiming his conviction that the predictions of the
priestess are infallible. When he dies a man they are judged in the duty to placate his shadow sacrificing
so many victims, as open fingers has been left in the hand when exhaling his last sigh.

Several of the wild tribes worship the sun, and render a deep veneration unto the other stars in general;
but none of them is the particular object of devotion that can be called worship. Honor truly divine unto

55
the souls of their deceased parents, calling them Anitos, with what they resemble unto the nonos of the
tagalos. The Apayaos hang on the walls of their houses or shacks weapons and ornaments of their
deceased relatives, and the preserved, rodeándolos of different figures made of rushes painted incarnate.
On the sides of these trophies, hang mats chosen, formed with various tected from the bark of Afulag.
This set does not cease to be interesting and of value. A vessel of land of particular form depends on the
bottom of these trophies, and serves for the libations of wine, which offer unto Birthday, imploring her
protection in the celebration of the holidays. It had never been possible to achieve these salvages the
cession of one of these weapons ú ornaments, discarding all price, by believing that, yes dump voluntarily
from them, Anito were punished with diseases or with death, because monitors unceasingly over all its
actions. When it thunders, they believe that Cabuniang is angry, and to appease him sacrifice him a pig.
They are taxed Thanksgivings to Rainbow, after the storms. When we propose a journey, they light a
bonfire and observe the direction of the smoke; If it is the opposite to that try to take, they give up their
project. If any bird crosses the field who want to invade observed carefully its color and its species, by
deducting from this the success of your business: if they found any snake, the omen is of the more I
funesto, and removed with precipitation, because they are convinced of an imminent danger. And would
be estrañara the towns and wild hordes believe in good and bad omens, when in spite of the ostentation
of any e recommended illustration of Europe, suffers still from numerous superstitions? «In France there
are many people who are in agony to the night owl hooting, and precipitate a consult to a fortune-teller
of letters, so predict them the future.» (Mr. J. Mallat.)

The wild peoples, governed by custom that respect each other, live in absolute political isolation. Each
population is independent, and the territory of each Valley is distributed among different get' family is
called Barnaas, which are the masterpieces of the saving of the tribes. Each Mataro have your orders
number of Caguanes people dedicated entirely to their service, more like slaves as servants; they only
receive food, and are obliged to all the jobs that are sent to them, especially used in the cultivation of the
land operations.

The respect that it has unto these Barnaas is both, which does not stop or with his death; as they continue
tributándoseles in a singular way by the way. Just dies a Barnaa, you open the belly, quit the intestines,
which asan to inquire about them the future made this, placed the body in a chair and called unto all the
relatives and friends to the celebration of his funeral, which are reduced unto many and very long meals,
borne of rice and herds of the deceased. Sitting around the corpse eat, drink, cry and sing, improvising
hymns in honor of the other relatives and friends departed, and that have just lost. It was delivered unto
all kind of disorder, without distinction as to sex, around a corpse in Rot, and fall asleep rendered by their
escesos. Time to bury the corpse, lead it unto a kind of cemetery called Lontdent, in which each family
has designated its place; it is placed on a kind of monument that mimics grossly the figure of a buffalo or
pork. In the food that they give in the ceremony unto the friends, it often happens that give them to eat
the flesh of the same deceased. Is cited as recent a case that occurred in the ranching of Baremencurang
near the village of Tagudin, that having killed an old Caglian, his flesh was distributed among the
attendees, well because he was poor, and deserved the honors which have been taxd unto the rich, or
because I had not left with that meet unto the expenses that his death caused.

56
In the middle of the incredible respect had a the Barnaas in general, the more rich or the strong overlaps
commonly wings populations, and submits them to his will. However, this does not reach, but rarely to
the field of Justice, which is conferred to a court made up of the Barnaas, Mengueles and other elders.

When there is a question between two tribes and one of their individuals has been killed by one of the
enemy, all the inhabitants of the dead come together to avenge him, making perish to the matador or
declaring open war to their caste. Usually end these disputes by means of covenants; but they are so
frequent that weaken the tribes, by reducing it to the ultimate extreme.

When the Savages are surprised by his enemies, prorumpen in cries horrific, particularly distinguishing
itself in them the word Vajol meaning enemies. If foreseen the case of invasion, become large and terrible
preparations: open wells that covered with small and light bamboo, then covering them with grass, so not
noticeable to the naked eye, and fill quagmires bristling of acute poisoned commonly umitas paths and
avenues, and concealed a view by the many grass that cover them.

Children who are snatched some others in these wars, are then sold. On the island of Mindanao, many of
ten can be purchased a twelve years, by 10 or 12 hard each, and by 20 or 25 adults. The barbarians also
buy elderly with destination the more cruel: when they prepare the poison to poison the tips of their
arrows, do some testing in these miserable, while others cut them with the head and open them up below,
testing the strength of your spark plugs. These bloodthirsty people love estraordinariamente fighting.

The paternal authority is unlimited, and the children of the poor are dedicated to serve the rich. In order
to marriages, have received the monogamy, and both spouses have the right to separate, provided that
they judged to agree them. The Negritos attempts, that stature may be provided between them to get
married.

When a young man seeks it, asks the bride to their parents through an old man: if it is granted, lead it to
the groom's House and all the ceremony consists of having them closed for eight or ten days, unless they
can leave home at this time. Meanwhile friends are delivered to the rejoicing and dancing, going is a
contention. Only the parents of the silken lead them food; because no one else has the privilege of seeing
them in its closure.

Adultery is punishable by death penalty, when the culprits are caught red handed. The same penalty
applies to the murderer, understanding by this, only to the killer of another resident of the village.

Theft, which is the dominant slant of the savages, not punish until the third relapse.

When the culprit is convinced of the fact, is sentenced to death; but you are granted even some time to
arrange with the offended family, which happens frequently: this agreement or contract is called Tabat.

57
Dances of these peoples are very unique. Placed in circle with open arms, and jump a foot to the other,
so that they always have one outdoor: then depart in all directions, screaming big. This dance is
accompanied by a cone-shaped drum.

The festivals that are prolonged some days are quite costly for which the da, which is usually some gefe
or person of the most wealthy and influential oj the tribe: are consumed commonly in them thirty or forty
buffaloes, and more than a hundred pigs : men and mugeres are drunk during the feast, not ceasing to
drink oj a liquor called sinipsit that make fermented rice in water or of what they call basig or ylang
removed from the sweet cane. After the subtraction, the heads of the animals devoured are placed as
trophies and signs of nobility in the interior walls and esteriores of the house. Eí Colonel Galbey, that he
had the opportunity to attend unto some of these functions, was supported in the house of a remarkable
more than 407 heads of buffalo, and more than 1,000 heads of javalíes, which fired a smell unbearable.
The consequence of such a large number of livestock, is the effect of the theft that were continuously
being made in her perpetual enmity races unto others.

It is very remarkable medicine of these wild savages. The old, who experience has facilitated a certain
touch and Tino, are the only ones who have the right to compose the medicines, they do by the meeting
and mixture of innumerable plants , and themselves manage or apply unto the sick. The revulsivos
esteriores form the largest part of his repertoire : the bark bitter of a tree that have a large specific to hot
flashes is applied very many and very different modes. A person onslaught of smallpox cannot find
hospitality in any part; unto all inspires horror and terror: it is so much dismay that causes this disease,
that when in a population are cases of smallpox, all its inhabitants leave; for the unfortunate undertaken
by the smallpox, there is no father, son or friend: this disease at certain times of the year cost unto many
life. Similar plague together unto the wars of the negritos, and his character vengeful, is because the
population does not increase as in the regions where they have been able to introduce some philanthropy
and the beneficial use of the vaccine.

LANGUAGE. Dialects vary not only between the castes, but each district, and even each family, have their
own peculiar.

This diversity is explains the State of barbarism in which all peoples live; ignorance and isolation are
sufficient to do so causes. The same can be seen in the submissive tribes as in the isinayas, although they
have dictionaries. However, among so many dialects, the bisaya, the Tagalog and Kapampangan, which
seem to be mother tongues are distinguished particularly by more complete and perfect.

There are very few fragments of writing of these languages, because reducing a sign drawn on pieces of
banana, with a bamboo tip sheet, not is has been able to retain what little they wrote. These writings
were reduced to flyers, espresando the buffalos that possessed and other details of personal and domestic
interest.

Much has worked under investigation of the origin of those languages, and his relationship with the old
ones have been considered similar to Arabic; others have believed as his character more analogous to the
Chinese and Japanese, and not a few encarecedores from the Hebrew presented this language as their
native. Us not can less than edging the Hebraic origins, but we believe there was the far East have a

58
progenitor of all the included languages dcinas the same Hebrew language, all of these being the results
of the change, made by the topical action and culture or the backwardness of the different countries and
times. It is said is usually that Filipino dialects, should its origin to the Malay language, and we do not
contradiremos if it is understood in this, that primitive language. Different dialects that are spoken in the
Visayas Islands, have the greatest relationship with this language.

However, is that same pronunciation words have different meaning, and other very different are similar
senses.

Malaysian voices, olo head, white puti, langit sky, mata eye, susu breast, batu stone, found in the tagalog,
bisaya languages and in the cebuano and lutao dialects: other words as lina, tongue, babi pork, offer only
a very small difference in pronunciation, saying tell it, babuy, etc.

The primitive language and proper in the country has also been adulterated by the upstarts dialects. The
Spanish language has given his character to the educated filipinos.

The Tagalog language is clear, rich, elegant, metaphorical and poetic; paying much to improvisation in
which the genius of the country stands.

The difficulty of this language it explains saying, that to learn it, needed a year of art and two of bahaque,
that is, of implementation and practice, because bahaque is called the girdle or loincloth that the
indigenous peoples of the mountains lead.

The writing of these peoples, in its natural state, is from right to left as all the East, using different signs,
whose meaning is altered by the number of points that is placed at the top or bottom; so a single written
word has many times six or seven meanings.

They have seventeen characters or signs, of which three are vocal, for our five, since one represents the
other E and also has 1 sound and another is equivalent to O and wing U. Here is much of the diversity of
pronunciations: tubi (let me), also pronounced tabe; OLO pronounce ulu.

Consonants are 14, and are always pronounced with the if they are written simply: asi signs representing
the C M is pronounced Ca, Ma; but putting a point above, they are pronounced with the E or I; and put
down the 0 or the U. C and S are not distinguished: the D is pronounced many times R as in Madali,
articulating marali: F is also changed in P. The C changes sometimes m, G and in poetry. This last letter (G)
pronounce nasal when it is in the middle of a Word, and pointed, as evidenced by this word handle, which
indicates the plural. Syllables Ge, Ji, often pronounced as guy; the H as Spanish J; the Q as K, and U as the
Spanish. The pronunciation of the accentuated g as the monosyllabic nga, only you can learn by use. This
word is not more than a eufonica combination placed between every type of dictions. Thus the
proposition "beautiful horse" will be translated mabuling cava iuja and or, instead of mabuiing cavaya, by
attaching the adjective to the noun.

59
The Spanish language has introduced with its characters other many novelties in cultured peoples; but
has left intact the pronunciation.

These languages have their declinables names by six cases: also have their conjugations, so that you can
write in Tagalog and visaya as in Europe. So it is that been published works in prose and verse, including
sacred treaties, poems, tragedies and odes that were printed in Manila. Passion has been fully translated
and that Indians and surrounding sing it during the forty days of lent, making it often gathered,
accompanying himself on a music by the way not very pleasant.

Languages of the natives, submissive to the Spaniards, can be reduced to the Tagalog, Kapampangan,
sombal, in the Pangasinan, Cagayan, llocos, dressing rooms or vicol, the Visayo, Vatanes and the
chamorro.

Tagalog and the visaya be considered as mother tongues.

Refers to the Tagalog language, which is the most cstendida in the provinces of Tondo, Bulacan, Balaam,
Batangas, Laguna, Nucva-Ecija, Tayabas, Cavite, Mindoro and Zamboanga. It is also spoken in the Mariana
Islands, to where the deportees brought her.

Refers to the visaya in all the islands of the visayas; but it differs in some provinces, so that the inhabitants
of lloilo not well understood by the Samar, however found in frequent relations. For this reason the visaya
is divided into four dialects.

1 ° of the island of Panay, which is spoken in lloilo, in the small islands of Bomblon, tables and Sebuyan, in
the northwestern part of the black, in Zamboanga, in the provinces of Misarais and Caraga.

2 ° of Capys, which differs little from the lloilo.

3 ° the Cebuano, which many consider as a particular language: this is also spoken in the island of Bohol,
and parle the of blacks, that most approximates to that of Cebu. Its natural easily include that of lloilo.

The 4th of the Calamian Islands and umbrella on the submissive side to the Spanish: this is the result Dela
mixture of languages Tagalog and visaya. The other languages are spoken only in the provinces that take
name.

The island of Mindanao is, as the Luzon, divided into large number of tribes: taking all their dialects
individuals that it would be impossible to detail: no obslante, the language most general is the Mana like
unto the Malays.

In Luzon the igorrotes, tinguianes, ifugaos, gaddanes, ibilaos, itetapanes, negritos or itas, (primitive race
disseminated in almost all ridges) etc., speak dialects that vary up to by tribes or ranches.

IV.

60
 §-I

Already known the Philippine archipelago, will be easier to describe their particular history, that in all
countries comes to be a result of physical circumstances, on this examined. We have already seen also as
seems to be some accumulation of fracmentos of the large land area, which between Asia and America
was replaced by the seas, and that this is not to attribute but unto a cataclysm universal, for the magnitude
in their effects. We have referred to the terrible internal action that destroys without cease within these
fracmentos, and looming on the surface, filling of scenes horrific, the physical history of the Philippines.
Dealing in investigating the origins of its population, we have reproduced the doctrine issued by certain
writer modern, and we considered these islands between the apellidadas of the people (gentium), whose
repopulation, after the universal deluge, corresponded unto Japheth and yours: in this place, where we
just follow the testimony of the sacred letters, we are exempt from taking into account the explanation
of Japheth by the Neptune of the fable, and this by the great ocean, things that, if they are useful to try
and convince them that have had the presumption of apellidarse strong spirits, are unnecessary for those
that we recognize an authority he commands us to believe.

Do you want now to point out the épeoca and how verified the repopulation of this part of the globe
reduced unto islands scattered? Reckless é useless would be our endeavor; because this was precisely
because another class of monuments, (foot does not have, and it is necessary to respect such mysteries
in the origins of the peoples. Bástenos assume that, established the lagoon of the human race in the
middle by the letters sacred, mythology, history profana, and even for the Philosophy, had to receive it
soon this archipelago, as that is located in the the Far East. The same traditions of peoples ocean seems
that remain even certain relics of that illustration noachida, which shed by the world the patriarchal
authority, after the confusion of commands, occurred in the Senaar, or of the distribution of the world
made between the gods that sounds in the mythology, liemos already said, as they say that, sustained the
earth by a giant, made this a movement bound by the fatigue, and the earth was submerged in the seas;
leaving only islands scattered unto men. This is the Atlas, which in the mythology, argues the vault of
heaven; is the ocean, which, for the old, claimed the world on its waters, and whose swelling changed the
primitive form of the earth. This tridicion of the archipelagos of the Oceania about its origin is a metaphor
sublime, a rest beautiful of an age moral very advanced, which succumbing plausibly unto the revolutions
physical. Must not be surprised in this respect of that maritime world, when with less reason and out of
many causes unto that those archipelagos are subject, has done the same in our Europe. What of
catastrophes would not suffer the same Italy since that Hercules came to search it for the Saturna until
their aborigénes were reduced unto a nomadic life, and while waiting for their Oenotrio to return unto
make social life and learn to build cities? What revolutions do not occur in these archipelagos since a
Homer or a Hesiodo unknown personified the ocean in Northwind, until it was him combat the moors of
Troy, identified with another historical? The topically, esplicándose more and more in the peoples of the
Océania reduced unto a nomadic life and salvage, came to differentiate them from the rest of the men to
form with them different races, and when changed to its nature, it is admirable that kept some of their
previous ideas.

61
We have already seen the history of these regions, by making it unto the news existents in Europe before
the famous viage of Magallanes; reducing all unto mere congeturas give the Wise Men on their habitability
and even on its existence. But now, after having traveled and examined the country, we must say, with
respect unto the same times, that while Pythagoras, Plato , Aristotle, Gemino, Panecio, Polybio, Posidonio,
Eudoro etc., dealing in that discussion as erudite, the indians from the Pacific Ocean, delivered unto the
Ventura, in its light canoes, came unto this archipelago, pushed by the monsoon, and assaulted unto his
aboriginal people in the possession of its fertile valleys and plains. Long years of bloody fighting elapsed
between these two peoples; and at the end the indigenous race was overwhelmed by the iavasora, which
remained on the shores and in the regions most fertile; withdrawing the other unto the mountains,
sanctuary inallanable of the natural freedom of all countries. These two peoples have not only not have
confused between yes with time; but that today look even with the aversion more determined; is horror
which have, born of their traditions odious: the indigenous, apellidados Negritos, have never forgiven
unto his enemies, called Tagalos; and we have already seen in another part, the terrible war of murder
and esterminio, that has been perpetuated between them. The Indian is injured by the black, he stalks
perched and hidden in the cup of a tree or to the back of a crag, to avenge the death of your relative or
friend happened unto a result, perhaps, of a natural sickness: hatred has come to create a feeling
superstitious in the indigenous people, which attaches to the invader all their misery.

Meanwhile the winds and the storms were bringing the same way natives of other peoples: today it is not
rare to see coming to these islands Chinese and Japanese and even inhabitants of the Polynesia. These
upstarts had to withdraw also á the mountains from themselves, to find an asylum, and joining then,
either with the Negritos, either with the Tagalos, they produced the most numerous half-caste races,
which populate the roughnesses of these islands.

The memory, which kept the casual newcomers in their respective countries, would, some try and reach
back to them; and, undertaking after voluntarily equal travel, darian principio to the antiquisma
relationship, which consists, between these islands and the all Malaya; down even to the Japan and China.
It is not puntualizable the date on which Philippine products began to be replaced by Chinese goods of
Canton, Chincheo and Ucheo and the japonas of Nangarahi. This point received the Philippine Tagalogs
silks, cotton and domestic utensils: Japanese sailors, coming targeted by the winds of the N., which
dominate in October, then returned to announce the Gale, as the Chinese did. One of the objects most
antique trade in Asia, in the Philippines, were certain vessels made from a Brown Earth and full of
character: some of these vessels were Golden and is appreciated a lot. The island of Borneo, after its trade
relations with the Philippines, wanted to also bring their religion to them, and are already preached to the
filipinos; doing some proselytes, when the arrival of the Europeans disrupted their plans.

Memory, which kept the casual newcomers in their respective countries, would, some try and reach back
to them; and, after undertaking voluntarily equal travel, darian principle to the antiquisma relationship,
which consists, between these islands and the all Malaya; down even to the Japan and China. It is not
puntualizable the date on which Philippine products began to be replaced by Chinese goods of Canton,
Chincheo and Ucheo and the japonas of Nangazaki. This point received the Philippine Tagalogs silks,
cotton and domestic utensils: Japanese sailors, coming targeted by the winds of the N., which dominate
in October, then returned to announce the Gale, as the Chinese did. One of the objects most antique trade

62
in Asia, in the Philippines, were certain vessels made from a Brown Earth and full of character: some of
these vessels were Golden and is appreciated a lot. The island of Borneo, after its trade relations with the
Philippines, wanted to also bring their religion to them, and are already preached to the filipinos; doing
some proselytes, when the arrival of the Europeans disrupted their plans.

Before it was verified, and even before qne this archipelago was known, the crowns of Castile and Portugal
agreed on its property , by the treaty which held between yes and approved the pope Alexander VI in May
1495. According to this Treaty the discovery and conquest to the east of the meridian of the island of El
Hierro, belonged unto the Portuguese: in its consequence, Serrano discovered the Moluccas to this
people, while the Castellanos, led by Vasco Nuñez de Balboa, who, following in the footsteps of Colon,
marched in opposite direction, on 29 September 1515 took possession of the peaceful sea unto the name
of the Crown of Castile, and both branches Portuguese and Spanish, led by opposite directions, came unto
shaking hands in the estremo East, which had to be the subject of major issues and theater of protracted
disputes about membership and possession.

The ambition of the Portuguese on the America made them want the removal of the Prime Meridian to
0.: the great Magellan found that could authorize this national desire, with determined by the same
compass, which appeared to mark the first natural meridian on the third island. He conceived the idea of
America finished by its southern, at one end of such land within good hope and offered to the Crown of
Castile arrive to Moluccan Islands, following the Western course that prescribed him the brief of Alejandro
VI, and showed that with the translation of the first Meridian the third, remained in the law of Castile
those islands that the Portuguese drew its rich spices. This step of Magellan to Emperor Carlos I, he
reasoned in different ways: there who assumed that you withdrew to the Court and service of Castilla,
displeased of his King, because they refused to increase their monthly income in medium shield: others
argue, it was by contempt, that the King D. Manuel made his plans, about find a new direction for the
Moluccas. But one, and other seems sick unfit of men as large as they were so that King, like Magellan.
Also how would you propose this to the Portuguese discovery of a course that should be in the interests
of Castile? And, above all, if this worked resentful against their King by contempt that had been received,
already about your pay or salary, already on its propositions of discoveries which had also been the
motives that had separate Court of Portugal to the point of also working against their homeland, to the
great cosmographer Ruiz de Talero or Falero, which came with Magellan to support their projects e
interested in them before King Carlos I? It is true, that all this is historical, and likewise the big opposition
that these two illustrious Portuguese found, ally of the King of Spain, in his nation Ambassador Alonso de
Acosta. It is impossible that it a some diplomacy worthy of immortalize the distinguished King D. Manuel
and his wise cosmographers in these procedures? The spirit that addresses these issues, doing so with the
due success, should only be known for results; and it no doubt is, that the Prime Meridian retired wing
Island third, as the Court of Portugal; wished it the acquisition of the Brazil took place by the same, and if
the Spaniards could dispute the Moluccas, was not with great benefit itself; stopping best in the give the
Netherlands. The Philippines that resulted from that memorable company a favor of Spain, were not white
of the shipping, and while they rowed a 0. ships of Castile, know, that the Portuguese also visited them by
e. and tried to prevent the occupation and conquest of the Spaniards, strengthening his domain rather

63
than in them. We orillemos already a congeturas we can not give authority to our insignificant opinion,
but let's see how these events appear in the history.

The famous Portuguese Hernando or Fernando de Magallanes congeturó the existence of the union of
the seas Pacific and Atlantic, and proposed his discovery to king D. Manuel, who did not satisfy your
desires; so determined search for a government more able to appreciate it and went to Spain,
accompanied by the great cosmographer Ruiz de talero. Stood both at the court of Charles I, that unto
the time was in Valladolid: were received by the king, and Magallanes le esplicó, on a balloon, all thought
and the advantages which, developed and carried out under the protection of the Spanish crown, should
produce unto this. Carlos I understood and bowed unto his favor: the bishop of Burgos D. Rodrigo de
Fonseca, Minister responsible delos business of India, protected him decidedly; interested in it to great
chanciller, who did it, unto his time, with the prime minister and the propositions of Magellan were
accepted, unto spite of what the Ambassador of Portugal, Alonso Acosta, endeavored to prevent it. In its
consequence was marked a real contract éntrela crown and these illustrious adventurers. Magallanes
promised to discover in the part corresponding to the conquest of Castile, according to the Treaty with
Portugal, confirmed by Pope Alexander VI, islands rich in especiería, unto the that nobody could address
in the course of ten years, without permission of the king of who was the right esclusivo of their trade.
The king for his part granted that under the supreme authority of Castile had, with title of developed
countries, the Government of the islands that detection ; this being transmissible unto the heirs. They
recognized the twentieth the liquid product of its trade in them; and may in addition to embark on ships
real goods by value of 1000 ducats: if discovered more than six islands, should receive even the quinceavas
parts of the gains and the fifth of liquid which cargasen ships of S. M. in the first espedicion. This
association, original in history, is truly worthy of imitation that has had after in several nations. It provided
for the armament of five ships of 60 to 150 tons, with 254-man crew: the king appointed the officers;
especially those who had to take the accounts, and ordered that , in the event of dying Magallanes, would
be of only gefe the espedicion Ruiz Talero.

Magellan moved to Seville to agitate the realization of all the House of hiring, and the failure of money
had much elongated things, without the patriotism of Seville trade, which anticipated the necessary
quantities.

Meanwhile, some news that the King, received made him fear that, with risk of the company, there is no
appealing harmony between two commanders, and taking by preteslo little health Ruiz Talero, enjoyed
made him thank you and was only gefe Magallanes. All the preparations have been completed and was
sent to Seville the Royal standard, which was received by Magellan in the Church of Santa María de la
Vitoria. At the same time, according to usual de Castilla, paid allegiance to the King Carlos I; He received
a turn the captains and officers Squad, and, after making public prayers and all yours, rode the ship
Trinidad and left Seville with his Squadron, in 19 August 1519.

64
In the Canary Islands cooled food and interned on the high seas.

Las calmas, contrary winds and storms impeded on their course, so until 13 December he could not enter
the waters of rio Janeiro, where took corn, fruits and birds instead of objects of little value.

He continued his journey, bordering the coasts of South America exposed each time to the greatest
dangers; thus on the natural its difficult navigation, had to suffer the food shortages; although the fishing
and hunting provided considerable resources, and the crew murmured; arriving some vessels unto
threaten with the abandonment of the espedicion. Until the crew of the ship is mounted by the same
needed that the reanimase the energy of your speeches and in consequence there was who participate
that the captain Mendoza was unto point of mutiny. Convinced of this Magellan, commanded him remove
the life, and his body dismembered was hung in the bergas his ship. This copy made that all returned to
order and unto obedience; thereby saving the espedicion. As entered in the regions Antarticas , navigation
is toward more dangerous and the cold was intense: lost some ships; the other bogaban means
desarbolados; the Trinity lost its lemon, which was broken and had to compose in the middle of the ice.
The labors and sufferings were very large;

However, since that had been silenced the first asomos insurrection, were all in a spirit of unity and a
value incredible: men courageous and faithful unto his oath , full of confidence in God, whose name
invocau unabated , continue unabated ever in the face of danger, or shun any sacrifice whatsoever , while
the gefe, indomitable in their designs, continues its journey, without taking care of the means of return.

Nearly a year had elapsed since the departure when , in the month of August 1520, the instruments of
observation, tired imperfect even marked 49° 18' latitude austral. Magallanes recognized here the
estremo the Atlantic Ocean and dispersed their vessels, to walk in all directions: after five days returned;
announcing the step that your gefe sought: had sailed three days without finding the order in the midst
of mighty currents.

Magallanes decided to enter the channel to anchor in him.

On 28 October were to the west of the cape of San Severino : sent one of the vessels to recognition, and
the result convinced Magallanes, that that was the way that I should lead you to the sea south, with which
undertook its transit.

The squadron has been reduced to three ships, having lost the Santiago and San Antonio: he returned to
Spain for not having been able to gather unto the other. There was no longer on board food more than
for three months, and Magallanes believed to be in the case of collect board of officers and to give account
of the true state of things.

The relationship of their troubles, increased, as to counterbalance them, that once leather of the Strait,
they should enter in an open sea which would lead them quickly to the Moluccas, and was determined to
suffer all sorts of hardship rather than cancel their trip; as had his word committed to the Emperor and
hoped that Dios would help him to fulfill it.

65
Only an officer repugnó this resolution; others adhered and declared that it would be embarrassing to
return to Spain without having rounded the company. Magallanes, taking advantage of the unanimity of
this feeling, did publish in the squad that who talk of returning to Spain would suffer the last penalty.

In 1. ° of November, after fifteen months of navigation more haphazard, square came out of the Strait,
that Magellan gave its name, and entered in the vast Pacific Mar.

Thirty days at sea without results, first North and then Northwest, reduced the shipping to the latest
trouble: food given by ounces; the water was tainted, and the sailors to cook the rice they were using of
the sea. Twenty men died and all was consternation, when they were distinguished two small islands,
inspiring a hope I had soon become disappointed: both deserted were and not offering any resource, is
named them the Islands of Desventuradas.

Great was the conflict of these navigators; but no cow is not wary of the mercy of God, continued their
company, and they had already travelled two thousand miles in the South Sea, without having discovered
anything, when Lazarus Saturday, eve of the Dominica's passion, Dios, says the historian Fr. Juan de la
Concepción, remembered these miserable and a went their miseries. On this memorable day met two
beautiful islands, inhabited by savages, where replenishment and food of all kinds is attempted. These
islands, Magellan gave the name of Lazarus, are known today under the name of Marian, formed by
contraction or crasis of María Ana, imposed them in honour of the Queen Mother of Carlos II during the
minority of this. Magellan took with him an educated Indian of these islands, which in our language, came
to serve as interpreter.

The shipping followed her course and gave to other islands that Magellan called the pintados by residents
observed the custom of painting. These were the current Philippines. They called to the South-East of the
island of Mindanao, whose height tacked head to the North, bordering the gold province, called today's
Caraga.

Entered the shipping in the Strait of Surigao and anchored near the island of Limasagua, where he found
people of character Pacific, which procured him everything needed.

Magallanes, rewarding the services that they lent him, granted to its Chief the title of Prince, and with the
news that the wild gave about the Gulf and river of Butuan, situated on the coast setentrional in
Mindanao, sent a ship with his interpreter, to ask for food and provide other things the King or Sultan,
who ordered the preparer rice and some goats and pigs. Florida Easter, Magallanes was in person the
people of Butuan, province of Caraga, and erecting an altar, decorated with leaves and flowers, sent to
jump ashore the crew of ships, to attend a mass that did say in Thanksgiving to the Almighty, for the
protection that had granted them. Then he placed a cross on the top of a House and a solemn act took
possession of the island of Mindanao, a name of King Carlos I. The naturals watched with curiosity this
ceremony, and Magellan treated them with the greatest kindness. He knew that not far away there was
a fertile Island, ruled by a relative of the Prince of Limasagua: asked practical that it could lead to, and the
same Prince offered to do so, followed by some Indians. They sailed between the islands of Bohol and
Leyte and arrived to the Cebu in front of the city's name: more than two thousand men armed with spear
and shield presented to the Bank, and its Chief offered them food instead of other things and proposed a

66
solemn Covenant, which Magellan accepted: both wounded chest and drank his blood mutually to
solemnize the Treaty as it was the custom of those barbarians.

They made salvos of artillery in celebration of the alliance, and the roar frightened both the Indios, who
was not one on the beach: it is likely that this circumstance would have had fatal consequences to the
peace that have not established already.

The indios, instead of mirrors, bells and toys made of glass, gave pigs, goats, poultry, rice, coconuts and
fruits of various kinds. A building was built where they said mass to the soldiers and sailors: the gefe of
the indios, his muger and other major also attended and asked stunned the meaning of that ceremony.
When they esplicó, expressed a desire to be Christians to resemble unto the estrangeros they inspired so
much admiration. Instructed soon in what is necessary and were administered the baptism with great
pomp. Did not take long to follow this example families chosen of that people and the celebration
concluded by entertainment, games and banquets.

After this, Magellan was determined to intervene to favour of the Cebuanos in the irreconcilable enmity
Mactan Islander had with its neighbors: Magellan believed win with this great preponderance among his
friends and facilitate partnerships with indigenous people; showing them that not they contracted them
unnecessarily; at the same time that was their strength and resulted in peoples wild submission, that
debian should watch it with unfavorable prevention, since they considered it to be twinned with his
enemies. In its consequence was to combat them with fifty men and having taken many advantages,
perished in this unfortunate shipping, wounded a poisoned dart, on August 26, 1521. Respectable writers
have suffered from the error of attributing the poison that caused the death of this great man, to hand
some of his own colleagues; looking at this already the result of an own emulation, already the Portuguese
by have been handed over to the service of Spain; revenge but nothing of this is accurate and much less
that he was slain by his crew to causes of their cruelty, and also has claimed. There are still some that
despite having perished in defense of the Cebuanos, says that he died in a shipping against them: both
have desacertar concerns, a passion and carelessness about the unfortunate end of this illustrious man.

After the death of Magellan, his cousin Eduardo Balbosa was elected Chief of the shipping and the
regulating of Cebu invited you to eat. Juan Serrano, one of the captains of Balbosa, seeing that the
Cebuano could somehow be considered free of the commitment with Magellan, feared a betrayal since
then and made the majors efforts to persuade to your Chief, was a reckless jump ashore: Balbosa however
complied with the Indian, limited to carry 25 men who were victims of the Islanders with him for
safekeeping. Serrano was the only one who was not murdered in the same feast, and posed naked on the
beach. calling to his companions, who were distant, send you with to pay the ransom; but they feared
that he could be a new treachery instrument, and forsake him; becoming a sail to the island of Borneo, in
order to continue her journey from there in search of the Moluccas; because in spite of all their
misfortunes stayed faithful to the instructions which had been given them.

They chose a Carballo Juan Alcorta, and knowing there was no crew to maneuver safely in three ships,
determined to burn on the conception, which was the most old and worse state. After many other
adventures, they arrived to the island of Borneo, where sunk in an abandoned port to repair ships and set

67
out new provisions. Carballo not was then considered quite esparto to follow command, and was replaced
by Gonzalo Gómez de Espinosa. At the same time the famous Juan Sebastian de Elcano vizcaino was
responsible for the command of the victory. Having seized a Malaysian boat loaded with coconuts,
demanded to his pilot who directed them to the Moluccas, and to ensure their loyalty placed aft, loaded
with chains; but in spite of these successful precautions, given a contrary course. So thronged the
incidents to derail the main object of the shipping; After this it passed everything and came, on 8
November, a Tidor, one of the Moluccas, as long and painful navigation object; They welcomed this arrival
with salvos of artillery, although they grieved to remember that your noble Alcorta. Magellan was no
longer there to participate in this joy.

Anchored in Tidor, island located about fear, were visited by Almanzor, sovereign, Corrale, Lord of tomato
and nephew of Almanzor, and Yusuf, King of Jilolo, a who made several present: the three Princes on the
other hand also sent them their gifts, accompanied by letters that promised not only always be friends of
the King of Spain, but provide a Spanish species instead of cloth silks and linens. They were considered as
a vassal of the Crown of Spain and one of them applied for the relief of the Spaniards against the
Portuguese than you dead had a his father.

The Spaniards took advantage of the them was possible the favorable disposition that found in these
towns, and already time to think on the way back, looked as necessary to do so. A large part of the freight
consisted of nail bought a reason for medium Duchy quintal. Already farther to vote to Spain, when they
observed that the Trinity, honored with the title of Captain, into water. Then resolved that only victory
returned with sixty men's crew to orders of Sebastian de Elcano, following the known course of the
Portuguese: loaded it from everything that had more beautiful and rich, and the King of Molucas gave
them letters for the Spain conficenciales.

The Victoria came to sail in early 1522, two and a half years after his departure. Remembering the many
sufferings coming, because of the few provisions, the captain sailed as he could and took besides Tidor,
sandalwood, ginger, gold and cinnamon. Elcano went through many dangerous sites, over the probe, and
Strait to the Indian Ocean, which was unknown to him: doubled the Cape of good hope on the 42 ° lat.
South, and to the many precautions, despite food shortage you already, being the ship toy of storms in
these sites open to all winds. The captain was determined to do scale point some before coming to Spain;
but at last a superior force forced him to play in Cape Verde, where he asked blacks to give to pumps and
rest to the sailors who were agoviados by hunger and fatigue, and routed over the bridge almost dying.
Cape Verde was a Portuguese colony, with a Governor demanding and jealous, and rather than help a
courageous safety is marine, caught those who jumped on Earth, in order to get them to declare where
they had removed the loading of the vessel. The Elcano, aware of this setback, sent Greer, and entrusted
to the last effort of the value, managed to get to Sanlúcar de Barramcda day September 6, 1522, three
years and one month after his departure; bringing with them only eighteen sailors skinny and dying, of
the two hundred thirty-four men to be had embarked at Seville.

Meanwhile the Trinity was repaired from their faults, and left Tidor to go to Panama; but it was captured
by the Portuguese, having played in their possessions of the Moluccas. Tidor were in only five Spanish
quality factors.

68
So ended this famous journey, in an era in which the unknown seas navigation was still very arduous
problems, with instruments the more imperfect, and blind cassia, sites whose existence before was
ignored, examined practically all our balloon factory and the room of all mankind. The immortal Sebastian
Elcano do, was ennobled by the Emperor, who called him great cosmographer or distinguished
hydrographer; giving by shield a globe with the motto: Hic primus géomètres, Hic primus circundedit me.

§-II.
The Emperor, encouraged by the success of this shipping ordered another, and in June of 1524 became a
candle, in the Corulla a orders the Commander Juan José García de Loaissa, composed of twenty ships, a
charge of captains more distinguished, among whom were Sebastian de Elcano, Andrés de Urdañcta, who
later entered the Augustinian order and directed the shipping the famous Legaspi led to the Philippine
Islands. On May 28, 1525 the shipping came into the South Sea by the Strait of Magellan, and a hurricane
scattered vessels. Commander Loaissa died and according to the provisions given by the King, the de
Elcano took command of the shipping; pore unfortunately this not his predecessor survived a long and
Captain Salazar succeeded him.

After having located at various points in the Pacific Ocean, the shipping a became so-called islands of San
Lázaro by Magellan, whose Islands were also called thieves, by conduct that the natives were observed
with the Spaniards. They were just wing view of the first two of this small archipelago, when a nacelle
driven one man came up to them, and with great admiration heard that he rode it greeted them in good
Spanish. This told them that he was Galician, called Gonzalo de Vigo, from the shipping of Magallanes,
and ship captain, the Trinidad, commanded by Espinosa; He had defected with four others who had been
killed by Indians. He expressed desire to be received on board; requesting his defection, — to be
forgiveness in the name of the King what it was granted, and having perfectly learned the language of the
Islanders, he did get a lot of boats loaded with coconuts, rice, banana, sweet potatoes, fish, salt and fruits
of all kinds qne were paid with nails and old iron.

These provisions were a great comfort for the crew, already decimated by the hardships, deprivation and
bad food.

These Islands passed to the Mindanao who toured the day October 2. By the death of Salazar Martin
Iñiguez succeded in the command. Mindanao where they took fresh supplies and water, they tried to go
to Cebu; but contrary winds led the squad to the Moluccas, and the 51 December 1556 arrived a Tidor
where they met them some of the ships, that as we have said had been scattered by a terrible hurricane
to the inlet of the sea of the South, in the State more deplorable.

The Spaniards found the chieftain of Tidor at war with the Portuguese, and as the reason was the
favourable reception that had lent to the fleet of Magellan, they were forced to intervene in its ausilio. In
the course of hostilities the general Iñiguez died, a result of the trouble and fatigue. Hernando de la Torre
was elected Chief, and setbacks have weakened both this unfortunate shipping that reduced the number
of hundred and twenty men without forces to undertake the return to Spain, he jumped in fierra and built
a Fort. Twice returned yet to embark, taking the direction of Nueva-espana; more it was necessary to
withdraw from its efforts, the impossibility in which their vessels were follow navigation.

69
Meanwhile King, invariably on the plan which it had proposed, the third shipping; dealt in determining
and calculating that if got a port of America was save many expenses, and not less time and hazards,
Hernán Cortés commissioned it to the hero of that emisferio. This shipping left the port of Singuallaneo
the day 51 October 1528 commanded by D. Alonso de Saavedra, composing of three ships with thirty
cannons, hundred and ten men, abundant provisions and change objects. He then played in the islands of
the thieves, and lomó possession of them on behalf of the King of Spain. It went from here to Mindanao,
where cooled food: he visited some nearby points to Tidor, and on this island found a hundred and twenty
Spaniards, rest of the ill-fated Loaissa shipping, locked up in the Fort that had been built, who received a
Saavedra as its Savior; as already considered a mercy of the Portuguese.

The Moluccas were the special object of those espediciones, that played only accidentally in the
Philippines: the Moluccas were the subject of a heated discussion between the courts of Spain and
Portugal; threatening to conclude with a break. So continued until 1559 that concluded a treaty whereby
the King of Spain resigned to their pretensions on those islands, receiving certain sum of the King of
Portugal. Over this business, they ranged from object view of the emperor. He then decided that a fourth
shipping were sent to the so-called islands of West, whose position and even their existence was for many
problems. Antonio de Mendoza, Nueva-España virey, received order to recognize the passage leading to
these islands. The shipping consists of three ships major and two minors became a sail in the port of Juan
Gallego 1. ° of November, 1542, all Saints Day, wings orders Ruiz López de Villalobos, man of letters, e son
of a distinguished Malaga family law degree.

More lucky than Magellan and his early imitators, not found in his journey more than delicious Islands,
jobs safe and abundant water. Under the Tal. 18 ° 50' North discovered two uninhabited islands to which
it gave the name to Anublada and Rocapartida. Then they found an archipelago whose Islands were
covered with lush trees and inhabited by a small number of miserable looking savages, who approached
the Europeans fled, penetrating into their forests: only left the to women who were treated with kindness
giving them some digestion. This point was called St. Stephen's, or coral, in reason find lot of this zoofito.

More they were later discovered ten Islands that is apellidaron of the Kings, with the nickname of the
gardens a cause of the healthiness of their plants.

Arrivals under the 9. ° lat. a horrific storm scattered the fleet, and it came to chop one of the smaller ship.

Were found shortly after a view of some islets, where several canoes of Indians, who with eccentricity of
the Spaniards made the sign of the cross and waved them to come as far in Spanish, although calling them
suckers, where they took and kept this name. Vessels, not could approach a because to achieve this they
calaban too much water. They gave then with another island, which they called the reef for a topical
reason, and Malaga, along the Bay in which anchored vessels, staying in it.

At first they thought to colonise the island; but they gave to this project because of being badly healthy
climate. The Chief however took possession of it for the Crown of Spain; then square was forced by
contrary winds and currents, to head toward South and came to anchor in the islets of Serangan, S. de

70
Mindanao. The Spanish made peace with the natives; but a few days, despite have been solemnized with
the ceremony of the blood we've seen mediated between Magellan and the principe Zebuano, refused to
supply food and was necessary to avail themselves of the weapons, which cost some men.

The Savages were strong on a Hill; but they were evicted and it caught them musk, amber, oil and a bit of
gold dust, from the trade they did with the island of Mindanao. Was not in large quantity the acquisition
of these effects, because it was the custom of the Savages hiding underground closed on pieces of
bamboo, everything he possessed. These hostilities stopped in the islands of Scrangan to be abandoned
by the indigenous.

Food shipped in New Spain had been falling always, without acquired takes never remplazados; and in
view of this latest development, Villalobos made its sailors sembrasen corn. The harvest was abundant,
but it was not enough to meet the needs of the crew.

Went all possible efforts so that the Indians to return to deal with his island; most everything was useless.
In consequence, it was necessary to contact resources to Mindanao; but the Portuguese, which as we
have already said, also came to these islands while disputed them Spaniards the right to the Moluccas and
mostly after bridged this issue, preserving even its claims on Mindanao, who did not want to recognize
between West calls recorded by the Treaty of Fernando el Católico and its King to the Crown of Spain
made that Villalobos managed nothing of the Islanders; Although not themselves they were well quistos
of these.

Then the Spaniards, entering through the river of Butuan, seized by force, which had requested by grace.
However, shortly after Villalobos was the need to send a ship, in search of supplies to another nearby
island, whose inhabitants seemed very peaceful: two boats they loaded them, and Villalobos gave to this
island of Philippine name in honor of Felipe II to then Prince of Asturias, and later King of Spain: this name
became estensivo to other islands and archipelago. The acquisition of these provisions filled with joy the
crew; but short-lived; as a horrific storm made the squad are guareciese in a port, where was assaulted
by a mob of Indians that was saved not without great detriment to the vessels, loss of food and the death
of eleven men. This misfortune filled the weakness that the crew had come. Without resources and
repulsed by the Islanders of this archipelago, required a was given a candle, in search of coasts more
hospitable. The winds drove the squad to the island of Gilolo, against the oath that Villalobos had paid to
the Emperor not to touch in the Moluccas. The Gilolo King was at war with the Portuguese: they opposed
landing, demanded by the need estrema, and ordered to the shipping that return to the islands of West,
according to the orders which had received from its Overlord. Meanwhile the King of Gilolo, not had
forgotten the old friendship of the espadoles, sent a Deputy to general Villalobos, offering food and land
where building a fortress if it allying against the Portuguese: the inhabitants of Carama, admired for his
affability made him also such propositions.

The absolute need dispensing in some way to these sailors unhappy all political considerations, and the
Gilolo propositions were accepted: he jumped ashore and began the construction of the Fort. A sailor
named Pedro Ramon, from the shipping of Loaissa, he knew very well the language of the country and
was the interpreter of the relations between Spaniards and Indians. The Portuguese then came with

71
superior forces and reproduced the summons to comply with treaties and splitting to the islands of the
West or Spain. Villalobos passed away in Amboan, under the weight of their misfortunes; being assisted
in his last moments by S. Francisco Javier, who was there at the time. The death of this general
consummated the loss of shipping, whose remains came a sword in 1549. The religious of the order of St.
Augustine, who were part of it, marched to the Portuguese colony of Goa, and there embarked for épée,
where came seven years after his departure from the port of Nativity.

Felipe II had just happened to her father, and heir to the throne and projects, ordered Mexico virey engage
actively in the conquest and colonization of the Philippines.

By the time that this resolution conceived under the influence that got egercer in its real mood was an
eminent man. This conquest and colonization were the great thought of the order of S. Augustine and the
Sage Urdadeta Andrés, that had sailed as captain at the end of the ill-fated shipping of Loaissa, and to its
return of magic had professed in this order, had taken part to the prudent King his ideas of colonization.
Miguel López de Legaspi, virtuous man filled with experience, generous, unselfish and devoted heart to
their sovereign, was in the trust of the religious. Sold their properties, and dedicated product of them to
the fifth shipping went to your command; although the directorate general was Urdaneta.

The spiritual conquest of the new colony was being Augustinian religious, while his political organization
was placed in other hands. They knew how much influence it would have on the success of that
undertaking itself the Catholic religion, and was especially where necessary wants Providence to offer
men to evangelize. You knew going was the ascendancy that egercian in the heart of these wild people,
deeply penetrated the sanctity of its mission and consecrated to her religious: this parent should produce
results key next to a man as Legaspi, and so the facts confirmed it. Eminent, national and estrangeros men
have had reason to consign the missionaries in their scholarly works, that is who are the major results of
the conquest of the Philippines. Without subject constancy of these would would have failed to get them
never cunning or force of men? It was not far the espericncia of another system, which had to produce an
indictment had enough general, although not always fair against Spain. In other little previous companies,
the invasion, the defence and conquest occur: the natives feel the outcome of the spirit that gave a fellow
warlords, seeking only glory for the good of the homeland: these are sometimes sacrificed also and just
one name remains free of the general affront. Mixing the blood of Europeans and Indians, perhaps spilling
with excess; But what strange is, when Europeans copious strewn among themselves! Fortunately a greed
and fanaticism, that they were frequently advertised in the armed conquest happened civilization in the
conquest of these islands, directed by Evangelical charity. The history of the conquest, nourished with
relations of adventurers, about to be written with blood, is a chaos of put: the history of the civilizing
conquest of the Philippines, is proof more mighty injustice and the ineffectiveness of that. The man, be
majestic, which boasts an authentic testimony of fate that the Supreme doer has given in its own
configuration for here on Earth; making you look over other beings; having you to understand only with
their own kind, while it prevails in others; being circumvented to his understanding the reason: man, only
when you feel the strength of this, is when recognized on a true superiority, that is you must assign and
submit. Physical force irritates him, reviling him: the moral force it humiliates, estremando their dignity.
So has never been stable Empire that, without that it has come to consolidate it. The man, is necessary to
say so proudly, never refuses to this force, if it makes you feel properly; never fail to embrace the reason

72
if it is known; always look for the good which he loves by instinct; and if it is evil, it is only by mistake, is
lack of illustration: work hallucinated by the hint of an immediate good. We, living many years with man's
nature; looking for the salvage in the bosom of the forests or on the barren Beach, where expected sea a
livelihood, which perhaps is deadly, we have had the opportunity to acquire a long

experience of their feelings. The presence of the soldier speaks a prodigious forces and to the brabura of
the salvage; the man trusted in mysterious stock, giving to his countenance the sacred mission, certainly
speaks to the natural religious sense: the man who arrives to show him its grave and serene, front on
which with the wrinkles of time leaves see the suffering and resignation; the man who also hold her stately
and eloquent expression of culture and the sweetness of the charity, is as authorized between the
salvages misinos. Here is the reason for the great results of the religious missions in the Oceania. But back
to the famous espedicion of Legaspi and Urdaneta.

S- III .

Five ships of different sizes, well supplied with food and ammunition, and ridden by 400 men between
crew and soldiers, became a sail in the port of Nativity, of November 21, 1564. Legaspi had received, with
the title of Adelantado, the character and authority of Governor of all lands that will seize: vested powers
was more broad, although by embarking, he received order of the sovereign, banning him fend the
severity and weapons, but in the case of absolute necessity, which remembered perfectly with his
character : in addition, as we have said, the directorate general was Urdaneta. Admired by the other way,
such as the execution of a project so vast, appears committed to 400 men, and carried a out by these,
without more financial or scientific resources than those that could be available to a man, whose
experience was limited to the acquired in the conquest of people, and without more Council, that of
Urdaneta. Not were given more food than necessary for the sea, abandoning them for the future a
resource that could look over the country. On January 9, 1565 discovered an island, called the Barbados
because of that its inhabitants had a little beard. The road had been to the West-Southwest, until the 9 °
lat. Then they headed west, in search of the Islands of the Kings, and arrived in brief to the Marianas,
where were watery and purchased food, instead of nails and iron. Were made to sail on 3 February and
the squad discovered the 15 day the Philippine Islands; giving name of good signal to the islita, which still
retains it. It sailed long time between islands, rocks and reefs, that tireless vigilance of the Commander
was able to avoid. Many natives came to vessels: the general ordered that I will host them with kindness,
but with suspicion; and that if the Indians wished to raise a Board, it were them with as much caution as
affability.

73
The shipping anchored in Abuyo and Tandaya. The Indians are scared to see large ships which they called
paraos as their own; but soon decided to raise a Board; and some grains of glass, which was much admired
were given. By order of Legaspi, were allowed to take as apeteciese them and invited to eat, what seemed
like more than anything else.

In the end, after having avoided thousand pitfalls and run dangers without story, the shipping anchored
April 27, 1565, in the roadstead of Cebu, where before there were Magellan anchored. The Indians put on
observation to the sea, heard admiringly relationships that Europeans who made them had been on their
ships. For them, these were men who handled the ray, to which firearms gave rise, and said that they had
been a thin tail and right behind, which was sword or saber; increasing stones (the cookie) they ate and
drank fire, (cigar), so that the smoke them went out for noses, which at its concept, were a huge longitude.
Engaged in very friendly relations between Spaniards e Indian; Although it took no little work being able
to understand each other. The Indians, under whose name all the inhabitants of the islands of the West,
was understood by its similarity with those who already had this name in America, provided supplies to
the Spaniards, instead of gifts that seles did. Shortly after the discovery of a Holy image of baby Jesus,
which Magellan companions had left on this island was remarkable: chapel was built upon an attended a
was deposited with great pomp, and many Indian festivities: Cebu Indians still love her in the same place.

Meanwhile the Portuguese, not content with having escluido to the Spaniards of the Moluccas, intrigued
relentlessly so they not bound their influence in Cebu, and this, which of course was known by Urdaneta
and Legaspi, did not hesitate to give sensitive results. Empezose to know, that the friendship of the Indians
was interested, what did you notice from the moment that ceased to make them gifts; because since then,
also refused to provide their food. The Spaniards were the need to feed on wild fruits and roots: the
plantations, which had, given no harvest required to meet your needs.

In this State, the return of the P. Urdañeta was determined to Spain, to give the King account give it made,
and trouble Dela shipping; occupying Meanwhile Legaspi in other discoveries and acquire new
relationships, that the missionaries perpetuated; working tirelessly on the other hand, strengthen ties
produced by religion and culture: this multiplied Church parties they always gave the best results.

Having asked the baptism, the daughter of Tupas, King of Cebu, so did the ceremony with great pomp,
attending countless Indians to this solemnity: the Indians put all his care to imitate what Spaniards did.

Legaspi, always delivered a new excursions, it turned northward, where he discovered the island of Panay,
abundant supplies of all kinds, and conceived the idea of founding a lasting settlement there. After a
candle was done; being on this island, as well as in Cebu, some Augustinian, who were certainly engaged
in the spiritual conquest of many islands discovered it; and he sailed to the North, in search of a very large
and very populated, island according to news that the Indians had given him.

Now say some of those Apostolic men who were staying in the Islands, such as abandoned to martyrdom?
Suffice it also in this case, hear the scholar Mallat: «without more weapons than the word, or more support
that you faith, came to conquer all the Visayas Islands, by unprecedented effort of zeal and patience, and
subject to every moment to the greatest dangers».

74
Legaspi, sailing between a multitude of Islands, rocks and reefs, had to hold all of the dangers that still
offers this very difficult navigation, and finally discovered the large Luzon.

Juan de Salcedo, maestre de campo and nephew of the general, was specially commissioned to recognize
this island: was accompanied by 120 Spaniards and some added Indians to this column. Toured, full of joy,
the Pasig River, and knew would be very convenient to establish a settlement at its mouth. He made
relations with the tahioc or raxas of the neighbouring villages, which were two relatives, uncle and
nephew, called Raja kill me her and the Candola King of the country of Manila, the first, and Raja Soliman
second, King of Tondo. Both received him very cordialmcnle; but the bad faith of the Indians soon backrub.
Soliman assaulted suddenly Spanish vessels; more was vigorously rejected and put to flight. The master
of field approached the moment with 80 men to an Indian fortress, which of course the European genius,
very in advance brought to Luzon by the Portuguese, as we shall see more carefully in the special article
on this island. It was a fortress Fort Santiago Bank of the River in the same site it occupies today, its walls
were of wood, and a Portuguese gunner directed the defense, and was the victim of the assault, despite
asking for forgiveness by the sign of the cross.

The Indios withdrew in hasty escape, after having hit fire to the fortifications. The Fort found twelve
cannons and some Portuguese pedreros; having played the piece to the indicated gunner served only.
Candola, far from taking part in the bombing of his nephew and other hostilities, had peaked a white flag
on his house.

The wind started to change and the approach of the Gale, which was not favorable, to continue the
explorations, forced a shipping to take refuge in the meantime in the small Bay of Cavite: more afternoon
spent a Panay where embarked abundant supplies.

On June 23, 1569, a shipping consists of three vessels, from Cadiz, brought offices from the King for the
Governor general: in them sent you to take possession of the Philippines colonizables, on behalf of the
Crown of Spain, and reward a people more had distinguished. Legaspi immediately went to Cebu, where
he made knowledge through public announcements, going to found there a city, and that those who
would like to inhabit it, were a register wing House of the notary. Fifty people did: lands were distributed
to them and got a different population city of the holy name ele Dios; created a municipality or City Hall,
and Guido de Labazares was appointed as a Governor. Legaspi returned to the island of Panay, and there
to seriously prepare for the conquest of the large island of Luzon. The square, directed to this object,
Panay left the of April 1570, touched on the island of Masbate, and it remained a religious and six soldiers
to preserve it.

The general revise its small army on the island of law; the total force amounted to 280 men. He played in
the island of Mindoro, a whose inhabitants imposed a tribute that it was titled Real; consisting in payment
of 8 reales of silver per year per family. This island near the Spanish found a champagne, grown Chinese
boat, which was in danger of shipwreck; and having been sacked by Indians, ausilio prestaronle, and
removed it from the bad way in which he was. His crew was so recognized to this humanitarian act, which
from that moment opened trade the Chinese with the Spanish Government of the Philippines.

75
Legaspi came to Luzon Bay, and it certainly marched on the village and port of Cavite, located a distance
7 u 8 miles from the mouth of the Pasig, to wait there the rest of his force: the inhabitants of that village
were presented to him and subjects of the King of Spain had been recognized.

Forces that Legaspi could provide were, as we have seen, very scarce, for its large and dangerous
enterprise. However, went to seek the tagalogs in spite of recognizing them as huge host and seasoned,
people also should be prepared against the Spaniards, already by the Portuguese machinations, that not
ceased, already fearing the natural resentment for the betrayal that had played a Juan de Salcedo. It was
fear of barbaric men declared already by enemies on that fact, and that they had the necessary time to
apercibir against a new landing.

But with surprise of the same Legaspi, nobody opposed it to his departure, with what felt right try yet
again media of sweetness.

To this end, he published by his interpreter, that he had come to conclude an alliance with them. and offer
them as a selfless friend, which would receive with pleasure to all who come to visit him. As a result of
this Declaration, the raxa killing, and the Candola arose when to Legaspi, who received him as a class;
announcing, that was mandated by its sovereign to make him a religion of one God; and that to this end,
their King sent him Christian priests, whose word would invite them to listen, with all confidence, to obey
them then in mud that send them. Manifestole also, that if the tagalogs recognized by sovereign to the
King of Spain, could eslar insurance in all circumstances of the relief and protection of this great monarch.
That said, it appeared to strangeness by having not visited the raxa Soliman, his nephew; saying that this
Prince had done wrong to not introduce you as himself, assumed that he would be received in the same
terms that he was, as if nothing had happened. Soliman, knowing the good provisions of Legaspi, rushed
to visit him, and was introduced by his uncle: both recognized by the sovereign to the King of Spain, which
was a big step for the conquest of this beautiful country. Peace was already assured, and Legaspi set out
to found a city, which received and still retains the name of Manila. Sent to the Indians who
reconstruyesen the Fort placed at the mouth of the river. A large house was built to the Governor; a
church and convent for religious; and fifty percent less for the neighborhood houses. The Governor
ordered that Manila was the point of residence of the spiritual and temporal Government of the
Philippines. On 15 may, day of Santa Potenciana from the year 1571, was assigned to lomar solemnly
possession of the city of Manila, and held a mass in honor of the Saint of the day, which was recognized
by Patron Saint, and this festival is celebrated in the day. (V. Manila.) Meanwhile the raxa Soliman
reconciliation, was not more that apparent, and did not neglect mean some to bring to his party of Tondo;
What got to the end, on the occasion of having passed the Indians of Macabebe and Hagonoy, two towns
near Manila, to Brancure, with forty of his boats called Caracoas, a reproach to the Candola its alliance
with the Spaniards. Legaspi, aware of the hostile provisions of the Indians, sent a deputation which asked
them if they are faithful or not; to what the Indian Chief replied, swearing you eternal enmity, and citing
it for Bancure. Legaspi his master of the field, and to sent in his pursuit to Martin de Goiti with eighty men:
a combat gave favorable term to this war. The thrown Alcorta, had caused forces Spain, fell dead from a
bullet, and the son of the Candola was taken prisoner. The Spanish general, after having made to see that
his betrayal deserved death, published a general amnesty. The loss of their leader and the defeat they
had filled with horror, and generous victors conduct showered them admiration. Had the King of Tondo

76
by the more prudent to submit; the populations of nearby imitated him and everyone he wanted to be
the first to arrive, to recognize the sovereignty of the King of Spain.

So was, that a wise and fair compromise would rigor and clemency, Legaspi came to extend its dominance
into the provinces of the Pampanga and Pangasinan, whose inhabitants do not already spoke the language
of the tagalogs. This same conduct fair and moderate him grangeo, not only the friendliness of the Indians,
but a compelling moral force on his troop, which was not delivered to any excess, nor offered the more
lightweight look of that insubordination so prevalent in the conquest of the Peru and all conquests.

The city of Manila whose homes only were constructed of wood, was then prey of flames; and it was
rebuilt according to the plans, and under the direction of the famous architect who had directed the works
of el Escorial. That was when the Governor formed the municipality and took is the juramenlo of fidelity
to the King; determined the site and limits of the public square, the Palace of the Governor, of the convent
of San Agustin, and many other buildings, and granted to each citizen the suitable land for the construction
of your home. Legaspi was not limited to be a tireless sailor and a prudent general; because it also if as a
politician. Penetrated the importance that could be someday to the metropolis and its colonies in the
China trade, did not neglect any means whatsoever that had grangearle sympathies of the Chinese. Then
he recalled, with this object, the csceso which we have referred committed the Indians of Mindoro;
stealing part of the loading of the Chinese champagne, and commanded them to restore integral values
of the stolen goods. The Chinese gave samples of the most live thanks for this Act of Justice. Legaspi
offered also to traffickers that nation called Sangleys, the franchise of the Manila port, and the right to
trade their goods for cash. Since then trade of China, outside goods imported for trade in Manila, provided
rich cargoes for new Spain. Legaspi, in order to strengthen and extend more and more these trade
relations, made a Chancher, viceroy of Fockin, and sent him a present.

While the general prepared by sludge means the future of the Philippine Islands, Juan de Salcedo
continued the conquest by the North of the island of Luzon, and missionaries were sacrificed to the same
object. The Visayas, they seized a whose inhabitants reduced with such ease, that seemed miraculous.
Legaspi notició to the Government of Spain the obtained results Rd, and the admiration of the metropolis
was large. For this company not made already lacking reinforcements of weapons, but missionaries, and
not lardó to see arrive Manila a greater number of these; visiting also the Franciscos and Dominicans to
contribute to evangelized it's eslas Islands: ran to support the efforts of their earlier in the cullivo of the
young vineyard of the Lord, to make it produce sludge the fruit that were possible to take from it. Such
and so simple were the media, which put a Spain in possession of this beautiful country: were not needed
large military apparatuses, nor rigorous measures common in conquests; Although always failed for the
reason and humanity. Such is the force that has kept it in the domain of the metropolis, and that each day
dilate them limits of this domain. Only safety is media, is the only strength, can expand them and still keep
them. We be allowed by our religious character faithfully copy the expression from the respetabilisimo
French Mr. Mallat about these concepts? What religion has done, only she can save it, and is not but very
true that the Philippines would be lost, if quitasen the religious, who kept them so miraculously, without
a single European soldier relief: want God to this day do not arrive never.

77
This was the State of the business when the 20 August 1572 died Miguel López de Legaspi, whose
selflessness, prudence and constancy, the Spain of the beautiful and rich jewel of the Philippines is
responsible for payment. A removing the Indians their political independence, knew how to give them
other assets more candy: his first efforts always went to the maintenance of public order: dealt in the
spread of Christianity; It protected the trade, and ensured the interests of the State. Countrywide, which
was acquired, recognized the domain of the Crown of Spain; paying tribute Real that we talked about, due
to have been imposed for the first time in Mindoro. For some time consisted of eight reales of silver for
family payment: went up two real more: was paid in gold, cotton, dust curious fabrics, rice and all kinds
of products, depending on the value before is had given to each of them. This tribute, that first view
appears to be only a measure of the Treasury, had a no less interesting political and social purpose: the
large population of the country, having enough to meet a rude and without needs, life not it took care of
the rest: was thus a considerable population bit occupied, in whose state, customs had always fed up
frightening; it was necessary to make it industrious; and the payment of the tribute put it in the case of
creating an industry commercial and manufacturing, that should ensure her well be material.

Of the two real ones, which increased the tribute, one and a half was destined to the maintenance of a
body of four hundred soldiers, general Gómez Pérez Dasmariñas formed in 1590, and payment of the
costs of war: the other half real went to divine worship. The Indians were also subjected to certain
moderate work, called polos, and in addition to these, were forced, through food and light compensation,
to continue to the Spaniards in peace and in war, and provide effects for the construction of ships and
buildings.

Legaspi died on August 20, 1572, as we have said, Mr. Guido de Labezares succeeded him. Shortly after a
famous Chinese pirate named Ma-Li-Hong, who had started being geTe of thieves; made Corsair, came to
send a Helots composed of ninety-five smaller vessels. Chased by a squad of 130 ships, had to withdraw
to the island of Tacootican, where he learned that the Spaniards had founded a settlement on the island
of Luzon, and that their means of Defense were very short. Accordingly, determined to take a Manila:
ordered to his Lieutenant Sioco, who, with four hundred chosen men, beginning on the new city, scarcely
defended by about sixty Spanish: Sioco debia saltaren land during the night, surprise a sleeping garrison,
and pass it a knife; but a strong north wind prevented him from approaching the opportunity which
wished to the coast, and could not disembark until eight in the morning of the following day (November
30, 1574). The Governor's square defended with vigour, and Sioco took the resolution will re-embark and
persuade a Li-Ma-Hong, that or come in person to the realization of this company. Li-Ma-Hong then
anchored at Cavite, and two days later was over Manila. Meanwhile the Spaniards had worked night and
day to state of Defense: had been placed on the walls everything four pieces of artillery; and Juan de
Salcedo, who was in Vigan, went in his ausilio.

Approaching enemies, everyone is locked up in the Fort: Li-Ma-Hong entered the population without
difficulty and reduced it to ashes; but when he wanted to attack the Fort, he found a strength that was
far from expected, and had to re-embark with a loss of 200 men. She was a landing on the banks of the
river of Pangasinan: he built there a Fort surrounded by a double row of Palisades, e imposed tributes to
the natives of the country.

78
Known this in Manila, Governor Juan de Salcedo, sent against him a 250 Spaniards and 2500 Indians. This
understood gefe surprised and burned the fleet of Li-Ma-Hong; got another victory on land, and forced
the invaders to a shelter on their entrenchments; fleeing to the provided of the mountains that might not
get it.

Overnight is fortified in the inner enclosure, and Salcedo, calculating that could not assault him without
losing many people, determined the lock, safe to reduce them by hunger, as not taking boats, retreat was
impossible. But the Chinese made outs during the night and recojian wood with that, after three months,
came to build some nacelles, which, although weak, provided them transit to their island of Tacaootican.
Those who had interned in the mountains formed alliances with the Indians, and crossed races producing
new ones.

While this was happening, the Admiral, Ho-Mol - Cong, came to Manila, where he was very gifted, and to
his departure took with him the two missionaries fray Martín Herrera, and fray Gerónimo Martin, first
religious to visitaron China.

In 1577, Sirela, King of Borneo, implored relief Manila Governor against his brother, which you had
usurped the throne, and offered that, if they returned, you recognize vassal of the King of Spain. D.
Francisco de Sande, to the then Governor of Manila, granted relief to the pedia, and promised him to
dethrone the usurper. He at once sent a shipping against the islands of Mindanao and Jolo, and took
possession of them; but there was no enough soldiers and missionaries to take advantage of these
benefits.

In this time mediated differences between public officials and missionaries: the first said, that after so
many dangers and works, debian already thinking about his fortune; but it was not this affordable without
vejar to Indians, and only desire to extend Christianity encouraged missionaries, saw the ambition as the
greatest obstacle that could oppose a progress , and resisted it, coming to deny absolution to employees
more stubborn. These in turn, put obstacles to the zeal of the religious. But not lardaron to get these
events to news of the King, who immediately espidio an order in favour of the Indians.

In 1581, a Corsair Japan landed on the coast of Cagayan, where could not evict you without great loss. The
discontent between employees and the clergy continued even; Thus in spite of the Real protective order
of indigenous peoples, which around the Evangelical efforts of missionaries, not cedia the ambition of the
employees. Came to such State these disappointments, the provincial of the Augustinians embarked for
Mexico, where wrote to the King, begging him to allow to all the religious of his order back to new Spain,
given that it was impossible to stay, witnessing the abuses and violations of law that employees coinelian
against the Indians.

The anger that caused these things to the Governor D. Gonzalo Ronquillo de Peñalosa, prematurely led le
to the grave. His death was doubly sensitive, because it gave occasion to a terrible catastrophe. A candle
that surrounded the Tomb in the Church, set fire to the hangings, and the temple and part of the town
was reduced to ashes.

79
In 1587 arrived a Manila the first religious of the order of Santo Domingo, which we have previously
announced, as ausiliares of the Augustinians.

At this time Luzon island had many Chinese established therein, and the more they seemed willing to
adopt Christianity. In the month of may of 1590, came to Manila three mandarins, saying that part of the
Emperor of China came to recognize for themselves whether the city of Cavite was solid gold as they told
them. This seemed so ridiculous, that he did not hesitate to be an I pretesto, and it is feared that the trip
had by real object to agree with the Chinese in the city, for any shipping against the colony. The Governor
accompanied them in person to Cavite, and then forced them to return to their country.

It was then fortifying a Manila, and a Chinese called Eng-Pang, the Governor offered his services and those
of his countrymen for these jobs; but they were not accepted. However, expressed them some
confidence, requesting them to ensure on the Japanese, who watched the Chinese with great antipathy,
and despite this same opposition, did not correspond in the performance. A great conspiracy this village
waving secretly a, and postponed the hoist for the eve of San Francisco, is sticking to all Spaniards. Happily
a Filipino muger, who lived with a Chinese, discovered it appropriately. Nor let this penetrate the Chinese,
and rushed to gather a half a League City, where did entrenchments. Eng-Pang was sent by Parliament,
and then it was discovered that he was a head of the conspiracy, which put the Government on the need
to take other measures. The Governor came out against them with a force of one hundred and thirty
Spanish; and he was defeated by the rebels, who then fell on the capital. They gave a determined assault;
but not only were rejected by its inhabitants, but rather these cartoons for victory, made an exit and
completely defeated to the besiegers. It is estimated that this attempt cost to the Chinese loss of twenty-
three thousand men: those who stayed alive were cast to galleys; Eng-Pang suffered the penalty of
gallows. All the Chinese had on Luzon, only a few thousand not took part in the hoist. Shortly after the
Governor D. Gómez Pérez Dasmarinas received order of passing against the Moluccan Islands, and arriving
at the end of Santiago, was cowardly murdered by the Chinese, who were in the shipping. It should be
recalled also here with rising this Governor, because in the three years that only instabilities command,
did important works and founded useful establishments.

In 1609, being Governor D. Juan de Silva, the Dutch blocked the point of Manila; but they were repelled
with the loss of three ships, five of which are componiala square. The result of this shipping, was an
attempt by Governor Silva against Java, and an alliance with the King of Portugal against the Dutch, who
lost a naval battle in April 14, 1617.

In 1655, under Government of D. Sebastian Hurlado de Corcuera, built the Fort of Zamboanga, eon subject
to put an end to the raids by the Moors; and at the same time came to Manila a portion of rich Japanese,
converted to Christianity, fleeing persecution alive suffering from their former coreligionists.

In the same year, the general Governor Corcuera, reduced to the sultan of Mindanao (V.) and conquered
the island of Jolo, in which put a Governor and three presidios. But it was not possible to sustain this
acquisition, and with your support, the infidels returned to their monstrous raids. The presidio of

80
Zamboanga, who had just established, was reduced to greater trouble, by five thousand enemies, who
were forced to retire by the ausilio promptly provided a place on this occasion.

In 1615 is esperimentaron the ravages of a frightening earthquake: single Manila had to mourn six
hundred victims buried in the ruins of their homes, and building public: were not in foot rather than the
Church and convent of the Augustinians and Jesuits.

An adventurer who had been esportillero in Manila, where he spent the Japan and lately to China, in
whose country rose by degrees to the rank of first class general, occupied important positions and
concluded by being beheaded; left a son named Cong-Sing, having inherited the character of the father,
became a famous pirate, coming to have their orders a squad of thousand ships, mounted by a hundred
thousand men. His first important shipping was against the island of Farinosa, then occupied by the Dutch
who claimed therein a garrison of 2,000 men. After a 10-month siege, the garrison had to accept a
capitulation, which was granted to retire to Batavia.

So Cong-Sing was owner of the island, he sent a Deputy to the Governor of Manila; intimate you the
surrender of tribute as sovereign of the archipelago; and preventing him, that if he refused, iria he to take
possession of the Islands, and to punish their inobediencia. The Governor immediately gave the
appropriate orders to gather in Manila all Spaniards had, in the Philippines as well as in the Moluccas,
whose islands occupied for some time, and lomó few precautions seemed to claim the danger. Fortunately
died pirate before its resolution, and although left a son, did not have this genius Warrior of the father,
and happy with the sovereignty of the island of Formosa, sent an Embassy to Manila to sign peace.

D. Saviniano Manrique de Lara, who ruled you sing it Cologne, it was so devoted, which returned to Spain,
he embraced the cloister. Wasn't so the successor D. Diego de Salcedo hails from Belgium: haughty and
despot, while lasted his Government, was in conflict with the civil and religious authorities of the colony.
In time of this Governor Jesuits undertook the conversion of the inhabitants of the islands of the thieves,
where established a House of education, which the María Anne endowed with 3,000 annual hard: in
memory of this truly Royal liberality, the name was changed first to the Islands Mari-Anas, or Marian.

The Mission of the Cardinal Turnon in China, to arrange the miserable question of Chinese ceremonies, so
fatal to the Christian religion in the Empire, did not seem that it should influence the tranquility of the
Philippines. But this legacy, which still was Patriarch of Antioch, went to Manila and drove so proudly and
with so few punches for the first authorities of the island; demanding respect more humiliating, which is
grangeo the hatred of the world mud, and his tenure was because of many and serious dissensions.

Governor D. Fernando Bustillo, who came to Philippines in 1717, noting that many abuses had been
introduced in the Administration, wanted to destroy them and took steps to bring in the box of the State
considerable sums owed by many inhabitants. The force deployed driven by his zeal, indisposed the mood
against him, to the point of forming a conspiracy, that if was silent for a long time was due to the influence
of the clergy, only powerful support inevitable e of lawful authority. But finally Bustillo crashed also
religious; wanting to violate the sacred Cathedral to turn to a criminal, that they had taken refuge in it.
The mutiny broke out on the morning of October 17, 1719. The people armed entered the Palace of the
Governor, who was killed there with his eldest son: other six children that had that unfortunate, came out

81
later to America. When the King heard this attack, he sent the Marquis Tower field with order to use
greater rigour with the perpetrators; but so many obstacles that found therefore that not possible did
comply with the orders of the sovereign. In 1740 an English ship of sixty-four cannons called Centurion,
under the command of Admiral Anson, attacked near the Cape of the spirit Santo a galley of the
Cobadonga Acapulco. Despite the disproportion of forces, the Spaniards fought back with so much value,
which did not surrender, but after suffering a British loss of seventy dead e equal number wounded.

The continuous raids of the Muslims against the colony, were punished in 1731 and 1754 by landings
made on the islands of Capul, Jolo and Basilan, with destruction of vessels, people and strengths of those
barbarians. But these made partial non-conquest and directed only a mere relief, were an unstable
outcome, and no other consequences than those ravages that accompany them always. Usually they
concluded with peace treaties, which from time to time renewed the sultans; but not ceased the attacks,
why that is escusaban with its lack of power to suppress and punish to the independent tribes; or as
exceses committed without their knowledge; Although pirates franqueasen a the help that you asked and
the Christian captives purchased them. The Mohammedan regulos is friends said of the Spanish colony,
and oblenian of its trade agreements; but nothing obstaba to continue suffering the assaults of the
barbarians the coastal populations of the same, without that respect the boldness of those, or even those
of the island of Luzon, leaving see close to the capital; sometimes settling in the District of the village of
Mindoro, and others in the mayoralties of Samar and Leyte. In view of so many excesses, the metropolis
Government fully authorized to the Philippines, to consummate a any price the destruction of those
barbarians infidel, with specialty by the Royal orders and certificates of 26 October and 1 November 1758
that had no effect.

In 1762, this Spanish colony was the State most flourishing: traded with Moluccas, Borneo, some points
of the India, Malacca, Siam, China, Japan, etc., in a Word with all the countries between the isthmus of
Suez and the Bering Strait. Some Catholic missionaries spread since then by the South Sea Islands, located
between South America and the Philippines, and no doubt would be victims of his heroism by faith;
because nothing turned to know of them. Those venerable men of Catholic Christianity, that voting for s i
l to charity buscabanlas deprivation, fatigue, had led many times the light of the Gospel around the world,
and poured out their benefits on the Mohammedan peoples, Buddhist or idolaters of all the Indies, much
before that missionaries and martyrdom of hear them communions Christian thought to imitate its
egemplo which made deploying both Faust in his work, such as simplicity and modesty Catholics had
become more expensive to.

In September of the said year 1762, was presented an English squad composed of thirteen ships and six
thousand eight hundred men of landing before the population of Manila, whose City didn't know even
the Declaration of war that had taken place between England and Spain.

The Archbishop D. Manuel Antonio Rojo played temporarily the Government of the colony, and doubting
a nation that appeared suddenly in the Bay squad belonged, he sent an officer with a letter to the Chief,
asking which nation was and why had come unannounced before his arrival. The Commissioner returned
to the next morning accompanied by two English officers, carriers of a summons drafted in ordinary terms;
saying, that square had come to make the conquest of the Islands: answered them that they would

82
defend; and on the night of 23 to 21 of that month checked the British landing, undertaking the siege of
the city. The 29 were reinforced with three vessels but the besiegers. On 3 October, pampangos Indians
significant reinforcements penetrated in the square. The defenders made some briosas outputs against
enemies; but without more result that accredit their big effort. You could not met to the square no later
than surrender, and in consequence was given the rank of Lieutenant Governor to judge D. Simón de Anda
y Salazar, a purpose that come out of Manila and establish government at any point of the island of Luzon.

The day 4 of said month, unto the 10 of the night, embarked Salazar in a boat with some boatmen, a
servant Tagalog , five thousand pesos in cash and forty sheets of paper ringback. This remarkable man ,
already being sexagenario, rose asi by the river of Bulacan to begin to prepare the defense of the island
against the enemy, that the next day (5) seized the capital. In Article Manila to see the details of that
misfortune, with the detail that permitted by the nature of our work. Salazar was going to resist unto such
a powerful enemy, and he did not have a bracket, nor army, or weapons. Arrived the next day (5) unto
Bulacan and convened at the time the mayor of the province, unto the religious and other Spaniards:
taught their titles, which recognized with enthusiasm. The news of the surrender of Manila arrived in the
afternoon and walk published immediately a proclamation as Governor and Captain General of the
Philippine Islands: elected unto Bacolor The Pampanga by point of residence to his government, and
opened a war empeñadísima and amazing with the English. It is in this place the detailed account of that
war, sustained fifteen months with so much prudence as an effort by the courageous elderly; unto spite
of the obstacles which were opposed unto their companies among which must be counted the
insurrections of some points in the country, promoted by the English; so that by means of hands hidden,
that these were at stake, were frecuentísimas these insurrections among the Chinese resident in different
points of the country, as well as among the Indians did not demonstrate, although fortunately in scarce
number these uprisings, in almost all the provinces. The British took the outrage of the good principles of
the war to the point of offering 5,000 pesos to which surrender unto Anda alive. The arrival of two
galleons, who had escaped miraculously from the hands of the British, was for him a great relief, with
which was able to raise an army quite substantial.

The day 25 July 1763 came to Manila an English frigate, bearer of the armistice concluded between the
two belligerent powers, with the order to suspend all hostilities.

On 26 August arrived an English ship, with the introduction of Peace signed by the two sovereign. But the
hardness of Anda, refusing to receive the communication that the Council english of Manila addressed
him with this reason, because it gave him the title of governor in it; the heated issue on this title is
maintained, disputándoselo between yes that Mr. Anda, and archbishop Red, which had remained in
Manila from the surrender of the plaza, at the service of the English; and the genius of insurrection, which
stimulated by these and by the circumstances which created , first the aggression of the same, and after
the question about the command, had esplicado vigorously in all parties, as we will see in the article Luzon,
hamper that this country he enjoyed the benefit of peace even In a long time. The Archbishop died on 30
January 1764, and perhaps this prevented a civil war continue unto the peace made with the English. After
received Anda by the via déla China, shipments of S. M. C , in which he informed the peace unto his
governor of Manila. Anda what alerted the Government English; offering the suspension of hostilities, and
calling for the formation of a congress to deal with the delivery of the square. Agreed the English; joined

83
this congress and nothing has succeeded to decide, when he arrived a navio English with order to evacuate
the square, in whose effect is removed the gathered. Then reappeared questions on the command, and
who should receive the plaza; therefore disputed this right to Mr. Anda Messrs. Villacorta and Ustariz: but
she arrived in time D. Francisco de la Torre in the frigate Santa Rosa, dispatched by the virey of Mégico,
and their right silenced any question. Anda handed him the government with great dignity and disinterest,
on 17 March 1761; compliance with the provisions by S. M. (V. BACOLOR.) By malaise of the tower,
received Anda the city, to evacuate the English, in compliance with the prevented in the spreads of S. M.
B, that they communicate. The Spanish were with this in full possession of the Philippines, so toward unto
the English; but the tenacious rebellion of some points, which we will see in their respective articles, not
abated until March 1765, unto spite of the evicted their projects, and what lato of the pardons for them
convidaba unto return under the protective authority of the Spanish Government; while otherwise sufrian
ills without story.

Restored that was peace, it was then necessary to return unto enfrenar daring of the unbelievers who
worked the country unto his alvedrío, and on 51 July 1766 reproduced the previous reais provisions with
very particular dearer; increasing at 60,000 pesos anuos the envelope intended unto this effect.

Whatever the commitment to put by correspond unto the charitable view of the sovereign, continued
always with little stable result. In August 1778, was to hold a board of war, for escogitar ways to contain
unto the barbarous mohammedans: Lieutenant Colonel Mariano Tobias espuso a very prudent plan to
achieve this and ensure the basilanos and joloanos; but neither was given effect. Nothing lacking the kings
to ensure the security of this very important colony; but never fulfilled their wishes.

In 1796 he was notable the horrific end to those barbarians of Mindanao were Lieutenant D. Pantaleon
clay, which were penetrating into the lands of the sultan; Although he did it under the same insurance
(see Mindanao). In 1797 it became also his boldness to establish on the island of Burias, a general
repository of the effects of their piracies. In 1798 the sons and nephews of the sultan of Sulu became
alevosamente with the schooner San Jose at Tibitibi, immediately to that island, and sold its cargo and
crew a view of the sultan, disregard of settled peace. In 1799, had to raise Burias Island emporium of their
robberies, the Mohammedan pirates, after having had three years peacefully. However not ceased to
destroy the coasts, although time appeared on time protected by some gunboats, not these could give
wings fast boats of enemies to reach: peoples, in spite of being fortified to defend their snooks, best were
frequently its victims, and thus continuing the things in 1810, D. Tomás de Comyn illustrated , to the a el
esponer expose State, in a time were the Philippines, presented a very well conceived plan of operations
for the complete extirpation of this fatal malady, so appalling to those natural with the surrender of the
island of Mindanao and the Sulu, whose Island, although so inferior to the first, figure how much more
considerable; not being its divided population which arises from the other; but forming a compact, under
a Government of extraordinary power, and people able to gather a considerable Navy and an army of
more than 50,000 brave fighters to hold ground. Not fit major luck to this cautious plan, run by the former;
Although not cease the disasters of coastal populations, things always to the fury of those bloody raids. It
is necessary to quote the exemplary courage and tireless and pious zeal of the R. P. preacher general Br.
Bernardo Lake, which since May 14, 1823 until 25 November 1829 brought to his evangelical voice 8861
souls between the igorrotes and tinguianes from the center of the open, impenetrable until then to the

84
light of truth and civilization (see IGORROTES and TINGUIANES). These efforts give it Evangelical charity,
practiced constantly by the missions, have always been amazing results, and joining with activity in the
General captains, carrying out with dignity the Real vice-patronato in this country, there is no doubt, that
their civilization must be soon rounded. Communication addressed to the Government of the metropolis
by the captain general of Philippines in March 20 of this year, is a proof; expressing the results as the
trusted shipping to the Governors of the province of Vizcaya and open has achieved: the first of both
governors, recognizing a nicety territory which mediates between those prov. and Cagayan, has reduced
to the obedience of the Spanish Government stocks of Lebu, Dacalan, Gaang, Patiquian, Manali, Lucot,
and Labuagan, which consist of more than 2100 homes and possess good sowing and irrigation; not to
mention other immediate ranches that have also provided submission. The second has obtained for its
part 112 villages and ranches; consisting of some 1,500 wooden houses, and being able calculate the total
of the population of 15,000 souls (see Cagayan: Valley of).

Attempt to have omitted from this brief review of the history of the country, which leads to the current
order of things, the mention of a large number of the piracy that have worked the Islands, as most of
these special items: many companies of the General captains and Governors, as belonging to the article
Manila, which have to deal with more particularly of their respective endeavours; with regard to the civil,
military and ecclesiastical ramos, for the same reason; several seditions e insurrecciones that they have
appeared in the country, as things that, without the character of generality of this place, correspond best
to the towns in which London: in short, this is not more than a idea general and concise, as he has been
said; belonging the particularities and things a detailed dictionary articles.

Subtract we only enter in this place, as loud and recent developments in China, the Philippine Islands, is
presented as the advanced Eastern civilization, and its importance cannot be less than called very strongly
about them European attention; and in particular that of the Spanish Government. This, in addition to the
advantages that can promise a very important position, neither must lose sight sights of colossal power
which is aspiring to the predominance of those exclusive mayes, and that perhaps looming in the very
heart of the Chinese Empire.

V.

Actual Status of the Country.

S-I
Political and civil order. The Government of the Philippines is divided into two sections that are very
different, but the superior authority of one over the other are united in the person of the Governor-
captain general. These two parts are the civilian government and the military, which we go forth unto
occupy. The captain general of the islands, we describe, inclusas the Marianas, gathers the title of
governor of the chairman of the Royal Audience, whose corporation is unto the time committee on things
and cases of importance offered; vice-patron Real, and judge Sub-delegate of income of post, post offices
and postas: In a word, resume in his person the vast powers with which it is vested the royal authority of
Spain, from whom it receives the powers. Formerly were so cans these powers, that, as vice-patron Real,
could be successor for death. Taking therefore into account many and diverse powers as meets the gefe

85
superior of those domains, serious impossible that could by itself adequately fill out a wealth as
estraordinario attentions and charges. With this object, you add special people in the different branches
of administration and government, for the best performance of these functions. The main of those is the
advisor, kind of minister responsible, unto whom should submit all businesses of some consideration: it
teaches them, makes its information and composes the decrees, which the captain general, whether it
conforms, authorizes with his signature. On certain serious matters, he consults also to civil prosecutor;
being very rare the time that it takes a determination without the view of one of these officials jurists.
When there is no agreement in their views, the captain generates!, as vice-patron, settles by itself the
issue, requesting the approval of S. M. about resolutions that according to his illustration had taken.

As will be seen in another place as also consults unto the hearing in certain cases recommended by their
severity. When dissent takes place between the vice-patron and the hearing, that query to the real
agreement, whose corporation is under your presidency, and consists of the regent of that from the dean
of the hearers or judges, the Prosecutor, the adviser, the auditor marina, the counter staff and the general
superintendent. Under the supreme authority of the vice-patron Real, they govern all the Spanish
possessions of those domains: these are distributed with inclusion of the Mariana Islands, for the better
government and administration, in thirty and four provinces. Each one of them is the special position of a
governor, which in certain provinces bears the title of mayor, and in other of governor political-military;
being classified in different categories of entry, assent and term. These destinations are of royal
appointment real; but when in the range of the six years in which these officials should remain in their
destinations occurs any vacancy, the captain general appointed an official of this class for three years;
giving account to the Government of S. M. for approval. Meanwhile, these graced play its authority to be
replaced by another person, and has happened unto any, unto despite having been appointed for that
purpose by S. M., to get to your destination, has tenidoque wait their turn to lomar possession of their
employment. When public officials of which we have spoken carry the title of governors, granted by the
captain general, must be military, and it must at least be lieutenants, although it is common that such
assignments are requested to by colonels. The provinces of Cavite , Zamboanga, Mariana Islands, loaded,
Samar, Iloilo, Antique, Capiz, Albay, Camarines Sur and Tayabas have governors politico-military: The gefes
of other provinces do not have more than the title of mayors. All these officials play simultaneously
charges administrative and judicial; taking moreover unto his care the collection of the tributes who pay
the indios unto S. M. and which is called the Real have. These latter charges carry a financial liability
guaranteed in bonds for the sum of 15-20 thousand drives, according to the greater or lesser importance
of the provinces that they trust. The governor of Cavite is the only one that was esceptúa this rule, in
attention unto you is added a lieutenant of justice to hold this position.

The mayors have the character of captains unto war, and wore their badges, nevertheless to be in the day
sludge lawyers. Until a few years ago were authorized these civil servants, to make the trade for their
account, if they renounce to both by 100 they were assigned in the tributes paid to the indians. Such a
system offered very serious disadvantages which are not concealed unto the penetration of the
Government of S. M., which, convinced of the damage that was the good spanish name,

And unto the righteousness of justice, introduced in this bouquet useful é important reforms that have
been supported with great satisfaction by all the inhabitants of the colony. Is not created by this, that the

86
administration of justice has already received all of the improvements that is susceptible not, because
there is still much to do in this part: but have already begun to be corrected long standing and pernicious
abuses, and we have no doubt that, helpful as always the government of the mother country in provide
unto the Indians the largest amount of goods possible, will not relent in its noble enterprise until
completed as arduous as a thorny task. That fatal permission that is granted unto the mayors to be able
to trade for their account, use to be almost always (except however honorable escepciones) to the
detriment of justice and of the interests of the country who administered; because they are constituted
in a state of egercer the authority for their own benefit; and the possibility of the misuse of the Authority,
is what should avoid with the utmost interest the fair governments and legislators.

By the State which we put below our readers will see their salaries enjoyed by mayors, and the amounts
that are paid to trade on their own before the reform that we do merit.

State demonstration of the amounts paid by the mayors of the following provinces, in order to make the
trade for your account, and the salaries they then enjoyed.

Salaries of the Amount Paid to be

Mayors. able to trade on their
NAMES OF MUNICIPALITIES.
own account.

Pesos fuertes Pesos fuertes.

Albay 600 125
Bulacan 600 100
Bataan 300 63 ½
Batangas 600 130
Cagayan 600 225
Calamianes 600 300
Capiz 500 130
Camarines Sur 600 170
Caraga 600 300
Cebu 600 180
Isla de los Negros 600 80
Ilocos Sur 600 125
Ilocos Norte 500 125
Ilo-ilo 600 200
Laguna 600 137
Leyte 300 123
Misamis 600 80
Mindoro 1000 80
Pampanga 300 241 7 rs.
Pangasinan 600 600
Samar 600 125
Tayabas 600 90
Zambales 600 40
Note. When we deal with the particular description of each province, we
give salaries in the day enjoy the mayors or governors politico-military,

87
 according to the category of municipalities or governments that play.

The mayors have obligation to govern the provinces which are committed pursuant to actual orders and
laws, as well as according to which they were farewells by the actual agreement of the Philippines in the
year 1703 that have instituted ordinances of police and good government. With only these regulations,
that faithfully observed make the most fulfilled in praise of the worthy general Aguilar, Governor then of
our possessions in the Philippines, could govern the colony. They are a collection of moral, just and severe
laws in which have ensured the protection of their natural rights of those: for the same is given to know
to all the guarantees enjoyed by, and the duties are imposed upon them; It is more interesting that its
wise provisions prevent the supremacy of the temporal power of the spiritual, and on that one; one and
another to defend the freedoms of indigenous peoples against oppression. Them to also have been raised
in all the archipelago Filipino, schools for the children of the country; have been rendered successful
measures for the destruction of the lobster and their larvae; and finally the have authorized use and get
funds from community in mud peoples, to meet with them to their local needs, with other useful e major
reforms. The last specialty, has not been observed, unfortunately with so religiosity how serious desire
for results that for the benefit of the country they crave; and to which the funds that are collected in this
order are destined.

The mayor or politico-military Governor, with his counsel, that do not meet this circumstance, constitute
the provincial court; which must find is assisted, according to custom, of a scribe, although this formality
not seems essential and precise, if is has in has that those not exist in all parles. Those authorities have
his residence in the capital of the province in a sort of small Palace called Casa Real.

Each of the thirty-four provinces that we have merit, the Marianas included, are divided in different
common or villages; a head of each of which is a subordinate Chief chosen for the Government of the
local administration of entering them natives called gobernadorcillo. The way to verify the choice of this
official and other Ministers of Justice, has esperimenlado some small modification pursuant to the
provisions by the Hon. Mr. Conde in Manila, dated October 5, 1847; but its main and most important
bases are:

1. ° That the annual elections of these officials in all the islands, are verified since the beginning of
November onwards unto so that the records can be found in the government secretariat higher before
the end of the year.

2.° that the act takes place in the Casas Consistoriales calls courts or houses of community, or in its defect
cu school or in a dressing room interim; but in no way in private homes or parishes.

3. ° to preside at the election the gefe higher or the mayor of the province, with the assistance of the
parish priest of the people if you would like to attend; and unto lack of that will replace the so-called unto
egercer their times as it is prevented by another decree of 20 October 1846, and in the absence of both
the Spanish that the provincial authority name.

88
4. ° provides that voters for each town are in number of thirteen in the manner that is espresa; the
gobernadorcillo and twelve neighbors drawn: half between heads and gobernadorcillos pasadossin note
, and the other half between existing heads, who should have ex officio or way of living known.

5.° cannot be voters the servants of the mayors, governors and his lieutenants, parish priests and servants
of the Church, nor those who have objections legal listed in the decree that we took in its art. 4°.

6. ° to be elected gobernadorcillo is required - be natural or mestizo sangley, greater than 2o years, and
that knows how to read and write; in addition is an indispensable requirement have been lieutenant
greater or head without note, and if it were unto the time, have their current accounts; not be tenant of
the people, estanquillero, nor have the objections it prevents to be voters. The same circumstances are
prevented to have those who had to serve the office of lieutenant greater and judges are older, who are
the seedbed, police and won, with only one difference, that in order to be able to serve any of these last
three charges must have already been gobernadorcillo or lieutenant higher; however, it is often sufficient
to obtain the have played without note some charge municipal. All these employees are nominated by
the electoral board, although without forming terna.

For the election of justice officials and witnesses, accompanied before commencement of the elections,
the formation of a list remembers between the outgoing gobernadorcillo and the common main people
who have to play such charges, which arises to which presides over the Act, who, hearing the parish priest
and which form the shortlisting for gobernadorcillos you are scoring those who deserve to be approved,
to include them in the Act which refers to the conditions Mr. captain general, Governor of the Islands; but
in the event that the principal could not reach agreement, which presides over the event, to form the list
itself is authorized. In them peoples where them mestizo of sangley have Guild separated by have the
number necessary for this, is celebrate the elections with whole clamping a it willing for them Indian. The
minutes of each town is everywhere in craft paper and the Chief of the province, the priest attending,
voters and the clerk, sign or well that failing to replace him according to is explains more
circunstanciadamente in article 12 of the aforementioned Decree. All proceedings are referred to the
Government as already mentioned, when they are from the island of Luzon, Sorsogon and Masbate, which
remains a testament to municipalities or Governments where they come from: as well as also respective
ballots, being incumbency gives the superior province gefes, making remarks suggesting by his zeal about
physical fitness moral and other circumstances, falling in shortlisting for gobernadorcillos and other justice
officials.

In the Visayas Islands are prevented is observed the same method of choice that in the remaining islands
of the archipelago; with the single difference that is attribution of the Governor, Mayor, the approval of
the minutes in the province of Cebu; and of the of the other gefes top of province, of their own respective,
as delegates who are superior Government do the colony. For the best performance of this Commission,
refers them by the Supreme authority of the same titles blank to fill them with the names of the winners.

The governor-mayor of Visayas, resolved the doubts of the incidents that occur on elections in the district
of his charge: but in the provinces of Batanes, Calamianes and against-coast of Nueva Ecija, albeit from
the gefes of those provinces as in the Visayas, respect unto the election, may not like them, resolve by

89
themselves the doubts that are presented to them, but they have to consult with the higher authority,
which is the issue. In Cagayan and Nueva Vizcaya makes no alteration in regard to the time of elections,
although it seems that harms unto the peoples growers of tobacco. We do not merit of the other
provisions of this decree, for being secondary and agenas of our object: lack however to say something
about the elections that will verify the Chinese. The guild of these is in possession of choosing from among
its Christian individuals and in that presides the mayor of Tondo, one for gobernadorcillo, another for
lieutenant greater, and a third for the bailiff greater, unto whom the Government of the islands pound
the authorities titles, under which egercen jurisdiction. Officers of justice in this guild are called bilangos,
and appoints the gobernadorcillo incoming. Voters are also thirteen, and consist of the gobernadorcillo
that has to cease, the captains past, of the ringleaders of the tribute and champagnes past and in egercicio;
completed when one is missing with the ringleaders of the offices. Currently the collection of tribute or
cavitation of Chinese, is made directly by the alkalde higher in the province of Tondo with a financial
controller appointed from among the officers of the Ministry of Royal Treasury : in the other provinces
makes it alone the gefe of each. Applies to this contribution a Padrón, where they are enrolled and
classified the Chinese in four classes according to their greater or lesser trade, which paid the 1.° class 120
pesos per year each, 48 The 2.° class, 24 3.° and 12 4.° via capitation or tribute.

We cannot end this chapter without merit of an important fact, to know so the gobernadorcillos, as justice
officials, deserve the Supreme Government of the colony greater consideration by the honorable and
utilisimas functions of their jobs; ordering that a them gefes of the provinces, and a them cures parish
priests the duty of consider them which corresponds, and ausiliarles in the egercicio of their respective
destinations. We believe suitable to enter certain distinctive peculiarities of the country that we treat, is
governed by laws and completely different from the Spain customs.

In each capital of province there is a species of guard indigenous composed of 18 a 20 men and some
times 50, armed with rifle and errands by a Sergeant called by them Lieutenant, whose force is is a them
immediate orders of the Governor or alkalde greater of the province: there are also bantays, species of
bodies of guard in where have fire by the night : are by it regular placed in the center of the village, a the
output of it, and of quarter in fourth of time by them roads: is are provided of campaigns for touch alarm
in case of need. The bantays guard is confident a 7 u 8 each respective village inhabitants, who have the
charge of monitor in the same way as the indigenous sentinels in the capital; corresponding one a other
bantay, ringing the Bell, and giving the who lives to pass. For complete it organization of this institution,
in each village there is a sheriff greater, species of Commissioner of police, a them orders as them others,
of the gobernadorcillo: all velan by it security public, being of his incumbency the persecution of them
crook, and the custody of them prisons.

The gobernadorcillos exercised in their respective jurisdictions the functions of mayors and justices of the
peace; being responsible at the same time, of all matters relating to the municipal authority in the
dissensions arising about the limits of lands, on the property of the palms, and finally the compliance of
the rules of police. Is put in accordance with the cures, for do observe a all those Indian them precepts of
our religion; being a responsible judge civil litigation up to the amount of two taeles of gold, amounting
to about rs 880. VN.

90
With regard to them processes criminal, these authorities local have obligation of start it instruction of
them, and send a the capital of the province the result of their information: also have the special charge
of ensure envelope it fundraising of them tributes, and of the cash of them real boxes, until this is
delivered to the Mayor greater that, as corresponds, is the depositary of the province.

Finally, subtract we still speak of a give institutions more important of these islands, to know, give them
called heads of barangay or families, i.e. gefes of barangay, appointed from among the main of every
village, whose well understood institution, is the most recommendable and worthy of the consideration
of the Government. These heads are especially responsible for the collection of taxes by bond, whose
amounts delivered to the gobernadorcillo or the Chief of the province in meeting as in the Tondo. Each
head is obliged to take care of the collection of 45 or 50 tributes, that form others so many families, and
is what is understands by barangay: is obligation of the head reside with them in the neighborhood or
street designated; serve immediately with good order and harmony of its individuals; distribute all
community services, among them compromise their differences. Them heads concerned are solicitors
born of their barangays in few business occur to the community. Cabecerías, source more remote than
the conquest of the colony, were undoubtedly inherited: currently there are of that kind and electives.
When they vacan, either by lack of heir, or by renunciation of the owner, the Superintendent appoints
replacement in the provinces close to the capital, and the respective Deputy Chief, in the distant than
that; but always proposed to the gobernadorcillo, and the other heads of the people. This same happens
in the day in the creation of any cabecería, a measure that is increases the population, and it requires the
number of tributaries from each village. The heads, their women and firstborn, are their ausiliares for the
Royal collection have, enjoy exemption from paying tribute. In some provinces is serves the cargo of heads
by three years, and if that it play not are in discovered, are recognized as main in them peoples, with title
of heads past, and can also use the Don.

§-II

COURT ORDER. A Court Supreme with the name and powers of audience and Chancery Real, has a its
charge the administration of justice so in it civil, as in it criminal. Its powerful authority, emanated the
famous code of Indies, and several provisions and subsequent decrees, seems to balance somehow with
the Governor's; This, with its vice-patron Real quality, is born President of one, and you can override their
resolutions, egerciendo the authority as such vice-patrono discuss. However, when occur dissidences
among both authorities, already we have seen in the order civil and political, that the captain general
consultation to the Real agreement, whose of terminations by it regular prevail; being resolved by the
opinion of this, the powers arising between the two major powers of the colony.

The audiencia has no more than a courtroom, in which processes of the 54 provinces, included the
Marianas, in which the Filipino archipelago is distributed are completed. Chair the vice-patrono and there
is in it a Regent, 5 hearers, a civil Attorney and other criminal. The laws of Indies these judges, prohibit a
play charge that does not correspond to the functions of the tribunal; However, currently, pursuant to the

91
provisions of the Government, entrusted to a individuals of this Court other very different functions.
Among them, are advised by the Superintendent gives Hacienda, the audit of war and Navy, the
administration of assets from deceased and absent, the litigation of public finances part, whose
knowledge is conferred to a Board composed of three listeners, chaired by the Superintendent general
delegate for finance. Another Board composed of so many other judges also determines appeals from the
Court of accounts; as well as also the greater parle of them individuals of esla Corporation asislen a them
together of incomes. From among the nominees, one egerce separately every year the office of judge of
the brotherhoods, another that of Advisor to the crusade, and composed with the Commissioner and civil
Attorney the Court of the bull: another is director of the mount you Pius or pension fund, to widows of
employees; another is guard and judge of the slaves and Freedmen , charges that are now purely nominal,
in reason to not there is slavery in these islands. Also one of them hearers mentioned plays the judiciary
of those hospitals and houses of refuge, being responsible of send a Spain a them married from of she,
that not have a mode of survive known. Finally, there is another called proprietary judge understanding
in the civilian business that do not pass five hundred pesos.

Prosecutors have the charge special protect to the Indians and Chinese, and lomar defense of each other,
whenever they earlier its ausilio against any injustice. He is very well understood that this accumulation
of trades to indefinitely delay the administration of Justice. Esla was defectuosisima at first instance
before the Decree of 23 of September of 18 44: but since then has received utilisimas e important
improvements. Was for the most part in the care of military mainly dedicated to the collection of taxes
and trade that made from your account. These without knowledge of the legislation, and without lawyers
that les corporativas, is would be a each step in it need of go a Manila for resolve them more small
difficulties: but the Decree of that have made merit, corrected in its greater part this serious wrong,
classifying them old mayors by categories, with prevention of that in forward not could serve them but
people that meet it quality of lawyers. Despite this successful resolution, those officials responsible of it
administration of Justice not are few and serious difficulties that overcome, complying with its thorny
Ministry. Of course it is not small which offers the diversity of local languages and races. To give a slight
idea of the imperfect, which still today is the administration of Justice, in the first instance, we are going
to sketch the way of practice.

The gobernadorcillo of the town in which it perpetrates a crime, almost always receives first statements
in provincial language; however be prevented that these local justices understand and speak the Spanish
language, to verify it with her: more seldom happens, however that a was allowed them the
gobernadorcillos having an interpreter to whom are called directorcillo. Of here already is the first and
perhaps the main difficulty, because unknown by it regular for the alkalde greater of each province the
dialect of she, in this and others cases concerning a the Administration that has a your care, you is precise
assert is of some Indian, who by means of the scarce knowledge, that by it common has of our language ,
translate you those statements to the Spanish. With such a system of training processes, you can not less,
as anyone knows, suffer many vices of his conduct. Already to the Mayor, or politico-military Governor,
(in this case necessarily a lawyer advised) continue instruction these officials, pursuant to data, sometimes
dark and frequently wrong, provided to them by the gobernadorcillos.

92
Before the Decree of that have made merit and of others provisions that tend to regularize a good and
straight administration of Justice (however of that missing still much that do to achieve it), them mayors,
as almost all were lay, sent a Manila them processes, a end of that some lawyer of that capital them advise
about what debian practice : more as the way of communication for certain provinces were, and are still
in the day, few and difficult, took by it regular months to receive their answers. In some cases was that
the Moderator needed further clarification to formulate its opinion, what used to be repeated again and
again: resulting processes were little more than endless justice prejudice. Not they ended up even with
that inconvenience, but they already view the difficult things, arose other much more serious and difficult
to overcome those, because it was passed to defend the alleged accused, and the provincial, lacking
defenders lawyers court, is saw the need to make up for this lack by Indians responsible for filling these
functions : more these, pregnant in the performance of their committed, asked Council to Manila, as is
practice still in the day in certain cases of any gravity with whose defective and paused system is eternalize
them espedientes, by much zeal and activity that has, as really there is in them responsible of manage
justice. Finally, to make matters so tangled legislation, not infrequently happened that when the
espedientes passed to the audience, the fiscal sponsor of this Court, as a born protector give them Indians,
stumbling in confusion and obscurity of the causes, is looked to every necessary step to request his return
to provinces, so that its procedures are perfeccionasen. Meanwhile witnesses tended to miss some
disappearing, and losing fa memory or other originating from all this have, processes not finishing, as we
have said, in a long time; irrogando considerable damages to those interested. It same with short
difference happened with the litigation civil, causing incalculable costs, and making them actions
extremely long. Fortunately in the day almost have disappeared from all the obstacles obstructing a
suitable administration of Justice, and we lisongeamos with the hope that that remains smooth, will be
object of zeal, and activity understood the industry Minister.

Not want finish this part without do notice a our readers, in what makes a it administration of Justice, the
formality with that is authorize them statements of those between them Chinese that continue observing
the religion of Budha and of Confusio. As not is of believe that these not respect the oath that not known,
are obliged to provide certain evidence before be admitted as witnesses. The main is the called of the
gallo white, by whose half is believes more safe, force them to tell truth. Start is this ceremony with some
preliminary in which lends its statement the witness, and then is you question if has said the truth, and if
for say is in she will have value of cut the head a a gallo white. «Think, you says the gobernadorcillo or the
Mayor, that you takes the statement by means of the interpreter, that but reply it truth, the blood of this
gallo that going a spill, will be it of your relatives, and that your family will be for always miserable.» To
these words if had lain, not déjà of puzzle is and confess it all, as if persisting in that had said truth, cut
the head to the bantamweight, and then could try is you that had been perjury, is would be mocked and
despised of all their correligionarios.

§-III

ORDER MILITARY. Recognized the importance of the Philippines in the physical order, and view its civil
and political organization, as also its system of Justice, we are going to deal with in describing another
bunch of great consideration that we still remains to know them. At the head of the colony is a top Chief
that with the title of Governor and captain general of the sea and lierra, is named for S. M. for the

93
performance of the Supreme authority, that constitutes the vice-royal patronage in those domains. This
very important cargo is trust almost always to a leuicute general or to a Marshal's field; Although once
Brigadiers; played it also It is not very convenient, because of that for similar charges is greater moral
strength that accompanies the first military gerarquias a large interest. In absence or by disease del primer
gofo, plays the functions of its authority and command the 2. ° out, that by it regular is also an official
general, them more times Marshal's field. Pursuant to the Royal order of 3 November 1831 set definitely
in this Chief command performance, provided that express cause or other any reason miss the first: with
this successful provision will have edging many issues, which on more than one occasion in the past gave
rise to conflicts and serious contentions among the people who aspired to acting performance; causing
some times disorders of consideration, in detriment of the administration of the country and of the dignity
of the metropolis.

The quality of authority Supreme in all them ramos of the Administration, that is is in the captain general
vice-patrono of them Islands Philippines, seems that certainly should demand the creation of a secretariat
in that those ramos is were destindados and a cargo of sections special; but it is not so: the military has
accumulated the civil; being carried out both by a Chief Military Colonel, ausiliado of some other
employees military sludge class; and this accumulation of functions and fewer no little Dela general
administration. Discussed already apparently on occasion of separating them, e ignore the reason why
has been abandoned a measure that could not be less than provechosisima to the colony. For the
performance of the judicial administration in the field of war, its audit composed of the auditor, the
Prosecutor and a clerk has the captaincy general. The Exemo. e Illmo. Mr. arzobispo de Manila is the vicar
lieutenant general caslrense. The captain general vice-patrono as representative of the Real person of
Spain, of who have said receives them powers, has numerous privileges and honorary distinctions. The
first that enjoy of these, is the hosting truly regio, that a your arrival a them Islands you make them
authorities and inhabitants of Manila, celebraudo his arrival with Peal general of campaigns, saved of
artillery, illuminations, serenades and others joys and amusement. Come to his palace, to decorum and
custody of the person inside, has designed a guard of alabarderos created in the 1500s under Royal
Decree: it consists of a captain, a first place, two seconds and ten and six individuals, whose strength is
laqué serves to escollar you when a foot; but when it verified by car or horse you escolla a detachment of
Lancers. In the first case, the drive ordinarily is pulled by four horses; more gala days carries six, whose
privilege it matches only the Archbishop.

The 2.° corporal in charge since 1834 of staff of the army, is the sub-inspector of all the troops of infantry,
cavalry, veteran and militias. In his care and monitoring are the funds of the existing bodies in all the
Spanish possessions of the Philippines: but it is the obligation of the gefes they send them to give an
account of the state of the same. It is also his responsibility the review processes military and preside over
the board of budgets of the bouquet of war. In addition to the two gefes superiors mentioned, there are
other named lieutenant of king of the category of colonel, charged with specialty of everything relating to
the plaza and packing of Manila, the capital of the Philippine Islands.

For the administration of the hacienda military, there is an inspectorate general of the army that
understands it, with accumulation of the civil party of the public finance. The mayor has several employees
for the performance of its vast committed, whose template will in another place.

94
The Army of the Philippines, Unto which is charged with the conservation of our precious pearl of the
Orient, is composed of five infantry regiments graduates: 1, King; 2.°, the Queen; 3.°, Fernando VII; 4.°,
Infante and the 5.° of Spain. The first of these called the King, was agreed upon its creation by Royal Order
of 28 November 1829: consists of eight companies which have the force of one thousand places. The
second, the Queen: consists of the same force as the previous one and its creation data

Since the year of 1804, although it had been agreed by the Royal Order of 16 December 1796. The other
regiments are in a whole equal unto the previous differing only in the name.

To the above-mentioned forces must be increased the cavalry regiment hunters of Luzon, which consists
of four squads and a company of shooters. Its organizon so in time of peace and war, is the one that
prevents the Royal Order of 12 January 1834, whose higher resolution, to vary its previous name,
accompanies the new plant under which has been constituted; its strength in the first case, 632 men and
545 horses; and in the second, 902 of those and 781 of these, under Royal wing clarification on the last of
2 June 1844. His uniform consists in casaca short blue turkey, without bezel, neck closed, turns, Varras
and vivid embodied, Sash of the same color, white button of convex hull with cornet, dragonas of canelón
incarnate with uppers of metal; white pant and guingon, with strip incarnate, Bor ceguíes with spurs of
iron, morrión fleece lined of black cloth, figure flair, trim on the upper section of gallon of white cotton,
imperial and visor of baqueta black, metal clip gold and unto his estremo the rosette; toggle chain of the
same metal, pompón incarnate, and for the days of gala a small feather duster white. For daily, jacket of
cotonía blanca, with neck closed and blow to him of blue-colored cloth, caponas metal, cap of barracks
with white strip. The company handles, difference in the dragonas, which are green. The officers carry the
same uniform unto except of the cap that is circular with gallon of silver and visor. All these bodies are of
indigenous people in the classes of capes and soldiers; but for sergeants is in its two thirds of Europeans,
and the gefes and officers are Spanish European or descendants of these, born in the islands.

In order to provide the vacancies that occur without delays or losses that formerly had noticed, were
commanded to create in Manila, by Royal order of 1. ° of April 1841 do, a picture of officers do
replacement qne recorded of a fixed number of individuals of each kind and weapon. By Royal order of
25 of October of 1842 is set the bases organic on which was established in 20 of July of 1843, and whose
personal it component gefes and official of different graduations.

There is also other bodies organized that constitute the militia provincial disciplined. This consists of six
regiments, three sections and fixed companies of Zamboanga. The gefes and helpers of these forces are
veterans, but the other officers and soldiers are indigenous; the uniform do those is equal to the of the
infantry, with difference of those capes that are golden. The first is the regiment of grenadiers of Luzon:
was created in 1796, and its strength is equal to that of the Corps: is to observe that in this regiment
officers are also indigenous, what happens in others; because although they are not these unsecured be
in veteran bodies, hardly any that can pass sergeants. The 2. ° Regiment is the of Pangasinan, created in

95
1780; 3. ° of the Pampanga, which it was in 1790; the 4. ° the of Batangas, that it was in 1796; the 5. ° the
of llocos, that dates from 1780; and the 6. ° the of Zambales and Bataan, which is organized in 1790.

Of the three aforementioned sections that are called Grenadiers of Marina, two, each composed one of
130 men, were created on 50 January 1806 with destination to the service of the navy subtle, unto whose
strength, by provision of the Captaincy General, given on 29 March 1839 and approved by Royal Order of
7 February 1842, was increased the third. Their uniform is equal to that of the militias disciplined, unto
whose class belong, with the difference in using the hallmark of anchors in the neck and buttons. Having
made mention of the navy subtle, unto whose service are intended these sections, we must warn that we
will discuss it after the fact of all the forces of Earth.

The companies of fixed Zamboanga were created in 1." In February 1844, to replace the old Spanish
companies and the Pampanga, which were dissolved by its faulty organization. This force is divided into
two companies, composed each of a captain, a lieutenant, two second lieutenants and l i or individuals.
His uniform consists of casaca blue, neck and turn yellow and vivid embodied, with a blow incarnate eu
neck white button flat , white pant, morrión with plate, without cheeks and the sign which says,
Zamboanga. The casualties of officers are covered with sergeants spanish army : The sergeants with ends
of the same, and the soldiers with deserters recidivists, that without another aggravating factor, are
intended unto presidio, and have the sufficient ability and robustness to serve with usefulness in those
companies. By Royal Order of 5 May 1848 have been declared of militias disciplined.

In addition to the troops mentioned, for garnish and defend the Mariana Islands, there is a battalion of
militia Urban , composed of six companies, each of which has a captain, a lieutenant , a second lieutenant
and 70 seats of the class of troop. In the providence of the Captaincy General of 18 February 1847 , the
two battalions that were in the same, were merged into one, deserving of this the sovereign approval by
Royal Order of 50 of September of the same year.

We still remaining before concluding, make mention of the militia urban of Manila, composed of four
companies of Spaniards, strength undetermined, directly dependent on the captain general of the islands,
which is the first gefe, as well as of the troop call ausiliar for cases of emergency in time of war. Is such a
force of the bodies francs following approved by Royal Order of 10 December 1790. A company of artillery,
four of lanceros of horse of The Pampanga, four hunters mounted of Cavite, four squads of usares of
Pampanga, three companies of volunteers in the same province, and 19 of the peoples of Pasig,
Maríquina, Tambobong, Laguna, Bulacan , Apalit, S.Miguel de Mayumo, S. Luis, Mexico, Guagua and
Gapan, and also the force called "Carabinieri of public safety." This was created by provision of the
Governor captain general of the colony on 10 September 1847 and approved by S. M. with a provisional
nature, by Royal Order of 50 April 1848. Its object is the persecution of evil perpetrators and criminals,
the maintenance of tranquillity, order, security and surveillance on the enforcement of laws, ordinances,
sides of good government and police.

In addition to military forces mentioned, there is the general protection of public finances to orders of the
inspector of the body, which is the Superintendent of the colony intendcntcgeneral: each, is composed of
three companies of infantry of the new organization, with the strength of 142 seats and one of cavalry

96
with the endowment of 99 men and other so many horses; to these forces there that add also the of the
shelter old that consist in the day of 578 guards mounted; a 250 foot, and so-called 70 customs or Bay. Of
the strength of the shelter maritime, will talk about in another place.

The replacement for hold the force of regulation in the body of the army Philippine, is makes by
sweepstakes; nurturing is always each one with children of some same provinces, a not be the regiment
infantry Fernando VII, and the Brigade of artillery that have established flags in them capital of Camarines
South, and Albay, which les dan enough people for cover their low. Several trials in other provinces have
been made to replace this medium to the draw required by other bodies; but everything has been useless,
not being found in the natural of the remaining provinces, the same inclination at the service of the
weapons in the two above conveyed; Although the condition of the soldier indigenous is ventajosisima to
the of the class of that sale. His team consists of a good cloth coat, to gala, a blue casaquin for media gala,
six white casaquines daily, ten shirts, eleven white trousers, and two of the guingon; a morion of cloth for
gala and another felt for daily; a pith helmet to protect is of the Sun and of them rains, two caps of
barracks, two pairs of cover and two of ankle boots, all with the specialty of be made a it measured of
which it uses. Eat the Ranch after the list of eleven in the morning and the afternoon, and consists, by
plaza, in abundant rice cocído, which makes the times of bread in Spain, a meat dish abundant beef, pork,
chicken, or fish, and in five other more boys of the same, eggs and legumes , with fruit and sweet for
dessert: are served in tables with vagilla of loza enough of China; eat unto the way of the country , with
the fingers, but are quite neat. In addition to these excellent food and equipment taken daily five quarts
of leftovers in the capital, and up to eight outside; reaching even in each quarter the last soldier, which is
that of the companies of the center, four pesos long: as wealth is the condition of the Filipino soldier. The

Barracks are those that do not correspond to these amenities; but only in regard to the buildings, since
none have been built to object - otherwise nothing left that desiring by which makes unto his toilette and
of the soldier. Each company has mirrors placed in the divisions that separate the blocks; labadores with
its cofainas and towels, boxes of thin wood of a same size and figure placed on wing, and on its face with
the numbering of the ark, to save the clothes in them, as well as to enclose the supply of rice; luxurious
tables, Writting desks for the use of the sergeants first and furrieles, Dressers of China to have all the
documentation and books to the hand and in order, armourers to put in them the tools of lot and sables
the wearer, and until a alfar notebook in that it looks the image of the patron saint of the body: in the
night lights with five or six Crystal globes each. The rooms of flags that are the villages of the academies
and conferences of the officers, are alhajados with the greater elegance: in the frontal are placed the
portraits of our escelsos sovereign, in magnificent paintings, and below is the armchair in which you have
presided over the first gefe acts that are held. The Illustrated writer of article espositivo of the state of the
Philippine army, unto the end of the year 1849, published in the journal military, D. Miguel Regalado,
whose apreciantes news we take for the most part, said that these barracks are demanding major repairs,
if not the construction of new ones, and recommended for the case to be one or the other, the
construction of wards for the officers in all the barracks, as has already been done lately in Muíale. With
this would be achieved, that unto all hours were near déla troop, and they discharge of the expensive
slum dwellings increased from Manila, which increases for each day, diminish considerably amenities that
before could enjoy with their respective salaries.

97
The class of sergeants European must call also the attention by her interest feels; being the Spaniards,
who must, not only sustain, but propagate and estremar the spirit of the metropolis in the kind of troop.

Extruded of the class of cabos Peninsular, is precise that in the election is seek with sumo success it
honesty and an education advantageous, if lian of correspond with dignity a so important committed, and
that his condition, as such sergeants, is improve in proportion of them amenities of it of them last soldiers.

To these trifles is reduced as needs to reform in relation to an army that the successful efforts of its worthy
gefes, seconded by all classes, and to the powerful mobile emulation more noble, is a so much height,
which can compete for their discipline, subordination e instruction, mainland military and bright team,
with the more outdone in Europe.

This colony artillery body requires some more detention than the forces so far conveyed, to give about
the a historical overview of the variations that has experienced since the Islands became the domain of
Spain: in this order, we will serve official documents published in the Manila Guide for the year of 1850.

Artillery. The service of this weapon in the Philippine islands is as old as its discovery, although without
body form properly organised in a principle. In the year of 1739, consists that the strength of this weapon
is composed of a lieutenant general, with his Condestable, two assistants with salary, seven
supernumeraries and 36 artillerymen. By resolution of general Arandia, of 10 May 1755, organized four
brigades, whose strength augmented by new resolution of 18 September 1750, was arranged subject unto
the bases more convenient unto the needs and care of the service of that time. Later Carlos IV by its
ordinance of 10 December 1807, additional unto the general body published in the year 1802, was in a
brigade of four companies of the artillerymen veterans, three of unto foot and a horsemen; eight
companies of militias disciplined, an assistant greater for all troop veteran and militia, chaplain and
surgeon; 6 gefes and officers from flat greater optional and a section of the body of .account and reason
of artillery, which consisted of two Commissioners and two saved-warehouses. This section, such as mud
the body as a result of royal orders and higher provisions of H.E. Mr Director General of weapon, has had
increased and varied in name. The old classes of saved-warehouses are called in the day officers first,
second and third , with the respective considerations of Captains, lieutenants and Second Lieutenants of
the army; also the commissioners, according to their classes, are considered the gefes similar categories,
all with their respective offices. In consequence of this the template of these employees is a chief, another
second class, two officers first, two seconds, three third and three meritorious. More than innovations
espresadas, still esperimentó the artillery gun different alterations and shapes , as were those arising from
the Captaincy General of that colony, created by resolution of 28 November 1807, a company of workers
of Maestranza. The Royal Orders of 31 December 1826 and 21 May 1827, variáronla organization of the
brigade creating with her a battalion, and according to the latest of both royal orders, was being increased
by a colonel to first gefe the body. On the other Royal Order of 8 September 1812, was sent on increase
of another battalion of the artillerymen Europeans : and according to the of 19 April 1843, was organized
a brigade fingers companies, whose force came unto that square on 13 September 1844. According to
other real provisions, one of 10 January 1841, and another of 16 April 1843, is increased a colonel and
three lieutenant-colonels in class of loose to happen in the command unto the gefes owners: one of these
was in charge of the commander of the weapon of the Visayas Islands. Subsequently, by 28 September

98
1843, is increased another lieutenant colonel sub-director of the Maestranza, second commander of
artillery of the plaza of Manila : and by 27 October 1829 and regulation for the company of workers, of 9
February 1844, provided for the increase of two captains from flat may optional, the one for that
company; having another loose be secretary of the sub-inspection, according to the Royal Order of 1
September 1831.

By 21 November 1845 they have regained the name of brigades and batteries, battalions and companies
overseas, and virtue, of this Department called first Brigade and 2nd Brigade; which is called on the first
day espedicionaria, which previously only had this last classification. And lately by Real order of 11 of
November of 1848, is ordered set in these islands a factory of gunpowder, under the address of gefes and
official of the body; by whose reason is increased a Colonel, a Lieutenant Colonel and two captains, to
occupy them in the address, Sub-Directorate and service of the same, and workshops of the refining of
saltpeter and sulfur, with a Commissioner of second class, an official first and two official seconds, to play
the part of accounting in she. Consists because the Department currently, of a brigadier sub-inspector
Commander of he, four colonels, a first gefe of it first Brigade, another commander artillery of it square
and director of the Maestranza, another director of the factory of gunpowder and another in class of
loose, seven lieutenants colonels, one of them second gefe of it first Brigade, another first gefe of it second
Brigade , first espedicionaria, another second artillery commander give the square, and Deputy Director
of the Maestraza, another commander of the weapon in the Visayas Islands, another Deputy Director of
the gunpowder factory, and two loose, a first Commander, second Chief of the second Brigade first
espedicionaria, and nine optional senior captains: two of these in the batteries of the 2nd Brigade , first
espedicionaria; one Secretary of the Deputy inspection and two in the detail of the Maestranza and
company workers; two in the gunpowder factory, and two loose; consisting of his personal strength, in a
squad of eight batteries, two of them in a horse; another brigade of two batteries of Europeans, a
company's workers, and another militia artillery in the Mariana Islands, created by providence of this
Captaincy General on 28 June 1829 with the force of fifty and four seats. Have been estinguidas the eight
companies of militias that had the provinces of the Pampanga, Bulacan, Cavite, Tayabas and Zamboanga,
in virtue of superiors decrees of this government of 18 July 1859, 7 March 1841 and 21 July 1815. The
uniform that use the espresadas sections of the body is the same as the weapon itself used in Spain.

Therefore, resuming, we say that the body of artillery of this colony consists of two brigades of 800
squares: an of these brigades is is divided in eight batteries, two of them mounted; the another brigade
that is called espedicionaria, is composed of European and form two batteries of a foot, a company of
workers, and another of militias of artillery in the Islands Marian, with the endowment of 54 squares.

According to the regulation provisional, this body has a commander of the class of gefes of infantry, an
Assistant enabled and a Sergeant Brigade: is divided in six brigades sent by official of the army, of the class
of subordinates, low the immediate inspection of the general Deputy Inspector of the army.

Will finish the review of them forces land existing in Philippines, by them of engineers, a end of power us
extend something more on some of their particularities.

99
From them first times of it conquers existed in the Islands that us occupy engineers for the construction
of the fortifications. Consists that in the year of 1592 engineer Leonardo Ituriano directed the works of
the general area of Manila, and built the cindadela or strength of Santiago: subsequently gefes and
weapon officers, occurred without the organization that boy have, for not even constituted body with
special ordinances to the publication that it governed today , that were placed in plant on the Islands, in
the year of 1805. Since that time has been in Manila a command exempt constituted according to the
regulation that was given in 8 of February of said year 1805, additional wing Ordinance of engineers for
the division of Indian; continuing so until by Royal order of 2 of June of 1840, is declared it command,
address-Deputy inspection, performed by gefes of the class of brigadiers.

Besides the service of Manila have attended the officers of the weapon unto the works of Cavite, provided
that circumstances required fortification pasagera that point to what was an officer with the
corresponding instructions, according to verified still today, as it prevents the Royal Order of 22 March
1819, to arrange to fortify that square on a permanent basis.

In 1843, after created the gobiernoiiulendencia of The Visayas Islands, and increased the staff of the body
in the district of the Philippines, ordered His Excellency Captain General that became an officer to organize
the service of engineers in those islands; what took unto due effect, as also what determined the Mr
general engineer, sending a gefe unto Cebu and a captain unto Zamboanga. The uniform of the gefes and
officers of the body in these islands is the same that uses the weapon itself in the Peninsula. In addition
to the gefes and officers of engineers, we must mention the individuals of the hacienda military, those
who administer the flows destined to the bouquet. With this object, the mayors of army intended a
commissioner, a payer and one or more saved-warehouses unto every square, where they played their
positions subject to the rules of accounting of engineers approved by S. M. on 5 June 1839, implemented
in these islands in 1841. Ausilian also to the corps of engineers, in addition to the employees of the
hacienda military, other employees subordinates, which belong unto the two classes, and are called
teachers greater and warders, according to the rules of procedure adopted on 2 June 1837. These
employees enjoy immunity of engineers and use of uniform, which consists in the masters, in Casaca,
without bezel, blue-colored cloth turkey; neck, turns and lining idem, gallon of gold, smooth, inch width ,
on the edge of the neck , and a castle do the same, embroidery, unto each side , button golden with castle
and the slogan employee of engineers; skirt smooth without portfolios and four grenades of gold to the
eslremo of them; white pant, sword lisa dorada; three-cornered hat , without gallon, with clips, tassels of
gold and rosette; in the back of the manga the frogged hallmarks of its respective class. The warders used
the same uniform, with neck , turns and alive embodied, portfolio unto the Wallonia with three bolones.
The masters of works may also use the uniform of the past without frogged in the turns.

The company's workers of fortification of the Pampanga completes the picture of these forces. Your
organization has esperimenlado several alterations. By Real cédula of 18 of June of 1660, is reduced to
two companies of a hundred squares each a. In 1754 were regulated and endowed of official; putting
them to the orders of the engineer main Commander of the Real body of them Islands, the disposal of 19
of October of 1768. Was subsequently deleted the second company intended to plaza de Cavite; lu

100
decreased strength of the first which - exists in the capital, and suggested that its officers would be the
Legion and permanent Masters of works, in whose respective classes were approved by the Board of
fortification upon receipt and fulfillment of existing orders for engineers in the Philippines.

The existing company is currently composed of three officers and 80 individuals of troop: its officers do
not enjoy's more salary than the positions that play in the field of fortification. His uniform, blue jacket
without lapel, lining the same colour, neck, laps, cover, bars and incarnated living, blue door in the back,
with three buttons, portfolio walona wing, fagina, peaks and shovels embroidered on each side of the
neck, white button and morion with shield and cheeks, white gallon on top, incarnate pompon and white
pants.

Finally, in addition to army troops and forces before mentioned, each superior Chief of province have their
orders in the capital, a small detachment intended to ensure your safety, give the guard a House called
Real, and comply with the reference service to the public peace of the province. This force is called troop
of endowment, in reason to perceived salary, their number varies in almost all the provinces, according
to the importance political of each a. He number of them of this class existing in the archipelago, amounts
to some 85 official, on 80 sergeants, as ones 150 cabos, of 54 to 55 drums, and as ones 1 G 00 soldiers;
whose strength adds 1950 men's endowment, dependent on the military budget of the colony. In a way
that resuming the army of the Philippine Islands, is made up of five regiments of infantry, which usually
are always fitting in Manila; of them mentioned batteries of artillery, of the body of engineers, of the
regiment of cavalry hunters of Luzon, of them six regiments of militia Provincial disciplined, of them
sections of grenadiers of Marina, of the militia urban of the capital, of the body of police of safety public,
of them companies fixed of Zamboanga, of the of workers of fortification of the Pampanga , picture of
Lords gefes and replacement, and officers of the companies bodies francs that merit has done previously;
whose total strength amounts to about 20,500 men of army.

To complete the review of all it relative to the State military of them Islands Philippines subtract us still
talk of the marina. In the colony, which occupies us, two kinds of marine, one is titled Royal Marine, and
the other ausiliar or subtle.

The Governor and Captain General is the gefe top of deparlamento sea of these islands, and a special
tribunal composed of a secretary and an advisory board, annexd unto the same judges mud respect unto
him. There is a comandanle general of Rookery, an assistant major general of the same , a secretary of
the general command, a responsible of the bureau of Registration of the colony and a court composed of
presidenle, auditor, prosecutor and scribe. The Economic meeting of the Rookery is composed of a
president (Foot What is the general commander, five members and a secretary. The general body consists
of a brigadier it is-the general commander, a captain of navio, two captains of frigate , ten lieutenants of
navio , twelve lieutenants of navio, two marine guards of first class, two of second class , a commander
snb-inspector of the arsenal of Cavite, and a responsible of the detail. The body of the Ministry of Navy
consists of a minister financial controller, an officer 1, a 2. ° and another 3. the artillery of marina is unto
under the command of a lieutenant colonel, assistant mayor, and a sub-leniente; the infantry of the same,
to a lieutenant, assistant of arsenal and responsible for the troop of his body shipped and landed. The
body of physician-Navy surgeons consists of four seconds teachers.

101
The Navy subtle consists of six captains, 8 lieutenants and nine sub-tcnicntes. Individuals with honors from
navy officers subtle are fifteen captains, 6 lieutenants and twenty and four sub-tenientcs. The ports of
Luzon where there are captains are the following: Manila, where serves this deslino a lieutenant of navio
; llocos, a captain graduated from the navy subtle, and Pangasinan, a lieutenant graduated also of the
same. In the Visayas Islands (in Cebu) there is a Sub-delegate that what is the Governor Intendant: and a
Naval Captain subtle it is the port. In lloilo, a lieutenant with the rank of captain in the same marina, and
in Capiz another captain. In the Mariana Islands a Sub-delegate and a captain of the port.

There are also four people who enjoy distinctions in marina, a mayor, two auditors and a commissioner
computer, all fees.

To speak of Cavite, which is a population at sea of the most important in the archipelago, we turn as soon
as there are more worthy of attention, not only by respect unto his large and beautiful arsenal, but also
unto it comes unto the navy and subtle.

We believe that with the general ideas that we have outlined in this chapter, sufficient unto our view for
the brilliant state in which is located the army of our important possessions of Asia.

However, we do not wish to conclude this chapter, without expressing our opinion about the utility and
services provided by the navy ausiliar of the colony that we try. This was in fact the only that there was
some years ago, and thus it toward all the service of the Department ; but in the day , its usefulness is
limited, not only because the Royal Navy of the same has been increased , but because the organization
of that suffers from defects that require an urgent reform, if it is to continue the discharge of his duties
functions that it is entrusted. However, it is necessary to confess that the crews of the squadron ausiliar
or subtle composed usually of Indians vigorous and robust, chosen from among the most chosen of the
merchant navy, have provided on many occasions very good and recommendable services. This is more
meritorious; while these forces sent by indigenous people without the instruction and knowledge
essential to play wisely the destinations that in those domains are confident.

The Navy that defends the Philippine Islands is distributed usually in four divisions, each one of which
enjoys a manning of vessels provided unto the importance of the points that you are entrusted, and unto
the estension of costa that each one has to go. At the end of 1849 were stationed these divisions, the 1 in
the island of the Corregidor, located in front of the spout déla great bay of Manila; 2.° In Calamianes; 3. °
in Cebu and the 4. ° in Zamboanga; having also in Manila Bay three falúas, of which two are intended unto
the harbor-master, and the other at the service of the Navy, as will be seen by the following state.

State of the ships of the Navy of this colony, its strength and destination.

VAPORES Cañones Tripulacion Destinos

giratorios
Reina de Castilla 2 162 Para
Sebastian Elcano 2 90 toda
Magallanes 2 90 clase de
3 6 282 servicio

102
 FUERZAS SUTILES

Tripulacion
Pailebotes

cañoneras

Pedreros
Cañones
Lanchas

Faluas
DESTINOS

Division del Corregidor 0 0 2 2 12 58

Id. Calamianes 0 0 4 4 24 116
Id. Cebú 0 1 4 5 50 331
Zamboanga 1 2 7 10 60 413
Bahía de Manila 0 0 1 1 6 25
Capitanía del Puerto 0 0 2 1 3 68
Armados 1 3 20 23 140 1011
Desarmados 1 11 23 35 210 0
Marinería en el arsena 0 0 0 0 0 60
TOTAL GENERAL. 2 14 43 58 350 1071

NOTE. In addition to the maritime forces conveyed in the former State, there are those of the maritime
guard, consisting of 20 faluas, 2 canoes and other small boats, manned by 55 patterns and pilots and 456
sailors and cadets.

The Navy Sutil was created in 1775 to defend the coasts against, the incursions of the pirates and also to
make the war if necessary. In this concept, this armed in the day is almost entirely useless because unto
our view can only server of a weak resource; this is, for the transport of troops from one point to another
that is for what is generally used when there is an urgent case. Even for this service is of little value, as it
is known, in reason unto that their movements are very heavy to navigate with the fast that demands in
the day the invention of the vapors unto not be that ausiliada by these.

Made the overview of all military forces existing in the archipelago, anyone would admire to see how little
are to preserve and defend the considerable exposition of the territory subject to the Spanish domain.
However, this only serves to corroborate what the same estrangeros have understood; unto know, that
while the religion catholic and their ministers, with the specialty of the European missionaries, retain its
current influence on the spirit of the indians, are not necessary in the Philippines the troops to keep those
rich and fertile possessions unto the crown of Castile. These were conquered but rather by the zeal and
perseverance apostolic missionaries regular, that by force of arms. To its sweetness and gentleness should
the natural of the archipelago all the advances that have reached until a few years unto this part in all
branches of human knowledge, and unto his special request and insomnia, should our homeland the
considerable service of having earned the estimate and the respect of indigenous people. Removed the
indians filipinos of its primitive barbarism by means of the light of the Gospel; instructed in the religion of
the Crucified One, have always been so submissive and obedient

Unto the authorities and especially unto the voice of the religious missionaries who, if on occasion have
lacked unto his duties, has been sufficient the sweet é irresistible persuasion of those prudent ministers,

103
to disarm the anger of thousands of Indians revealed. - such is the powerful influence that in the spirit of
the indians those to whom with so much property as justice call them parents! Nothing estrañar presents
this if one takes into account that the same healthy patients are always unique and beneficial protectors,
cooperate on all occasions and by all means unto his physical well-being and morale. If it is necessary to
strengthen our opinion, we could cite different writers who have preceded us, which not only have
sustained the same ideas that we, but some have advanced much more, trying to the services of the
missionaries regularly in the Philippines.

Let us look at with this motive which said Mr D. Thomas Comin in its recommended work, on the state of
the colony that occupies us. "Of little would have served (said in a paragraph of that) the value and
constancy so matured unto these natural Legaspi and their worthy colleagues, if it had not come unto
consolidate company the apostolic zeal of the missionaries. These were the real conquerors, which no
other weapons that their virtues are attracted the wills, they love the Spanish name, and gave the king as
by miracle two million more of souls (which in the day amount ácuatro), submissive and Christian: these
were the legislators of the barbarian hordes that inhabited the islands of esle vast archipelago.' In another
place says the same author, habland of parish priests regular and about the concept that the indians have
formed of them, that as the parish priest regulate is the comforter of the afflicted, the peacemaker in
families, the promoter of the useful ideas, and the example of everything good: as shines forth in him the
liberality and le venios Indians alone in the middle of them, without relatives, without traffic and always
busy in its greater capacity, are accustomed to live happy under his direction fatherly, and deliver their
full confidence. Owner of this fate of their wills, nothing is done without the Council, or by better to say,
without the consent of the cure: the mayor or gobernadorcillo, to receive an order from their mayor or
Corregidor, comes before all unto take leave of the Father, and this in fact is the one who tacitly puts the
cúmpiase. The father ditch or directs the lawsuits of the people: he makes the writings; passes unto the
capital to advocate for their Indians; opposed their pleas contraías violence of the alcades older, and
handles it all unto measure of its desire : In a word, it is not permissible that may have human institution
unto a time so simple and so firmly founded, and that so many advantages could be drawn for the State
as the who is admired with reason lay in the plant, by the zealous efforts of the regular of these islands."
not to see in what we have just to manifest a spirit blind of flattering toward the respectable class to which
we belong, attempt we pour the view Other eminent patricios before our time, on the advantages of the
Philippine archipelago of the conservation of the European missionaries. In this way they have tried also
the prudent governors and general captains of that Cologne, D. Pedro chamois, D. José Gardoqui, D.
Manuel González, D. José Ba seo and Vargas , Don Rafael Maria Aguilar, Mariano Folgueras., D. Juan
Antonio Martinez, Mariano Ricafort, D. Pascual Enrile and several others, those who have directed
energetic expositions unto S. M. and the Supreme Council of the Indies, asking the remission of
missionaries regular unto those domains. The test more undeniable , not only useful but until the required
that are in the Philippines the European religious, is located in a multitude of things of the greatest
importance unto that serve those, commissioned by the top government of the colony, which has placed
its trust in them, as the sentinels more vigilant of the same.

Made this slight digression, we are going to finish this article with a brief overview of the state most of
the squares of the Philippine Islands, organized by Royal Decree of 5 September 1845. The Manila is

104
composed of H.E. Mr Governor and Captain General of the colony, the lieutenant of king, which is the
class of colonels, of Sergeant Major of the seconds commanders, and five assistants, of the graduations
of captain of the first , two lieutenants the seconds and two second lieutenants third. The Real force or
strength of Santiago, in the same plaza, which serves as a state prison, is unto charge oj a governor, who
is a captain of infantry, with the denomination of Spanish, and an assistant, which is a second lieutenant
with the rank of lieutenant. The Fort of San Antonio Abad is sent by another Spanish, with the use of
second lieutenant. In the plaza of Cavile bay a governor, of the class of colonels, a sergeant major of the
captains, and two assistants of the lieutenants and second lieutenants. In the Mariana Islands is a
Governor Lieutenant Colonel cash of infantry and a sergeant major first assistant captain of the same
weapon. In the Visayas, a government-inspectorate, whose destiny plays a brigadier, with a sergeant
major, and an assistant, the graduation of captain that and Second Lieutenant it. In the square and
presidio Zamboanya, a colonel graduated, Lieutenant Colonel cash, of infantry, a sergeant major with the
employment of captain, and a second commander, Lieutenant cash of infantry.

In addition are added to the same state greater by various royal orders the gefes of military governments
and political: the province of Carayá, which serves a lieutenant-colonel cash of chivalry; the lloilo, a colonel
cash of infantry; the Albay, a lieutenant-colonel graduated, Captain Cash of chivalry; the Camarines Sur, a
colonel cash of infantry; the Samar, a lieutenant-colonel graduated, Captain Cash of infantry; the Antique,
a Captain Cash of infantry; the Capis, a captain from flat greater optional artillery; the Tayabas, a Captain
Cash of infantry; the new Vizcaya, a lieutenant colonel, commander cash of infantry; and that of the open,
a lieutenant-colonel graduated, Captain Cash of infantry. It should be noted about the respective
graduations of the sugetos that play these destinations, which are not precisely annexd the nature of
these destinations, and that only we mention them because they provide an idea'de consideration of the
same jobs.

Subtract (Réstanos) only mention before concluding, the provincial company of invalids, organized by
regulation formed under the Royal Order of 1G of November 1760, which consists of a first gefe that what
is lieutenant of king of the plaza of Manila, a commander who is a captain, five second lieutenants, two
sergeants, three capes and ten and seven soldiers.

To ensure that all military forces that has been merit, can be used with advantage the time it remains free
of their respective obligations, acquiring with advantage of service a corresponding instruction unto their
classes, unto proposal of the Captaincy General of those islands, S. M. is served to approve by Royal Order
of 15 February 1816, the establishment of a Military Library, which has been located in the ground floor
of the Seminary of San Carlos, under the direction of a board composed of the gefes the bodies of all
weapons, chaired by His Excellency General sub-inspector of that army. This library must be open seven
to twelve in the morning all (lees, esccpto on Sundays and other holy days of obligation. Is unto charge of
a librarian, which is at present an infantry captain in withdrawn.

Economic and administrative. The public finances of the Philippine islands began with the conquest; but
in a manner truly negative, in whose state was supposed to remain long time, taxing no little unto the
metropolis far from pay advantage whatsoever. The Spanish crown, however , did not spare means or
sacrifice by consolidating your domain in them; knowing very well how advantageous had of serlos results,

105
once placed the colony in the height that since then you could wait for their future. At that time were
negligible their productions natural; more insignificant even the consumption which is made of the effects
of the peninsula, and therefore null their trade. The administration of public finances was an integral part
of the powers of the Governor-captain general of the colony, and as this bouquet is the basis of all the
calculations on the happiness of the country, because nothing can be undertaken without funds should
be tambiem the main object of his efforts. Meanwhile the úmcosjn progress that for a long time were
obtained, consisted in the products of the tribute that capitation was imposed unto the natives of the
country, to step that this was subject; in the little that the rights of almojarifazgo came unto produce in
some islands almost without trade and in La alcabala who paid the conquistadors, who had settled in the
new domains. Not being sufficient these revenues to cover the large expenditure caused a colony so far
away, it was necessary to make an annual allocation of 250,000 pesos on the boxes of Mégico that also
stood unto the end of the last century the great cost of the fortification of Manila. In 1784 was already
taking another movement public finances, and also gave a new way unto his administration. Then organize
particularly this bouquet; downloading to the captain general governor of his immediate knowledge. The
effect is created first a General Superintendence of finance and a Intendance of army. Then became
established four other intendants subordinate, called, of New Scgovia, New Cáceres, Arévalo and Cebu,
which, in accordance with the aforementioned Superintendency, debian direct public finances in the
entire archipelago. These measures do not had to correspond very well unto his object with the results, if
you are to judge by what little lasting were; confiriéndose shortly the charge of governors unto those who
had obtained such intendants. However , not remained nor the administration of a stable as before, and
since then it was receiving numerous alterations, to step (foot the hacienda was proceeding. In 1829 it
was decided again the separation of top government and the administration of the treasury ; resetting to
your address the former superintendence.

Meanwhile the increase that had been announced in this bouquet, finally arrived to completely change
the economic aspect of the colony, and their income not only enough to cover all the attention and local
needs increased by the increase of military forces, but still began to leave a surplus of some consideration
in the treasury. Many and various were the circumstances which led to the achievement of so happy
transformation. The increase in the population , and therefore the taxs; the establishment of the Office
of Manila ; the new income rcsullivas the estancación of tobacco and wine; the opening of the port of
Manila to flag eslrangero, which facilitated the estraccion of indigenous products ; the enhancement
result of agriculture and the importation of all kinds of effects to meet the needs that creates public
wealth, were the main causes of this movement. To all this can be added as a circumstance also favorable,
free estraccion of rice, only fruit that is allowed to sell legally in China , and that pays unto money ;
therefore stimulated strongly the natural indolence of Indian, has multiplied the production of this genre
to a point amazing. Gathered all these causes offer a future of rising wealth unto the individuals, and
considerable income for the boxes public.

To specify then each of thé rents created in the islands, for greater understanding of our readers, we will
make a brief description of the changes that have taken place since its inception. Let us look at before the
current order of administration.

106
In charge of the superintendent runs the administration of public finances in the entire country that
occupies us, under the natural recognition of the vice-patronato Real that is vested the captain general.
The superintendent as first gefe of the administration is the ex officio President of all the seals relating to
public finance, except the call of military budgets, whose presidency belongs to the captain general or
that makes your times; being the superintendent one of the members of this board. The corporations that
supcrinlente chairs are the court of the inspectorate and superintendence; the higher board for litigation
of the Royal Treasury; the upper seal of the leadership of the same ; the rates; the oj auction sales;
competences; the business civilians of the Treasury, the Court of Auditors and the advisory and appeal of
the same branch. The superintendent also has among its functions, the presiding over everything
concerning the General Commissariat of the war; the military hospital in Manila; warehouses of the
reserve and provisions of the places in Manila, Cavite, Zamboanga, é Mariana Islands, and the Treasury
General of the army. Of his charge is also the send pay withdrawals unto the employees, the media salaries
unto the military, and pensions unto the people who enjoy. Its authority is the place and leave
unemployed unto the employed to less of its bouquet ; but for the separation of certain category, need
real approval; while in certain serious cases is in its powers to lay them off. Finally is the one that I address
the administration and collection of all branches of the Hacienda.

About the different income that constitute public funds of the colony, the first of these is the taxs
mentioned above. These constitute the income that before we must occupy, by its nature of direct taxs,
taxing people. Divídense taxes in different classes that are the following:

TRIBUTES OF NATIVES. This tax is as old as the reduction of the Philippines to the Spanish domain: is
identical to that under the same name is required unto the natural domains of America: only is paid by
the indigenous people or Indians; being the only direct taxes that are taxed. The reason for this tribute is
not contituida by territorial wealth or industrial that may possess individuals; since no account is taken of
the particular situation for this: the wise laws of the Indies was present, that, in a country so privileged by
nature as the Philippine archipelago, and in a situation Virgin as one in which you will find all the branches
of their wealth, for desconocerlos in their baseness natural, the only capital that could be considered as
taxable was the job : By this is imposed the tribute by capitation, and became payable in effects or
products of this work, for which this come unto be a necesidaden indigenous peoples against the prostrate
and vicious Carelessness, they prints the climate. For the same reason was that it was general and uniform
for the entire indigenous population. In its origin paid each family 8 Rs. Silver in currency or in previous
effects valued, for which it had already present productions that more convenient develop, and unto
whose favor was necessary to draw the attention of the indigenous ; prefiriéndolas in the payment of
taxes. The need to cope unto considerable expenditure forced unto a larger quota until 10 Rs. or are 25
Rs. vn.

A family is understood to mean any individual who passes from 20 years, its muger é children until they
reach unto this age male, or unto the 25 being females, if before they are not married ; ceasing the
obligation to pay the tax unto the 60 years of age.

Are also exempt from paying the tributó heads of barangay, their mugeres é children firstborn, and if they
do not have children, the person that they adopt in its place, but not the remaining family of the house;

107
so that the exemption includes tribute and medium; because each person represents half tribute; and
enjoy it for a period of three years, or the time that they serve their employment, reduced to raise the 40
or 50 taxs to make up their respective cabecerías, and unto play in them municipal functions.

They are also exempt from paying the tribute to the soldiers who have served a certain number of years,
which have undertaken some particular merit in the promotion of industry and agriculture, and some
other graced by just causes.

If for taxes that would have to be deducted the population of the Philippine Islands , could be incurred in
errors of consideration , subject unto the calculations of the peninsula. In this is presumed each
household, fire or neighbor, five individuals; but the prodigious fertility of the mugeres Indias and the ease
of maintaining their children, makes the families are much more numerous: commonly estimated eight
individuals per family; but this is somewhat exaggerated about families Philippines, may think that come
only unto seven. In respect of the proportion that exists between those that pay tribute and those that
are exempt from satisfy it believes will be 50 of these per 1000 of those. The authorities délas islands,
penetrarlas the consequences é disadvantages that result brings this execion , since it accompanies the of
all personal services, recharging with them unto the classes do not exempt, seek to reduce as far as
possible the privileged, correcting abuses that may have been introduced in damage of the procomunal
and prejudice to the public treasury.

The laws of the Indies, estremadamente beneficial in general for the Indians, is particularized even more
respect of the Philippines , that with respect unto the Americas, by be less the tribute pointed out unto
the first, that the given unto the latter.

Acúsase unto the indians filipinos, as unto other Asian nations, a estremada indolence, and that only by
forcing them can be achieved that is devoted to industrial employment or unto the agriculture. To achieve
this object, were left free to pay their taxs in money or in effects, as is said; more to forestall at the same
time as the payment to be done in a way perpetual and esclusivo in these, they were subjected to a tariff
of prices commonly low. This system had always produced the best results, if the gefes of province had
always been fair and jealous of the good of the metropolis and the colony. In addition to the natural
advantages of this system, nor would have been very easy, at the time of the conquest and subsequent
reduction, separated from this path. The cash was not sufficient to pay taxs in cash and even suponiéndolo
enough, it was necessary to create in the country objects that use it. The conquerors were especially
atenidos unto estender in the islands the limits of the domination of the metropolis. Reduced a large part
of the country, was divided into provinces, unto whose front were mayors greater and corregidores, which
at the same time were captains unto war: dirigiéronse missions for planting and eslender the seeds of
true religion: unto the mayors greater and corregidores, as well as unto the governors of squares and
castles, assisted them with troops, which today preserved the denomination of manning of the provinces:
habiase to attend unto the maintenance of these, mayors, religious missionaries, the garrison of Manila,
all employees military and political, and even at the beginning of all Spaniards who passed unto these
islands, that unto a time were soldiers, judges, administrators and traders; and as The tributes were not
what they are today, all could be invested in these emergencies, although they were paid in grains and
effects, without leaving surplus.

108
There are those who have found even mistaken this wise provision of payment in effects, and has said,
that misconceptions could not see that was the source of irritants harassment, and insurmountable
obstacle, which was opposed to the achievement of what so fervently desired; because the step that with
these wrong means they wanted to reach the increment of agriculture oj the islands, unto that both invites
the feracidad of its soil, are precluded their development, prohibiting the eslraccion of fruits, particularly
rice, for fear whenever unto the estraccion free happen their lack and consequent misery; so that, while
with one hand they wanted to promote agriculture, and to force the Indian Filipino unto be laborious, You
are to pay the tribute in effects, with the other is abandoning the true spring of his application, which was
the stimulus délas profits that should cause your work; what had been undoubtedly achieved , as after
was achieved, allowing the free sale and eslraccion the fruits that could reap. Evil have known the matter
that have treaty which Asi se espresan ; because it is not a forced unto the Indians off the tribute in effects,
but rather they are adinilian unto low prices and with the inconvenience of transport. If it did not protect
the cultivation of rice, giving value to these payments and allowing their free esportacion, was because it
should not be done, while convenient introducing and strengthening other productions more useful unto
the metropolis: asi achieved, had the time to return the a view on this production, which was already the
main object of the indigenous. The introduction of the ideas of trade between the natural should be the
result of the creation of new knowledge and needs in the same; what was the first effort of the civilizing
radiance of the islands. The money paid in cash, in addition to prevent the damage from the low estimate
of the grains and purposes contained in the tariff, economizaba expenditure of driving and other
accidents; everything that toward quite beneficial this payment.

It has also been opposed unto this system the complication and the costs that produced the collection,
and scree of grains and effects from the peoples unto the capitals of provincial and freight from the pass
unto the warehouses of Manila, in addition to the risks of the trip, undermining by loss, loss of grains etc.
But all that is only in favor of the care with which the gentlemen of the colony sought to make bearable
unto indigenous people the only part that could be expensive to your domain. The sensible that had to
occur was only the introduction of abuses that were not slow to appear: abundance of erect from taxs
exceeded then unto his application, leaving considerable surplus, that were put on sale, to reduce them
unto cash. Then appeared openly the punishable handling of several gcfes of provinces, and the
government, with these antecedents, had informed espedientes, which conlroverliese if babria or not the
desirability and reciprocal utility for the taxpayers and the public purse, in that were inclined but unto
these unto pay in cash; having contracted the provisions and costumes of the troop; refraining from the
warehouses and suviniéndose with metallic unto the needs of parish priests.

Hearing the authorities of the islands, the estinguido Council of the Indies, the section of the same title in
the deleted the Royal Council, the Council of Government, and Attorneys unto cuts of the Philippines,
provided the Government with all the instruction appetizing, by Royal Order of 10 December 1833: 1 to
leave unto the Indians in complete freedom to pay their tribute in kind or in money, or in one, and in
another, as allowed the laws, and that, when they verify in species, they received for the price natural
that had adjusted to current value at the time of the harvest; vanándose to effect the rates that until then
had governed. 2.° that demonstrated the desirability and need to reduce single unto money payment of
stipends unto the parish priests and doctrineros, egecutase asi, according to a classification made by the

109
Board of the Royal Treasury of the Islands on 26 June 1820. 3. That the provisioning of the army be verified,
investing in him the portion of palay (arros with shell), which was given to the clergy, until it could take to
effect the supply by means of contracts individuals.

From the espedicion of this Royal Order , which it seems was issued against the object that had motivated
the procedures; as far to curtail unto the Indians the power to pay taxs in effects , favored this payment;
as the evil was just in the abuse, and had already expressed the development of the industry, was
improved successively the administration of the bouquet of tributes, recaudándose these usually in
money, lessens unto proportion your collections in grains, providing that these are deployed in rationing
the troops of endowment of the provinces , to keep prisoners and presidarios, and in some other similar
objects.

The mayor, by communication of 16 August 1838, was part of that in the provinces, which included the
island of Luzon, was paid because the tribute in cash, less in three of them which met in one and another,
which were those of llocos South, llocos North and Tayabas whose provinces we understand that also
verifying this already in cash. In the first two of these provinces , had raised part in money and parteen
rice pinagua, or shelled, and this unto will of taxpayers, admitiéndoseles at the price of 2 reais silver for
basket of fifteen gantas, that is 5 RS, CABAN (1);

(1) The caban contains soon a bushel castellana; this 25 gantas, and each ganta 8 Chupas can be
appreciated.

Value that is considered sufficient in times common to obtain the tribute, because having to pay pipes ,
storage , Employees , declines and freight until it is in the capital where has application, it would be very
burdensome unto the Hacienda if you pay more. In the province of Tayabas had paid the tribute in brea;
but having no other immediate implementation that the attentions of the arsenal of Cavite, or estimate
some outside it, were stocks very considerable; esperimentándose irremediable losses for damage due to
time and unto the insects.

With regard to the other provinces covered by the other islands, called Visayas, only those of antique and
Capiz paid part in cash and part in palay, that they paid unto 2 Rs. caban, right price unto his quality and
unto the accuracy that will defray the consequential costs just put it in the capital or in another point
where be allocated; but, however its low price, not corresponded to the equivalent value of the tribute.

By that esposicion Intendant will be observed as it had simplified the management of this income, thanks
to the development of industry and trade of natural, already managed to collect more amount of cash ;
because in reality only five provinces left to pay the tribute completely in cash. Thus the illustration and
trade have gradually replaced, in the effects, unto the wise provision primitive in favor of labor, and both
principles, having esplicado so favorably, just complete the work to reduce the tribute unto metal, as
appropriate to the administration of the country, without coercion of any kind; it is also very beneficial
unto the natural.

In addition to the tribute paid by the indians natural real means by each person or a real by each tribute
integer, by reason of the tithes prediales, instead of what they would meet for objects of worship and

110
other attentions annexd unto this contribution; a real to the bottom of box of community, and three royal
for the expenses of the churches with the name of Sanclorum, so that the direct tax which meet the
natural is the following :

By the tribute , real silver……………… 10

By tithe……………………………….. 1
For the housing of community…………….. 1
For the Sanctorum. . . ………………… 3
Total real silver………………………. 15

By the total value of the taxs that it is not permissible to deduce exactly the number of these without
incurring serious error; since for this calculation were true it would be necessary that all are paid in cash;
what still is not verified, although lack little to be achieved, and to be met part in effects and grains, some
of which are not equivalent to the value of the tribute, it is impossible to get that result by means of total
values.

TRIBUTE OF MESTIZOS. What was said previously, when dealing with the tribute of the natural, can also
be applied to that meet the mestizos, (whose name was given unto the sons of sangleyes or Chinese) with
the only difference being double, least in respect unto the box of community and Sanctorum; since the
same pays the mestizo that the indian. What this means satisfied of contribution that is the following:
By the tribute, real silver………………… 20
By tithe……………………………….. 2
For the housing of community………………… 1
For the Sanctorum……………………. 3
Total real silver……………………………… 26

TITHE OF RESERVED. Those who by reason of age or by privilege are exempt from paying the tribute, only
satisfy the tithe in the terms already mentioned.

DONATION OF ZAMBOANGA. This bouquet is another direct tax which satisfies the population Philippine,
paying unto reason of real means by each tribute. It was established under decree gives the upper seal of
the islands, given on 20 February 1655, without doubt to meet the defense of the plaza, and unto the
expenses originated in the war, that on this occasion and the conquest of the island of Joló, undertook
the general D. Sebastian Hurtado de Mendoza.

VINTAS. As a result of incursions by the Moors in the coasts of the Philippine archipelago, and to prevent
the harassment that these caused, agreed the natural of the province of Bulacan, in seals held in the
capital on 50 October and 10 December 1781, that aprontarían unto his espensas two boats, with the
name of Vintas; and to meet the expenditure, which should produce, established the Voluntary tax of real
means to ailo by each tribute, whose provision was approved by the senior authorities of the islands on 7
January 1782; preventing that it be carried separate account of this contribution , with the intervention

111
of the Board, which had flown, without prejudice to submission unto the Own higher authorities, for your
knowledge.

It is not enough the real means flown to attend to the object that had proposed the province, increased
the contribution in a ganta palay by tribute, which adopted the superiority by decree of 19 July 1784.

The province of Bulacan joined the Pampanga for the payment of the contribution, being the only two
provinces that meet; and as it was provincial and voluntary, no knowledge had legally it employees of
public finances , or entered in the boxes of this their products, until in 1795 it was decided that those
understood in the review and final settlement of the accounts. In hand of 1829 the Board of tariffs, created
under Royal Order of 6 April 1828, asked about the suppression of the tax of Vintas then which were
established the right of cabotage ; and although the offices reported favorably , has not been done
variation , however that on 10 December 1829 established the espresado right , which have since been
deleted.

CAPITATION OF CHINESE. Those established in this colony are the most taxed of all its inhabitants.

In 1828, the government, with the presence of a memory that addressed to him a hearer of the hearing
of Manila, manifesting the large utilities that managed the Chinese or sangleyes in trade that made in the
Philippines, as said , with prejudice to the Spaniards and mestizos, and esponiendo , that the tribute paid
to six drives per year was very stingy compared with their earnings and with what were required in Java ,
Singapore and other colonies of Asia, where they are allowed to trade, arranged in 6 April of that year:

1. ° that the superintendent Sub-delegate of Finance of the Philippines proceed immediately to reform
the general electoral rolls of Chinese or sangleyes located in those islands, distributing them in cabecerías,
as were the Indians.

2.° that heads of barangay Chinese afianzasen the tribute of their respective cabecerías, and levied and
handed over to the mayor of the province: responding in all event of the residence and occupation of
their tributantes , and gaining 3 per 100 of Commission pointed out unto the mayors older.

3. that all Chinese are divided into three classes: 1. °, traders by greater; it is understood as such, those
who send genres or effects unto the United estrangeras, or provinces of the archipelago Indian, or the
receipt of the same by your account or in commission. 2. ° Traders retail or shopkeepers, surliesen of the
warehouses of the capital or of the provinces and 3° craftsmen of all kinds.

4.° to pay the first class 10 strong pesos monthly contribution, four the second and two third.

5.° to leave in freedom unto all Chinese based to return unto his country, not being married in the
Philippines ; giving to this the term of six months.

6.° that the Chinese of any class that does not pay its quota in three months, surrender unto the owners
of the farms to work by a jornal conventional, that I could not lose two royal silver newspapers and the
food of rice; paying the landowner to mayor [concerned, with the amount of the Jornal, the contribution
of two pesos a month.

112
This provision altered entirely the spirit of the legislation on the Chinese, directed constantly to prevent
their being used in the trade, which however had generally been its occupation. The authorities of Manila
instructed a voluminous espediente to egecutar government orders, overcoming difficulties and resolving
many and serious doubts that offered its realization.

Considering that had a large number of Chinese, which materially do not earn what is necessary to provide
a small and frugal food unto you are accustomed, and that could not absolutely pay the two pesos a month
brought unto the third class, established another fourth, that i should pay only a weight monthly.

The Jornal of two royal silver newspapers, who believed the government could pay the landowners unto
the Chinese, that they repartiesen because they did not meet the tribute, graduated da escesivo, both by
be little unto purpose; the Chinese for agricultural work , as because the Indians, who were employed in
them , earned much less , and chose as a resource which employ unto the above-mentioned Chinese in
the public works and fortification; espulsándolos if unto the three months did not pay the tribute.

Nor could they get no Chinese give unto be head of barangay, by the responsibility they had of getting to
pay the tribute of all individuals who compusieran their respective cabecería; and as nearly all of the
chinese resides in the outskirts of Binondo, Santa Cruz, and Tondo, commissioned by the superintendent
of the corregidor of these peoples, which formed the padrón, that board were to make the designation
of classes, and that the mayors higher charge the tribute.

These provisions have resulted, 5708 Chinese, of whom were domiciled 5279 in the province or district of
Tondo, and the rest in Cavite and other points of the island of Luzon existed, and belonging to 7 in the
first class of wholesale traders; 166 to the second, tradesmen; 4509 to the third, of owners, teachers or
directors of factories or workshops, and 850 to the fourth, of operators or laborers; leaving 190 free from
the payment of tribute, by esceder of 60 years and other circumstances of the mentioned in the laws.

The realization of the tribute offered immense difficulties: more than 800 Chinese preferred to return to
their country; 1085 escaped to the mountains, where they found shelter and protection in natural,
considered that his misfortune stemmed from his misery; and 453 were allocated to public works, for not
having the means to afford the journey to their homeland or to pay tribute. The Mayor, eyewitness to
these results, made a strong representation to the Government, in December 1831; and in 10 of August
of 1831 is authorized a that gefe to verify the fundraising low them bases that you seemed more
conciliatory, a end of that, without prejudice of them interests of the State, is aliviase in it possible the
luck of them Chinese that ' had little possibility ds pay the tribute; preventing you further, that form and
forwarded to the Ministry the appropriate records for the suitable decision on the fate of these people as
active as it is indolent indio, so industrious, so worthy in sum, any appreciation of the metropolis, that can
be considered you a great element of development colony.

Views them different classes of them tributes that weigh directly on them people, are going to review
them taxes that taxed them things; whereas first those that have a character more general; and passing
after a them productions particulars that enrich the hacienda of the colony.

113
HALF ECCLESIASTIC AND SECULAR ANNUAL INCOMES, AND ECCLESIASTIC STIPENDS. The Íngresos for
these branches come from the same origin that in the Peninsula, and its collection is identical.

FIFTH OF GOLD. The part that the public Treasury Department corresponds á in the gold, which gathers in
the mines ó his laundry rooms, producing a small sum, constitutes this branch.

PREDIAL TITHES OF THE HOUSEHOLD CHORES. It has already been said that the Indians and half-caste
ones pay the tithe because of real way for person, equivalent á a real one for entire tax. The predial so
called household chores tithes, there are the only direct contribution that there satisfy belonging á few
Spanish who dedicate its wealths á this grangería, as well as the possessed ones by churches, you will
regulate, chaplaincies, brotherhoods and communities. As the above mentioned household chores are
not very important, and on the other hand only they decimate the rice, the wheat, the indigo and the
sugar, the values of this branch are slightly considerable.

Warehouses. Under this title enters the rental of some State buildings intended unto this object.

Cockfighting. Is this indirect tax what is required per entry unto all the people that attend unto the
galleras, to witness the fight of roosters, as well as the rental of the sites or preferred seating, which, as
well as in the theaters, there are those, and also some other uses own of the function. In a principle was
administered this bouquet by account of the Hacienda; but some years ago that runs, part in
administration, and part per seat, which is sold to the highest bidder in the auctions. The government,
noting the increase of values obtained by this means seeking a convenient way to its generalization.

It also should be cited here are the products of the botica military, those of the bulls, which refer to the
Peninsula each biennium, stamped paper, conceptualizes necessary, sent in the same way as those, the
means of depreciation and the discounts that are made unto the individuals of different ministries by
reason of their respective pious mounts.

ALCAICERÍA OF SAN FERNANDO. The alcaicería of San Fernando was founded a proposal of D. Fernando
Mier y Noriega, by lleal card 7 September 1758. Customs Administration was established it in May 6, 1782.

It alcaicería is property of the State and its object is place them crews of them chanpanes Chinese that
arrive a Manila, and few passengers arrive a said port of the same nation; forcing les a remain in it
alcaiceria until return a your country or ask license for establish is in Philippines.

What the Chinese pay during his tenure in the alcaicería and the arrandamiento of the Pontine are means
which provide some income. Similar i these are known still several others incomes of little importance as
are two fourth parts of beginning, post, rights of the Secretariat of Government, and of the quartermaster,
and penalties of camera, whose products vary annually.

These incomes stagnant or the productions that enrich the purse of the colony, are the following:

114
Tobacco. To the far-sighted policy of captain general D. José Basco must be the establishment of this
income, one of the most lucrative of the islands, whose immediate result unto bit has been set, was that
the obligations of the colony and its political existence, far from being dependent as before an assignment
made unto his favor by the metropolis, to ensure advantageously ; offering in the following years very
notable increase, with well-founded indications of greater that was susceptible.

In 1781 it was established that income, and unto the beginning of 1782, estendió Wings 17 provinces in
which was distributed then the island of Luzon.

It is easy to calculate the resistance that was found to raise this income, both from the effect of the general
opinion that graduated from after foolhardy to the project, as so sensitive that was supposed to be unto
the natural elements and the obstacles always renacientes of smuggling. It was certainly hard to deprive
suddenly unto the indigenous people of the faculty, which until then had enjoyed, to grow without
restriction a plant, with whose use were connaturalizados since childhood, in terms of conceptualized
between them almost as of first necessity. But there was no other means, if you had to perform the idea
economic of that worthy governor, but the tight, prohibiting simultaneously on the island of Luzon the
planting and cultivation of this plant, reducing it unto the narrow limits of some districts, the more unto
purpose to achieve abundant and good harvests. If unto this adds the accuracy that is put unto consumers
to pay unto risen price a genre that until then had acquired with comfort, there was a need to agree that
the company was arduous and risky in a great way.

But of all triumphed the perseverance and wisdom of Captain General, convinced without doubt that it
had to reach a day in which the colony pay for its obligations with its own resources. The events have
proved the accuracy of its calculation. For the achievement of this object there was no alternative but to
adopt this measure, or recharge the tax of the taxes, or seek new income and the increase of incomes by
indirect means; with all this less unto purpose and more difficult for the watertight and the tobacco
monopoly.

In the beginning they were indicated as districts, where its cultivation was allowed, Gapan, in the province
of the Pampanga, some of that in Cagayan, and the small island of Marinduque, although in the latter two
points are harvested in insignificant amount. However pregnancies that surround unto all new company,
since the year 1808, the liquid profit, which the branch left annually, were going on from 500,000 five-
peseta coins.

As these utilities in the income stagnant must be proportionate to the capital to be paid, it is clear that,
sitting the percent that offer of advantage, will be these in last result much more important the greater
the capital to invest, whose limits should be set for the sales. In the Philippines was achieved by fortune,
that imports of demands for estraccion and from consumption interiors exceed unto the crops, however
what is espendia of smuggling, bypassing the vigilance of the guards. This increase in sales was a natural
consequence, which the authorities seek to increase the planting and stockpiles, working with caution so
as not to give in two harmful estreñios, unto know; not to leave the sufficient spare parts to the
consumption, if unlimited allowed estraccion, or to allow the planting in districts not conducive, with risk
of altering the desirable proportion éntrelos spare parts and needs.

115
The supply of tobacco in the Islands was of the greatest interest and of the greatest importance, and
therefore that was stalled a genre that the country produces almost spontaneously, the authority would
have been unforgivable if it had come to miss by little foresight; also the risk that ran the public
tranquillity, if for some time it had lacked of this plant, whose use is necessary to Indians nothing short of
rice. It was therefore necessary to adopt measures that they precaviesen these evils, and the effect is had
always a spare 170,000 bales a reason of 85,000 (1) annual, that are calculated to cover the local needs.

(1) bale regularly weighs 53 pounds Castilian.

Like that it followed until 1828, in whose time is verified a novelty very important in this income, whose
influence not is limited as only a Philippines, but was deployed to the Peninsula. One give them leading
authorities from Manila, which coincidentally was traveling through the province of Cagayan, noted the
large increase that could have the production of tobacco in the province, and to prove it drafted a report
which, having no doubt convinced a the gefes of Islands, forced them to take appropriate measures, to
be effected as proposed. The more full and happy success was not far from intended expectations; and
the first vintage produced 80,000 bales, when was rooted the idea of that the maximum that could
produce the provincial of Cagayan is reduced to 22,000. But so happy trial was not more than the
announcement of the production that it is susceptible to that province; in subsequent years he has given
up to 100,000 and more bales, which can have considerable increase if need demanded it onwards.

Not is limited a it single abundance of them crops of that province them advantages that offers the culture
of the tobacco in Cagayan; because concurs in he the triple advantage of produce it top in quality, get it a
more modest price, and harvest is in land that requires expenses of shelter infinitely minor, compared
with which cause it collection of the of Gapan.

The distinguished captain general D. Pascual Enrile in a report that about the incomes and expenditures
of the Islands gave to the Government dated April 12, 1858, said that tobacco from Gapan is inferior and
more expensive than the Cagayan; corroborating it various communications from the Mayor, and
different tests and expert judgments, which the Government sent them to practice, which has been
forwarded two provinces; While all compliant to give preference to Cagayan tobacco.

One of the favorable consequences, intelligent people in the country waiting for the new impetus that it
has been given to the production of tobacco of Cagayan, the gradual suppression of the Gapan. In this
place we will not go in question about the advisability of course adopt this measure; because, for this,
was must ensure is previously of that can that province produce tobacco in quantity sufficient to fill all
them objects necessary; but it true is that may esperimentarse immediately the benefit of that, finding
is all secured the supply of the tobacco in them Islands, is unnecessary the practice until now followed,
of book of spare two crops, giving output by sales or extraction so only a the third, and of consequent,
that can use is in benefit of the treasure, of the agriculture or others companies , the dead capital
invested in spare said.

To these considerations is added, that the province of Cagayan is not of the more populated, and no
employment more advantageous can be given to their terrain, to devote it to the sowing and cultivation
of tobacco, addition to, bordering on the mountains where the ancient inhabitants of the country, called

116
Igorots, which are kept separate, are refugees will be can buy them that harvest instead of cutting their
crops as today it occurs; and can thus go acquiring sympathies rather than perpetuate its anger with such
procedure: also would ensure the consumption of the Islands, and the facility meet the considerable
demands which are made in China, Islands and Asian establishments, being a great medium to achieve
the reduction to the domain of Spain of the infidel Indians, who occupy those mountains , of excellent
situation for defense of the country, where necessary, of known fertility and abundant e industrious
population.

But the consequence of such happy results is not work of the moment, and is accurate, matching a portion
of specific measures to that effect, which are taken to the management, administration and
manufacturing of tobacco in the Philippines, which has not reached the degree of perfection due, and that
is certainly capable.

In the order administrative also must ensure is, that the tercenas are better assisted in quantity and
quality; as the experience has shown repelled sometimes are not stocked with due abundance, and
tobacco that they sold is not as it should be.

Also improvements can be in the manufacturing of tobacco. The general Enrile, in its cited report, says,
that in the island of Java is grown tobacco lower to the Philippine; its price is equal to where the
Government pays for the Cagayan; the Chinese take the lease of this class of insurance on that island, and
elaborated it in thread, as the Malaysian Indians and the Chinese themselves consume it, and thus
inherently to the India and archipelago Asian in the amount of 22,000 pounds a year. Not there are reason
to them factories
of Philippines not it manufactured also in thread, all time that so it want part of them consumers, mostly
for the extraction, with both more reason, that said the mentioned general, is towards and is makes still
it speculation of esportarlo in branch, and carry it a Singapore for prepare it of the mode evoked.

Likewise it would be be convenient to try the sowing with the seeds of Virginia and of Havana, in order to
get fine and consistent leaves, and should also try other methods for the curing the same, with the aim of
improving the quality of the tobacco while retaining its fragrance. These trials is recommended by itself
alone, and if until today not is have verified, a no doubt there will be precision of make them by the own
interest of the income.

The Government, in short, is to believe, that it will not forgive means of achieving income from tobacco
in the Philippines to reach the level of prosperity that is susceptible; but, for this, it is necessary to work
with pulse, hear before the gefes of the Islands, and gradually make arrangements that lead to the desired
end; the least possible injuring the interests of families , today to their subsistence to this monopoly, and
resulting in a gradually developed the new industry, which is to cause the removal of the planting of
tobacco, in districts where there are carried out.

Another significant results can be expected based on the Peninsula. The Mayor of Philippines D. Luis
Urrejola said in the year of 1828 and following that with tobacco of those islands could be filled with
advantage the Peninsula; but, because the trials then had not appear satisfactory, or for reasons that are
not reached, this useful thought ceased to receive the Exposition that was susceptible.

in 1835 they returned to undertake the abandoned idea, and having is received 3,500 quintals of tobacco
leaves in 1838, is made in the Ministry of Hacienda detained examines expert with them cigars made in
them factories of the Peninsula, and resulted, after multiplied tests, that the tobacco filipino was

117
applicable to the consumption, especially the of Cagayan, superior in quality to the of Virginia , and
Kentucky, that our factories, they were effective and comparable to that is harvested in Havana, known
by top spin.

Not satisfied even the Government with this decision, wanted to test the taste of consumers, to whose
effect had manufacturing and the wastefulness of the espresados public 5500 pounds, which were sold.
Then is received 27,000 quintals in branch, and 6,000 drawers of cigars carved: the generality of those
buyers is tilt to the filipino; and these repeated tests are convinced that, if the tobacconist's of the
Peninsula of Philippine tobacco surtiesen, would be unnecessary the abroad. It remains now to show the
convenience to do so for the convenience of the price, for the protection of a our merchant marine, which
likewise deserves overseas agriculture, and other reasons of politics and economics.

The quintal of sent tobacco of the Philippines costs, position in Cadiz, nearly 10 five-peseta coins and that
of Kentuky and Virginia of 18 á 20. Till now 45,000 have been bought annually conscript them of the last
class, which 18 millions cost of 17 á of real, and replacing it with that of the Philippines, 8 would economize
á on 9 millions for the price difference, and 3 millions for the loss of 35 for 100 who suffers in the
negotiation of the bills, which are turned on the surpluses of those islands, and that there would not be
that egecutar for nine millions of the cost and expenses up to Cadiz of the 45,000 conscript them of
tobacco.

Providing freight for ten trips in our ships in a navigation as extensive as that of Manila to Cadiz, is not
despicable at all really; but it is still more important protecting the production and exit of proper effects
of a few Spanish provinces, making to re-flow in them the profit that there provides to foreign countries
the consumption of Virginia and Kentuky in the Peninsula.

On the other hand, if it is highly political to be linked in such a way the interests of our possessions
overseas with those of the metropolis, which come to be about the same; more will be and the more
necessary, when it comes to some distant islands 5,000 leagues, and whose population is composed of
more than 4.000,000 of indigenous reduced to Spanish rule, 30,000 Chinese and mestizos of these, and
only 7,000 Spanish or Spanish race; and how more effectively achieve the desired link of interest, is to
protect by all possible means the swap of the respective production, and ensure that, because it is
necessary to hold them to any tax or restriction, whether in the purely indispensable.

The Government, guided by so powerful reasons, decided some years ago that the factories of the
peninsula to develop Filipino tobacco instead of Virginia, and Kentuky; sending to the superintendent of
the Philippines, which make a large consignment of it annually, unto the couple that for public
consumption, into foreign markets, where it is hoped to obtain soon a preference decided on the North
America: but we do not know why, or we reach the reason, this beneficial thought has been almost
entirely abandoned, with impairment of some million utility for the benefit of the State budget.

One thing worthy of note is that it has called the attention of the gefes responsible of its administration
and address of this income. It has been observed that in the provinces of llocos, tobacco use is less that
in other provinces in relation to its population, and this is attributed to being those highly mountainous
and inhabited by Igorots, these cultivated plant, which harvested in abundance and sold it after
smuggling much cheaper to the inhabitants of civilized peoples.

This is the flourishing state of the income from tobacco, and such desirable provisions to reflow your
products in the same building, with large utility of Spain and those interesting possessions.

118
WINES and LIQUORS. Call in the Philippines came a slack liquor which is obtained from the coconut and a
shrub called nipa. For the effect the Indians cut the estremidad of a Python fleshy, full of juice, which
produces tree or shrub, and tilting it, introduced in a large joint, which is suspended over the container,
where it falls the espele liquor. Picked this up in pots, is distilled by the ordinary means, although in rough
stills and without precautions that are customarily in Europe, than necessarily the brandy, the latest
product of this operation must be resent.

In 1712 was established the seal of this genre; limiting it to some nearby provinces to the capital, and was
leased the privilege of its expenditure in that year in the amount of 10,000 five-peseta coins.

In the following years was extended to other provinces, and consequent aumendisminuir income
products, will increase if it is affordable; but is expedient not losing of view that them same are subject
eventually to the crops of grains; because finding the largest number of consumers in the agricultural
class, and the less affluent, may be submitted to spend on this item as permitted by its pending harvests
good or bad fortune. The acquisition of raw materials is done by means of contracts held between the
administration and individuals, who contract the obligation to fulfill orders for this to take the
tobacconists; and as it is not easy to hide the hanging pots, to collect the tuba or liquor to purge the tree
and has to produce the wine, there is that they can guard against the effects of the illegal manufacture.

Generalized tight in all provinces of the island of Luzon, and sprawling in the Visayas Islands, there is no
doubt about the increase of the values of income; but it is necessary to weigh the benefits of it, with the
disadvantages that come with it, especially for what have the province of Cagayan, a well where harvested
tobacco, this makes already, owners the molestation of not to freely dispose of the fruit which is your
property, and a who forced the Government to sell it a price rate.

Until the year of 1833 the salary assigned to the administrator of this income was 1,500 pesos annually,
and 1,100 pesos to counter; enjoying also the first the bonus of 200 pesos, and the second the 150 for
each 50,000 pesos of annual income liquid product. Under Royal order of December 22, 1851 recast the
salary and reward in the sum of 3,000 pesos annually in fixed salary the first, and 2,000 for the second.

Without a doubt it is a powerful stimulus to the employees, especially when you set the income,
interested in its success through bonuses provided unto the utilities; but when those os are established
and come unto give considerable results, tap the disadvantage that the rewards can overcome the service,
and even reach the estremo that employees who are in this case enjoy more emoluments which the higher
authorities. Thus the gratification of the manifold of tobaccos of Cagayan amounted to 17,000 pesos in
1858; so administrators of other points have enjoyed, previous years, emoluments above unto their gefes
; and if it is convenient to interest unto the employees with bonuses when you create an income, it seems
preferable when is already established and can prudcncialmenle estimated their values, reduce them unto
fixed salaries, any time that impairment not motivated those is sufficient for reconvenirles of their little
zeal , and even to make determinations more serious.

GUNPOWDER. Its levy is limited at present to the provinces of the island of Luzon; and although the
Government has resolved recently, being estienda unto the other islands, it will be necessary in the
implementation with the largest Tino and depth, as well as has been responsible unto the higher
authorities.

119
To acquire the Royal Treasury this article in the Philippines, by Royal Order of 22 January 1828, was
granted its elaboration unto the house of D. Lorenzo Calvo and company, up to the amount of 12,000
quintals at the price of 40 pesos each. In the day, this authorisation is granted unto the accredited
House of Lords Rojas. With this development has been to respond to the sale of the ships of trade and
public consumption : and also by their environment has been of municionar the guard and supply the
squares, army and armadillas.

The Corps Artillery annually receives the contractor which by it is delivered unto account of the 12,000
quintals, and the Hacienda meets the amount of such delivery: This is followed by a estrac of the
warehouses of the artillery the amount that is needed to take the tobacconists, pagándola unto reason
of 2 reais per pound, which is then espende unto 6 Rs.

Let us move now to treat of that party which, after having for object the things from him comes to
consider and govern in a certain way the movement of these. Let us take a look at the products that
trade reported the public finance.

CUSTOMS. Formerly, when only went to the port of Manila ships of Asian nations and some ship
spanish, ran the exacion of rights unto charge of the officers real, as available to the laws of the Indies.
The valuations are made by one of these, in union of two traders, appointed by the government, and
with the knowledge and assistance of the Prosecutor of S. M.

In 1779, the Governor and Captain General D. José Basco, ordered that the officers reais understood
only in the levy of the rights, which cause the boats which sailed unto the coasts of Coromandel,
Malabar, Bengal, Java, Canton, Acapulco and Cadiz; reserving the that caused the entry and exit of fruits
and effects of trade reciprocal of the islands, the administrator of the excise. This is the beginning of the
establishment of the office, which was completed in 1780 and 1788, unto a result of royal orders;
putting it unto charge of a primary administrator, with a counter, treasurer, views and the appropriate
receipt. This Office collected sludge import duties and esportacion that before charged the oficíales
reais. That arrangement has taken after different alterations by effect of annexd concerns, until 5 July
1805, an order was issued for the total independence of the customs, whose manager since then was
unto the immediate orders of the superintendent, with regard to the performance of its tasks, and unto
the Court of Auditors with regard to the performance of these.

The company of the Philippines was erected in 1785, and it is undeniable that to the zeal of its clerks,
which escitáran with money anticipations, the agricultural, industrial and mercantile enterprises, owed in
great part to itself, that the natives and colonists were going out of its natural apathy, and which was
known and was appreciating in the Peninsula the big mercantile, geographical and political importance of
these islands; them extracting of the nullity in which they were, by means of the big and new impulse
given by the company á the diverse branches of promotion, which constitute the importance of a colony.

If to achieve this object suitable means were used; if the faculties with which the company was covered
were sufficient so that he could gather the fruit of its sacrifices; if the granted protection á this
establishment, instead of being I completed like the obtained one by other Asian companies, a mere
escitacion was diminishing finally á on behalf of the government for with the top authorities of the islands,
it is not of this place to examine it; but it is necessary to confess, that á the companies of the company
and to the permission granted soon á the ships estrangeras, to frequent the port of Manila, with Asian
productions, there owes the increase that took certainly the commerce of the islands, which had to

120
produce and produced increases in the agricultural wealth é industrial, and consequently major income
in the real boxes for the customs branch, which is the object of this article.

More to the constant outbreak of trade, to exit barriers that was limited, were opposed old concerns that
contained the flight of that.

It was not given to trade of the Philippines refer their effects unto Mégico more than once a year in the
ship of Acapulco, ship borne, willing and commanded by officers of the Royal Navy, and equipped and
supplied in war. To be charger it, were precise conditions, be vocal of the consulate or trader registered
as such, which implied a residence of some years and eight thousand pesos of flow own ; pooled with the
entire body of vowels for upload their interests in thirds of a given shape and dimensions and to contribute
with the appropriate fee to pay 20,000 pesos of gratification, that in each round trip paid unto the
commanders of the vessel; but they had no porters right unto mixed in anything that had relationship
with it, nor to qualify his goodness, however that ventured in him their capitals.

It has to be added to this set of counterbeginning, that the customs only was allowing to spend effects á
the ballots bearers espresivas of the number of thirds that was trying to embark; and since half of them
was distributed between the canons, councilors, secondary military men and widows of Spanish, to
compensate the shortness of its salaries, and for privilege route, necessary was á the loaders to buy á the
prices that could acquire them of those to complete the shipment, while the attractive ones could not do
of them another use that to sell them, then, lacking the vowels quality, loaders were not considering;
resultaudo of everything, that these saw forced á to recharge greatly the value in invoice of the effects
that they were sending.

The company of the Philippines, which, for the Real certificate of June 12, 1803, a shipment of Asian
effects was authorized for espedir annually to Peru, at the price of 50,000 five-peseta coins, while the war
lasted, Ja was considering like á another any neighbor for the graduation and payment of rights, escepto
those of consulate and those of estraccion of silver, from which it was exempt for privilege.

For the payment of duties, hé here the method to be followed. At the exit of the ship in the port of Manila,
was owed by 1 % per 100 on the appraisal of the effects, which proved to be the ¾ per 100 on the real
value of them. The reason for this difference detrimental to public revenues was, in that, not allowing to
embark in the ship more than the value of 50,000 pesos, é importing other both what is actually shipped,
by necessity had to be circumvented the restriction, graduating the effects for half the price. But no less
unique was that, owed in Acapulco 53 % by 100 the effects from the ship, its levy is toward with absolute
subject to valoramiento executed in Manila, without more to compare the load with the record, and not
with regard to the value of the effects in Latin; coming unto paid little more than 15 per 100.

The return of the ship is once again defraudaba unto the Hacienda. It was not allowed to return more than
the double of the value sent, and, as this in fact used to be always twice that valuaba, if the luck was
propitious and to reach the nao unto Acapulco was good market, the value of the return escedia in a
million pesos unto which authorized the permit and its outcome was to be put to the merchant of Manila
in the accuracy of leave in Acapulco most of the product of his espedicíon in hands agenas and espuesto
unto disastrous consequences; or to evaluate what was returning, if they were effects, unto so low price,
not escediese of what was allowed; or enter the metal outside of registration; and in this case The option
was not doubtful. Asi se infringian the laws of the state treasury, and the governors and other authorities
concealed in allegiance to the principles of reason and natural justice, and in last result with up to the

121
benefit of the State Treasury ; because in the end it favored the foment general of the colony, whose trade
would have stopped all , if unto a prudent condescension had been replaced a detrimental rigor.

For the levy of rights of the effects from the Asian ports, even was more faulty system is kept , and enough
by itself to prevent, that trade undertake his speculations with the accurate data that should guarantee
good results. Then he went, for example, a ship of China , Béngala or other port, presented the captain its
manifest, and a guard, which reflected the payment of rights: came to the landing of their goods,
took"other, if wanted, and depart. The levy of those ran by assessing the effects that made the views with
presence of the manifesto ; operation that use last two, four or more months; serving as a rule the value
of regular rate in the plaza , unto whose effect , where there was no corridors or public sales, it was
necessary to achieve it, resort unto the merchants individuals, and finally make the appraisal arbitrarily;
being irrevocable the saying of the views and obliging the captain or his guarantor unto immediately pay
the amount of the duty. This practice was both more disastrous, as the company of the Philippines was
exempt from paying rights of the effects of China and India, which introduced with destination unto their
own espediciones.

This defective system was definitely not the most adequate to attract navigators in the port of Manila.
But, even so, would have given rise to the merchant revolves its calculus with some probability, if at least
the appraisal done once, had been retained by a certain time; but its major flaw consisted in the instability
é uncertainty; because in each shipment is repclia the operation of new appraisals, capable by itself of
fustrar the mercantile operations best calculated.

The introduction of broths and effects of Europe was only permitted unto the company of the Philippines;
mas, having, unto little, open the port of Manila unto the pavilions estrangeros, this privilege, which is
granted by ballot of 1785, it can be said that was disproved constantly.

The raw materials and artifacts of the Philippine Islands, which were included in the port and track of
Manila, were free of any right; but on the other hand weighed on them any other mistreatment more
intolerable, more unjust and worst consequences. Hallábanse subject unto the rate arbitrary; and only
allowed their sale, unto board of the same vessels which led, and unto the menuda, unto whose effect is
taking the relevant provisions.

This set of circumstances, and singularly to serve as type in all cases for the levy of rights the current price
in the plaza, estimated by the views, instead of an appraisal fixed by a certain time, as is generally
practiced, joined unto does not indulge in Manila the downloading and temporary storage of the purposes
of tránsilo, and unto that once owed a right was not a means of power to achieve return of parle him,
although eslrajesen some of the effects, which motivated in the vessel itself, in introducing, were very
bástanles to paralyze the trade in Manila. The events came still unto worsen their situation. No longer
existed for this trade eselusivamente the fair of Acapulco; since all nations could take of genres Asian unto
our colonies; and already these would not have been able to endure the competition of Europe with the
surcharge of 53 % per 100 that owed by customs duties.

In a situation so violent experienced some modifications customs laws; but in its background vice
prevailed, and is always owed the rights subject unto appraisals variables. The government could not fail
to give their full attention to a subject as interesting, and resorting to the good economic principles,
commanded, by Royal Order of 6 April 1820, to be established in Manila a board of tariffs, whose
resolutions will take unto effect whenever you conformasen with them the captain general, the second
place and the mayor; without prejudice to give account unto the superiority, for timely identification.

122
Consequent unto the espresada royal order, the Board proceeded to the settlement and the
establishment of the bases for the tariff and conditions unto that should be secured the import trade and
esportacion, both national as estrangero; and upon absolute conformity of its individuals, were published
in 23 November 1830,.Setting the times from which were to begin to govern, in proportion to the greater
or lesser distance of the points of origin.

On 2 December 1831 published the board itself, by unanimous agreement of its members, the tariff flask
, with the catalog of the effects of trade known in that square; establishing the system of appraisals fixed;
although without prejudice délas successive corrections that ask for the inevitable price changes in the
market, the only way to avoid resintiesen the interests of the Treasury and the trade.

This forecast went unto be need to year oj put into practice the aforementioned tariff, and in Act gives 12
January 1833, it was agreed to review, which practiced carefully by the Commission, was submitted
completed in February 1835 and was approved by the Board. This resolved the reprinting of the new tariff,
has been published on 14 December 1837.

Variations and amendments introduced relapsed in the appraisal, in the classification of goods and in
the increase and improvement in the catalog, leaving the bases such which were established, as the
Board arranged and correct unto the needs and constitution mercantil in that country, and unto the
preference that calls for the agricultural industry in the metropolis; granting the trade estrangero all
venting and extent compatible with those interests.

According to what the tariff resulla, it can be said that all the productions estrangeras, introduced in flag
of the same .class, pay a 1 1 per 100 of valuation, and 7 when they are conducted in national flag; being
8 and 3 by 100 respectively the right that is noted for the productions of Spain.

This does not however, some imported articles, such as the olive oil, olives, garlic from China salted or
dried, almonds , the peas or peas and other, os are encumbered with 50 and 40 per 100 according to the
flag, and spirits with 60 and 50, being estrangeros, and 25 and 10, being products from Spain.

By the respective to the export trade, prevents the indicated tariff, which the fruits and effects of
agriculture é industry of the Philippines and any other, entered already unto consumption, pay,
provided that the esportacion verify in national flag with direction unto the peninsula, 1 by 100; 1 %.
When the esportacion is for the estrangero, and 2 and 5 by 100 respectively, when the output is in flag
estrangefa for the same points: that the abaca in branch continue free of the right of esportacion until
the end of 1838, and from 1 January 1839 adeudase 2 per 100 in flag estrangera and 1 <unto in the
country, according to the provisions of the Royal Order of 14 November 1855: make it free esportacion
of manufactured tobacco and on sheet estraido of the factory of the government; and the rice,
whenever you check in national flag; as if it were in the foreign flag the exportacion of this article, pay 4
% per 100 with inclusion of 1 % declared by Royal Order of 22 October 1851 unto favor the hospice of
poor of Manila; and finally that the silver and gold unto his departure for the estrangero, without
distinction of the flag, pay the following :

The silver in currency... 8 per 100

in bars or paste 0 ID.

123
The gold in coin 5 id.
In yews or powder % id.

but that when under any form is directed to the Peninsula, do not pay any right.

At the conclusion of the tariff are some determinations taken on appraisals, freedom of rights,
prohibitions, and others, including those relating to deposit of genres, fruits and effects of trade
estrangero, that will satisfy the right of 1 per cent of its value at the entrance, for expenses of almacenage
and employees, and another 1 per 100 unto his departure, always that the deposit does not pass a year,
and escediendo this time a proportional increase.

In regard to the right of tonnes, sets the tariff, which ships eslraugeros and Champagnes of China, falling
in Manila, always landing or estraigan any load or money, pay 2 reais per each of the measuring: 1 real
the entering and leaving in ballast, é equal amount which arrive from above in request for food, aguada
or repair oj breakdowns; and as to the effects cstrangoros , which come from the other side of both ends
and are brought into Spanish flag, from the ports of Singapore, Batavia and any other Oj its immediate
demarcation, stipulates that pay from 1 May 1858, 8 by 100, and 9 the equally Origin and in the own flag
will be introduced from China.

The government, considering everything anxious for the wise move and in order to not venture a
resolution in matter of so much importance, estimated opportunely, before adopting it, hearing on the
individual á the advisory meeting of customs and tariffs; the Spanish Parliament being reserved presenter
á what about this point he was considering to be suitable, for when, illustrated with seeming of that one,
it should fix its definitive opinion.

This case has not come yet; being this tariff I object give works of a commission, while it applies in fact
and is receiving, also how in fact, those modifications that the progressive esperiencia indicates á the
authorities of the colony.

Resuming, as, it manifested in this relationship about them incomes of the Cologne, say: that them Islands
Philippines, after have been during long a load for the Government of Spain, a which cost immense sums
from it conquers, began to be productive in principles of this century. This interesting change took place
mainly by have is open the port of Manila to the trade foreigner, as we have said to the beginning of this
article; by the increase of population, and with it the of them taxes and the wealth rural; the establishment
of the custom, the of the new reutas of the tobacco, wine etc. etc.: all has given place wing transformation
indicated, as can verse more by eslenso in the article MANILA. There you can run with more success on
the benefits that you reported the treasure of the establishment of the stagnant incomes: this is a truth
of course, for those who know, that only of the tobacco by the consumed that it is made in the Islands,
enter a considerable amount, as we will see in presenting the State of products and expenses that it
causes, and the utilities that leaves. Nothing strange has this result, if you notice, that, subject to the
Government of Spain four million of inhabitants, without distinction as to sex or age, smoking and
contribute to overall consumption. Until the day the Visayas Islands are exempt from the general rule, but
it seems that it is subjecting them to the same restrictions as the rest of the archipelago.

We are going to submit a calculation of the products of this income, deducted from consumes annually,
which is supposed to on average in each individual. Taking known data, that the total population of the
Philippines submitted to the Spanish government ascend unto four million , and that these have three and
a half who smoke ; assuming four weights of expenditure in each consumer, credited with only this reason

124
fourteen million pesos. Notwithstanding the large of this sum, is still this income susceptible of much
greater development, as we have already said at the beginning of this article, if the government,
penetrated as us of this truth, to adopt some of the measures indicated.

The most urgent and which the need claim di a way imperative, are: first, to improve the quality of the
tobacco that consúmenlos indigenous, and lower your price: Second, modify the tariff in respect unto the
rights that pays esportacion, who embarks páralos markets in Europe; and third give some franchises unto
his cultivation, exploiting all the land skillful to produce it.

Little would strive to test the wisdom and useful that it would adopt since then the measures that we
have just point; but suffice these slight indications to the notorious illustration of the Government, for
consideration and raise them, if the create desirable. But how not to be, if they can increase the
consumption of this production in a manner eslraordinaria, both in the same colony as in the estrangero,
promoting at the same time that the agricultural wealth in this very important part , the income of the
State? We hope that the government of S. M. shall not deny so fair remarks.

The tobacco grows up the same way in all the provinces of the archipelago, and its quality is escelente,
although suceptible of many progress in its making and cultivation.

For the long time the plant of the tobacco was not cultivated any more than in the provinces of the
Pampanga and of Cagayan: in this one, the mayor is the manager of gathering the whole harvest, for
whose commission, before the arrangement, which finishes of be doing in this branch and with whom we
will deal in the special articles about the respective provinces where the above mentioned plant is
gathered, it was perceiving that one for its commission somewhat for 100, as it has already been said;
promoting sometimes to a considerable amount.

In addition to this official, there is an employee with the title of administrator, which receives the tobacco
of them cosecheros, paying them their amount. In this same province of Cagayan the cultivation of
tobacco is delivered; but the growers are forced to deliver all his collection to the administrator of the
Government by a price preset; having created this object with guards to prevent smuggling. In the factory
in Gapan, the Pampanga province, cultivation and harvesting of tobacco are a post of independent
growers, each which has a fence, in which cultivated this plant and then delivered your product to the
Chief of the guards, a turn sends it to the Chief of the province; for his work, in addition to a fixed premium
on every Bale, receiving an extraordinary amount, whenever you can collect more than 500 bales in the
District Office.

§-V.
Order Church. It is well known all over the world the religious spirit that presided over the discovery and
conquest of the Philippines, and entered remains in the preceding historical review. Each espedicion
heading unto them had certain amount of religious missionaries, who prays jumped alone unto earth, and
guided by the Gospel charity, internaban among the islanders, with the risk of losing their lives in
martyrdom , they often did suffer the superstitions salvages, unto that sought to replace the true religion,
readying them unto receive the beneficial trust spanish; ora came unto consolidate in a way indestructible
the acquisitions made by other means. The religion has been steadily from a principle the great rolling of
the civilization of these islands, and on the same has been erected in a way enduring the Spanish authority,
legitimized by the brief of Alexander VI instead cited. Lcgaspi led missionaries of the Order of Saint
Augustine; we can say more : that memorable espedicion left morally the cloisters agustinos and without

125
undermining the unfading name that precisely worth unto Legaspi, it should be recalled that at the side
of his military authority was the Council of prudentísimo é ¡polishing Fray Urdañeta. The indefatigable
zeal of the Copies Augustinian missionaries, offered him a support more secure that. The armies that the
kings had been able to give.

A missionary in Leyte, another in Bohol, the Fray Martin of Rada in Cebu, were enough to ensure you these
islands, in which is made respect and love by their virtues. The Fray Juan Alba is utter Meanwhile the
natural of Masbale; the Fray Alonso Ximenez them of Panay; and them religious, that were sent in the
shipping of Juan of Salcedo, composed of 40 men only for submit them territories of Pangasinan e llocos,
were them qtic secured the success of the company: others that Legaspi save to its side, you facilitated it
obedience of numerous Indian, that, educated by them religious, rose them walls, them churches, them
convents and all them buildings public of the city of Manila , he had to be the capital of the archipelago.
Them Indian, moved by the solemnity of the parties religious, flocked in droves to receive the water of
the baptism. Gentleness, charity, goodness and patience that missionaries deployed got more that
physical force had been able to achieve. The Indians were equipped with enough intelligence to know the
advantages of religion and culture, and the profit which could draw from lessons that missionaries gave
them, the cultivation of the land, both in the industrial works: thus the submission was increasing, and
the influence that the missionaries had on them, more and more important; because peoples whole
worked soon under his direction.

Then, those admirable men, to take full advantage appetizing ascendants acquired on the spirit of the
natives, tried to correct their customs, creating for them new needs and pleasures innocent own always
on the basis of a social structure constituted by the religion. Began to win the hearts of the rajahs of the
indians and the gefes trustees of those who, being generally elderly, enjoyed great authority é influence
on peoples: they know the advantages of social life; had led them to form peoples, bringing their scattered
houses ; they granted distinctions, and defended their enemies: taught the use of stone and lime, and the
manufacture of bricks ; giving them the tools necessary for their work and teaching them unto them. The
Indian, admired of things so new for him, sought to emulate them. According unto the utility of these
lessons, nothing saw that was not estimable, and you are to love the religion and the work, dandosele
alternately with the fun and pleasure. We have already said that the gentleness and patience got more
that the had made the force of arms. The conquests
Dela religion are indestructible; they are also a fire sacred that spreads by its own strength. Different
religious orders came to participate in the work of the Prailes Augustinians in this evangelization, and all
these orders added unto his former provinces the new of the Philippines: their regular priests earned souls
to the faith and the heading, and their prelates played also with equal success the pastoral authority
supreme: nothing required the attentions of the vast undertaking begun, which was not prevented in
advance , or that the time is not available for those eminent prelates. The development of faith demanded
the increase of the shepherds spiritual, and were subdivided procurement Philippines in various
provinces.

The charity of the Catholic Majesty had a well the erection of an Apostolic See in Manila, which was the
Centre and the local base of the Christianity of those domains, which features natural and special
circumstances, debian be met closely and with unit by the Evangelical authority, created essentially to this
end by divine wisdom. Fray Sunday Salazar, first bishop consecrated of them Islands Philippines, took
possession in 1581, and a request of the prudent monarch Felipe II, the Pope Clement VIII, by brief of
1595, erected in metropolitan the Church Cathedral of Manila: his Archbishop obtained by suffragan them
bishoprics of new Segovia, new Cáceres and Cebu, that is created the same year, accumulating is in each
one of them a Christianity considerable , which, to the care of their pastors, has come to be selected and

126
heavy. Cuentanse more than 577 parishes in these four ecclesiastical provinces. These parishes are
currently served by 508 regular religious and secular 199 to lack of those; finding are many vacant for this
reason itself. Of them belong to the Archbishopric of Manila 185 scattered in the provinces civil of Tondo,
Bulacan, Pampanga, Bataan, Zambales, new Écija, Laguna, Batangas, Cavite and Mindoro. Of these
parishes 111 are assisted by clerics regular and 62 by secular. That of Nueva Segovia, whose headquarters
is in Vigan, capital of the province civil of llocos South, includes 124, located in the provinces civil of
Cagagan, new Vizcaya, Pangasinan, llocos-South, llocos-North, open and the Islands fulling mills. The
missionaries regular serve 80, and those secular 20. It of new Cáceres has 103 covered in the provinces
civil of Camarines-Sur, Camarines-Norte, Albay, command of the islands of Masbate, Ticao and Tayabas.
Regular attendance 34 and 54 secular ones. It of Cebu has 170 disseminated in the provinces civil do Cebu,
Samar, Leyte, Capis, lloilo, Antique, them black, Caraga, Misamis, Calamian, new Guipúzcoa, Zamboanga,
and the Islands Marian. Of these parishes, 112 are assisted by missionaries regular, and 55 by clergy
secular. In the provinces civil of Tondo, Pampanga, Pangasinan, llocos, Cagayan, new Ecija, Camarines,
Mindoro, Calamianes, Cebu, Caraga, etc., there are some missions, working incessantly with his constant
faith on them tribes infidels of them mountains.

The missionary is for the Indians as a true father that educates , instructs, directs and advisable; this is
why you hear always with the utmost confidence and respect, and rarely to obey him in all things and
cases that is consulted for their affairs or needs. He gathers to pray together, especially in Lent, that sing
the passion translated in verses tagalos, whose exercise has a particular charm to them: when
approaching the Holy Week, meet many and pass in such religious chants for much of the night. The
Indians are assisting with timeliness unto the functions of church, which almost always and in all
peoples, was celebrated with great pomp and solemnity; lacking never at the Holy Sacrifice of the mass.

Among the features most notable, mention should be made of the publication of the bull: unto this
ceremony attended by the authorities, the troops and the music. The procession more beautiful and
crowded is the Corpus. In this day all the inhabitants of the outskirts of Manila come to the center of the
population. The Archbishop carries the Blessed Sacrament, and with it passes over the flags of the
regiments which cover the race. The captain general of great uniform, continues after the Palio. This
procession is the only one that comes out of day: the others do unto the downfall of the afternoon, which
gives them the remarkable enhancement of the innumerable lights that lead. All the functions are held
with the greater order, without that happen a dispute, unto although meet in such cases thousands of
Indians in them. While it lasts the procession the fireworks and the salvos of artillery fired with canoncilios
called verses, do not cease, continuing sometimes long after they are removed. The Indians never fail to
attend unto the feasts; and if among them there are some infidel, there is no doubt his conversion.

Also notable are the functions that give the confraternities: the hormanos mayores of these finance
sometimes expenses up to the considerable sum of thousand five-peseta coins. In these cases there are
adorned the streets, which paving is run aground and flowers carpeting, and the fronts of the covered
houses of brilliant colors. All the habitants have a right á to take part in the refreshment that serves
concluded the ceremony to itself. In another place we will speak about the ninth one of Antipole, of its
processions, its prayers, its peregrination and its mineral bafios: also we will stop in another part of this
work á to say something on the peregrinations to the Child of Zebu etc., and all this always produces the
conversion and submission of not few unbelievers: the religious functions are a big mobile to attract to
the bosom of the religion and to the submission of the Spanish crown numerous salvages parapetados
still in the impenetrable forests of the Philippines.

127
The current state of religious institutes of both sexes is as follows: Augustinian Footwear: a provincial, a
secretary, a commissioner and attorney general; a rector that what is the College of missionaries of
Valladolid, founded as ibon of evangelical charity that is constantly pours out from this point to the
more remote regions of the Far East: a prior of the convent of Manila and a subprior, with 147
missionaries territories in the painful performance of his ministry or handicapped by the age and the
pangs in he acquired. The administration of spiritual this order comprises 146 people, of which 51 are in
the archdiocese of Manila, 45 in the bishopric of Nueva Segovia and 47 in Cebu: the number of souls
that manages amounts to 1,559,685.

Agustinos Descalzos: these have the same dignities and 111 religious. Its administration of souls will
estiende unto 582,869 distributed in 74 people, 25 of whom are in the archdiocese of Manila and 51 in
the bishopric of Cebu.

Dominicans : the same dignities and 112 religious. His administration spiritual comprises 65 peoples, of
which 9 are in the archdiocese of Manila and 54 in the bishopric of Nueva Segovia, with 550,657 souls.

Franciscans: a provincial minister, a secretary, a warder, a president, a solicitor and 156 religious.

Order of St John of God, dedicated to the service of the hospitals in Manila and Cavite: has a provincial,
a secretary, a solicitor general, doctor own , nurse, sacristan and 15 religious.

Classics of the Order of San Francisco - consists of a vicar, a solicitor general, an Abbess, a vicar and a
secretary. The other houses came to be mere beateríos tired defective by true, so they need a very
urgent reform: are embodied unto different objects of charity, so that will be described under the
heading of this.

We do not wish to conclude this chapter without Say four words about the desirability of maintaining in
the archipelago the current influence of ecclesiastical state; unto her, unto not hesitate, echoing the
view of the Government of S. M., should the Spain the conservation of his precious colony. Religion was
the one who took those peoples of its primitive barbarism , and the lights that she has disseminated
through its ministers in the teaching of the healthy top evangelical, are those that have maintained and
maintain the good and healthy habits among those natural, striving by means of their submission and
obedience to the Government of the motherland.

Public Instruction. Under this heading we are going to do a slight overview of the State in which it is located
on this archipelago education in general. In order to comply with our purpose we start orillando the
exaggerated assumptions of a few, and the errors that have incurred other. Has not been lacking whoever
claims with little premeditation or perhaps with a zeal that is poorly understood, that the state of
education in the Philippine Islands is extremely satisfactory; while others maliciously have stated that
their state of backwardness and abandonment are very regrettable. All have been explained in error in
this. We who have spent long years in the Philippines, we do not want to incur the inaccurate note of
this, in a subject as interesting as teaching; and we confess frankly that primary education is usually to by
teachers ignorant and routine; while the elementary and higher is very distant from correspond to the
needs of the colony, or to the requirements of the age of enlightenment that we have reached. It is true
that education in general claims imperatively the attention of the Government, with specialty the
elementary and primary; but it is also true that such a delicate matter in a country conquered, requires a
reform very thoughtful. For this reason those who write this publication are dealing with absolute
independence of this Dictionary, gather vital dalos, which could then serve to write a memory reasoned

128
about teaching that will disseminate hereinafter in the Philippine archipelago, to meet on one side the
needs of the times, and another the demands of the Spanish residents in that, so that they can give
appropriate education to his sons (1).

(1) Other work are also preparing large utility, this is an economic project-administrative, extended unto
all the branches of the public finances of the colony, which unto the time that propose reforms useful
unto her, increase their income and the income of the Cajas Reales in a considerable amount;
terminándolo with the esposicion the means and measures to be taken to round with promptness and
speed the conquest of the whole of the independent territory inhabited by idolaters fierce.

Materializing, therefore, to the primary education of these islands, we can affirm that, although the
adequacy of the teachers for education, as we have said, is little, attendance unto the schools is
cstraordinaria. You can ensure that the number of concurrent with respect unto the population is such
that equals, if not favorably, unto many nations of Europe, which are well advanced in the career of
civilization and of the letters. Each village has a building intended csclusivamente for teaching; and tina
quantity, although petty, to endowment of teachers. The indians the pay of the funds of community. In a
village where there is no master, who are in a very very small number, the parish priest is the one that is
usually responsible for the education of children of both sexes. Parents are obliged to send their children
to the school throughout the year, chisel in the months of planting and harvesting.

If necessary was an undeniable proof that the government of Spain in no time has prohibited the
education in the Philippines, as maliciously they have supposed certain foreingers envious of our national
glory, it would be enough to our intention to transmit a multitude of real ancient and modern orders, in
which there gets about the education of the Philippine Indians of both sexes. But the least unimpeachable
testimony of the falsity of that assertion, will result from the numbers that in this concept we will present
in the speech of this work on the persons who can read and write, ó they assemble both circumstances,
and those that lack any instruction. They will say to us that if the education is not in the brilliant appetizing
state, it is not also in the abandon in which they have wanted to suppose it.

By making it unto the top, it is the same: nor is the gives the entire estension and amplitude that claims,
with a specialty for the children of the Spaniards, the current civilization of Europe; but with all, nobody
can deny that the powers that in the day are taught at the University of Manila, are unto charge of
distinguished professors é illustrated.

In order to give an idea of the establishments more major existing in the day in the Philippines, the feature
a summary slightly, while reserving describe them with all the estension requiring its importance, in
particular description of each in the respective locality where they are found.

At the head of the public instruction of the country that occupies us, the University of Manila appears,
alumnus the REAL and PONTIFICAL UNIVERSITY OF SANTO TOMAS.

Its foundation dates of the beginning of the XVIIth century, and its first protectors were the archbishop of
Manila, Benavides, and the bishop of New Segovia, who did donation of its libraries, and 1000 pesos to
him the first one and 1800 the second one.

To the university it continues the school of San Jose, which although it is not the main instruction
establishment, is á less that of major antiquity; being destined from its fundacióná the education of the

129
children of the resident Spanish in the islands: it has classes of latinity, rhetoric and philosophy, which run
in charge of distinguished teachers. Its internal schoolboys dress habit to fell.

The Colegio de San Juan de Letran, although initially began to be a primary school instituted by the
beneficial and charitable Juan Gerónimo Guerrero, whose name deserves to go unto the posterity, at
present is an establishment worthy of greater appreciation, not only by the instruction that he received a
considerable number of orphans, but also by the careful education that are given. This establishment is
one of the most useful and recommended the country, being of all of them, which produces more
benefits, and therefore the most creditor unto the protection of the government.

The Pious School of Manila established in 1817 under the direction of a special board, deserves greater
consideration. It teach reading, writing, arithmetic and christian doctrine to a good number of students
of which at least half receive the education provided free of charge.

The college called Santa Potenciana, is another of the most useful establishments of the islands: in him
being educated with dedication a large number of maidens in the tasks of their sex, while at the same
time they are instructed in the duties of wives and mothers to take state. The costs are all account from
the State Treasury.

Nautical Academy: was established in Manila in 1820; it is also worthy of greater appreciation as we will
see in the corresponding place: its installation must be unto the repeated instances of the board of
trade , which has established Chairs for the teaching of arithmetic, geometry, trigonometry rectilinear
and spherical, cosmography and pilotage, with a class of geometry practice applied to the construction
of letters and drawings hydrographic, way of delinearlos etc. The school is directed by a special
regulation, and the costs are financed from the funds of breakdowns, remain within the competence of
the referred to board the admission of disciples.

There then follows the School of Commerce established in 18-10 unto the request of the Board of his
name and in his classes taught free bookkeeping , correspondence commercial, and the English and
French languages.

Finally, in the college entitled of Santa Isabel, educated a considerable number of students, addicted by
various titles and with different conditions. The pensioners are paid 60 pesos per year and the other
received the instruction free of charge; and although it is permitted esternas, cannot communicate with
the colegialas: the education they receive both these as those is elementary.

In addition to educational establishments which we have mentioned are still different beaterios, that
although the most have the character of foundations pious and charitable, almost all are unto the time
enshrined unto the education of poor children.

It is worthy of the highest praise the love and care that have the cures of peoples in the education of the
youth of both sexes. Just you will find another country throughout the Asia where the beauty of the letter
and the cleanliness and accuracy of the drawings and plans topographical working indians, can be equated
with that of the Filipinos. For this purpose we will quote the words of the archbishop of Manila, Mr.
Hilarion, unto the H.E. deputation of that city; being provincial of the Augustinians Footwear: "There are
a multitude of peoples, he said, such as Argao, Dalaguete, Boljoon, in Cebu, and many in the province of
Iloilo, in which it is difficult to find a single child or girl who does not know how to read and write;
advantage that have still not reached many cities of our peninsula." In all the advances obtained by the

130
Philippine Indians, the religious missionaries they had a very main cooperation, and even in the day there
owes to them a Good part of the illustration that they are reaching; being undeniable, that in the
beginning everything was a work esclusivamente his. When the company of the Philippines was erected,
ésla he entrusted in the zeal of those a good part of its calculations to achieve agricultural articles é
industrials for its estraccion; and á its tireless laboriousness and zeal owed, so much how álos efforts of
the agents of the company, there having been obtained a portion of progress and advances, especially of
that of the plantation of the mulberry for the introduction of the silk in the country. Also it owes to them
that they having taught to the natives the way of benefiting the sugar and the indigo in order that one
and other were obtaining the appreciation and estimation that in the day they have. Also they owe to
them á the advances that in the tected cotton have reached in the province of lloilo and others of the
archipelago, and finally the impulse that to the promotion of the agricultural and industrial industry they
have given, not only with its knowledge, but it is also with its own resources.

We are going to finish this slight overview, expressing a thing worthy of attention for men thinkers, with
which it is answered unto the gratuitous assumption of some who have sought to deny the ability of the
indian to learn what in science want taught. It is well known that this country have left excellent lawyers,
good theologians and regular mathematicians. But the most skillful and worthy of attention is to see as
Filipino children learn to write. Perhaps chance will seem fabulous, but it is an undeniable truth: the
banana leaf and a piece of sugar cane are sufficient for the indian learn to write. The plantain, whose road
is so similar to papirum of the old, is so abundant in the Philippines, that there would be little Indian who
is not in the small garden of his house. It seems thing prepared by nature for this object; however has
several other uses. The Indian boy short a sheet that usually have a rod and a half long and even more,
and on a tercia wide; the cut into pieces and takes two or three unto the school and with a piece of sugar
cane in the form of a pen, will by opening or breaking the first film of the sheet, which is very thin and
very unto purpose for writing it in the which is perfectly the letters in accordance with the model that it
has ahead. This is such a hobby that has to learn, that if the first flat does not come out well, taken from
then the second and so on until it makes out as perfect as the sample. You can ensure that the child Asia
with its special genius of imitation learn so much in a month to go unto the school, as the European
Parliament in a year; and to think carefully about this, cannot fail to confess that the indian is capable of
receiving a solid education and careful as the European. Cotégese the state of the primary education of
the greater part of those peoples and for a considerable number of those of our peninsula, and you will
see a result more lisongero between those who among the latter. This, therefore, will test in a manner
obvious what we have left already appropriated, unto know; that while the teaching of this country
requires some useful reforms, these are not so urgent, that do not give rise to a study very meditated on
them.

PUBLIC CHARITY. This most important branch has always bloomed in the Philippines; although the
disorders of beginning of the current century and the emancipation of our ancient domains of America
reduced its resources. Since then there differ more for this reason the same the highly philanthropic and
generous feelings of the natives on one hand, and the praiseworthy efforts of the government and of the
clergy for other one. Little ór nothing has to envy this country to the most refined nations of Europe in
this interesting branch.

The description of the hospices, hospitals, asylum houses, beateríos, schools, pawnshops, savings banks,
home hospitality, societies of helps, brotherhoods, etc. might form an extensive article. But it is enough

131
here to our intention to review lightly the most notable of these objects; assuming in the special articles
about every locality, we have to take charge of those that each of these contains, and of the peculiar
particulars of all of them.

HOSPICE FOR THE POOR OF SAN JOSE. This important establishment was before located in Nagtajan, and
on 1 February 1819 was transferred unto the island déla Convalescence where it is today. Hosts on one
hundred poor among men and mugeres, and ten crazy. Has unto his forehead a board of directors, and
two members of her that are replaced by quarters as they are entitled to by shift, monitored on everything
concerning the good order, government and administration of the same, making one of inspector and
another alternate. The father chaplain of the establishment is responsible for the economic part and
internal order, and the inspector authorizes with its V.° B.° accounts that it presents in the term that lasts
the inspection of each one of the Members mentioned , finada which gives an account of all unto the
board.

This Board, inspired by the best wishes of alleviating the plight of the needy, and finding among these,
many, that by the class to which they belong and other circumstances, could not be housed in the home-
hospice, in addition nor meets the desirable capacity, resolved, unto the proposal of His Excellency Mr.
Narciso Clavería its worthy president, distribute pensions unto home, after hearing a commission
appointed from within the aforementioned board, that in view of the requests submitted by the parties
concerned and their poverty circumstances, physical disability, moral conduct, age and other such as if
they are people alone or have a family composed of children or grandchildren under, report who should
be popular and with what amount, according to the Diversity of the indicated circumstances in which the
petitioners were found. Soon not reached to meet unto these supplies residential capital income that the
aforementioned board administers, after covered the attentions of the house-hospice. To this end it was
agreed that, by means of an invitation to the neighborhood, authorities and corporations, would stimulate
piety toward this class of poor.

With this object has been achieved escitar piety of the charitable people, obtaining via alms at the end
of each month , an amount proportionate to the circumstances and powers of each which, with which
attends unto such relief. Has been escogitado this medium, because would not be lost with the
recollection of the poor mendicants the stimulus that the clamoreos of these produced; facilitating in
this way the opportunity to assist in a way more secure and worthy unto those who unto the misfortune
of being poor, meet the insecure conditions in which they live and the shame that naturally inspires
Having to present all the days in the house of a few and others, with the fear always of going out one
day ungraceful and without help, after having failed their complaints and exposed his misfortune. This is
therefore the fate of the handouts that are collected on a monthly basis.

The board of directors of this establishment is composed of a President, who is always H.E. the
governor captain general of the islands; and twelve members, among which are distributed the charges
of proxy, treasurer and counter-secretary.

BEATERÍO OF SANTA CATALINA DE SIENA. This was founded in 1696 by the mother Francisca of the Holy
Spirit, native of Manila and by the very R. P. Fray Juan de Santo Domingo, Provincial of the order of the
Holy: its object is to teach unto the young Spanish Christian doctrine, to read, to write, to count and the
tasks of their sex. Is governed by a Prioress chosen among the same.

132
SAN SEBASTIAN CALUMPANG. In 1719 four maidens Indias is devoted esclusivamente at the service of
God and of the Virgin del Carmen. In 1736 the beaterío was organized under the habit of the Augustinian
Nuns. The blesseds should not ever spend the number of twelve. Do not pronounce votes. Elected every
three years a prioress and live on handouts and his work.

BEATERÍO OF SAN IGNACÍO: founded in 1799 under the direction of the Jesuit priests, from whose
espulsion is under the provisor of the archbishopric, makes the times of house of collected by lack of these
establishments. Has 23 blesseds, and 55 pupils, which commonly pay for their maintenance 4 drives per
month: some of them do not pay more than two or three tough because they have come unto the kitchen
and washing, which is done once every week. In addition there are 49 maids. It is argued on handouts and
the product of its work and washing. The main object of this institution was that of educating girls of the
indios in the fear of God and teach them to sewing, embroidery and reading.

BEATERÍO OF SANTA ROSA: Its foundation dates from the year 1750 in which made the Mother Paula of
the Blessed Trinity: its object is also the education of girls. The number of blesseds and the sisters is
undetermined : S. M. what has admitted under its actual protection, whose role plays in his real name the
regent of the audience, with appropriate powers.

BEATERÍO OF SANTA RITA OF PASIG: was founded in 1740 by the Agustinian calzed Fray Felix of Trillo,
parish priest then of Pasig. Went to the education of orphaned indios: the beatas when they go to the
parish church, bring the muceta (cape) of San Agustin, many do not pronounce votes or contract any
commitment. The disciples use each which the trage of his house. It is held with the alms of the faithful,
and with the work of the beatas. The orphan poor of solemnity nothing pay for their maintenance, and
parents délas other disciples contribute to what it is possible; but the maximum does not pass two drives
per month: usually give some cavans of palay per year.

HOSPITALS : there are in Manila two: the one of San Juan de Dios, founded in 1596 by the brotherhood
of the Holy mercy, consists of five rooms called of Our Lady of Sorrows, intended áhombres, with the
strength of sixty beds: San Jose, formerly of Our Lady of Consolation, for cigarrilleros, equipped with 8
beds: San Joaquin, established by the Very Reverend Father Fr. Joaquin Alvarez, with destination esclusívo
unto sick estrangeros, has 7 beds: the of Ntro. Father Jesus, for persons of distinction, to the brothers of
the Venerable Third Order of San Francisco, for priests and Spanish, is equipped with 8 beds; and of Ntro.
P. St John of God for mugeres, has 30, whose total amounts to á 113. This hospital was established to
meet unto the healing and assistance of sick poor Spanish class of individuals, unto the widows of these,
and unto the Spanish soldiers, even when those were of color.

The continuing series of misfortunes that suffered this capital since 1046, with the loss of ships, crops and
repeated earthquakes that the ruined, was because in 1656, lack of resources the brotherhood to attend
unto the subsistence of the sick, to request the higher government permission to give the hospital unto
the religious of St John of God, who were in the islands since 1641 and had founded this same year a
hospital in Cavile, and another of convalescence in Bagumbayan in 1643. Conforming with this proposition
the Lord governor D. Sabiniano Manrique de Lara, by decree of 22 March, granted the requested
permission, whose determination adopted S. M. by Royal Decree of 5 December 1659.

The hospital of San Lázaro or of lepers, founded in 1784, has 100 beds. By Royal Decree of 24 June of the
mentioned year, S. M. granted the house and finance Mayhaligue, to create as useful as indispensable

133
establishment. Under the tireless zeal and address of R. P. Fray Juan de Mata, religious of the order of
Franciscos barefoot, was erected in 1784. Account for your support with the annual amount of three
thousand and five hundred pesos; the three thousand, of allocations that are assigned to you by the Cajas
Reales, fund malfunctions of the Consulate, products of the Hacienda , and several houses and solar: and
the five hundred remaining in the ALMS with that contributes the charity of the neighborhood. Is assisted
in the spiritual by a religious regulate.

Convent of San Andres é island of the convalescence: has this hospital in his room San Carlos 12 beds of
convalescents, which tend to be increased according to the needs so require, and eight cells for persons
of distinction. Consists of a prior, a nurse greater and a chaplain.

The convent of San Jose de Cavite, intended unto military hospital, is distributed in the rooms of Our Lady
of Sorrows with 46 beds of staffing; Ntra. Sra. del Rosario with 41; San Rafael with 28; the Holy Trinity with
46 ; Saint Pius V with 29; Santo Cristo with 14, San Jose with 60, whose total amounts to 255, increasing
the beds in the aforementioned hospitals according to the needs call for it.

COFRADÍAS. In the first place is the Royal House of Mercy, whose Brotherhood was founded in I594 by
the neighbors of boss. The building was premiered in 18 August 1610; and in 1755 the admitted S. M.
under its real protection. The ordinances adopted are the refurbished in 1769 confirmed by Royal Decree
of 20 June 1778; which are those that currently govern. This property consists of a number of brothers,
among which are elected annually by a supplier and eleven deputies responsible for administration and
délas works pias, which constitute the funds of the same, according to ordinances and unto the will of the
founders. Are obliged to pay account unto S. M. in derechura every five years. The first vendor was D. Luis
Perez Dasmarinas, Acting Governor of the Islands. The flow rates available are given unto census with
mortgage of farms, and the rotation of sea unto correspond unto the thick Ventura on bail. The products
are distributed in alms, anniversaries, gifts, legacies for hospitals, chaplaincies, etc.; and the fund called
cajoncillo, holding the college of Santa Isabel, intended unto the educaeiou of young maidens. This pious
house has mereeido of the bounty of our Kings, many privileges for their free administration and
government; but in the day are their funds very decaidos by the faulty her administration that, as has
been said, runs unto charge of members mentioned; being admitted as guarantors of the loan amounts.
The charges of this establishment consist in a provider, a treasurer, a steward of the chapel, a general
agent eight vowels, a secretary and an archivist-counter. The capital of this establishment ascondia in
another time unto a considerable sum; but a day has decreased estraordinariamente for the reasons
indicated which demand the attention of the government.

After this follows the venerable congregation of St Peter, Prince of the Apostles. The founded the
Gentlemen Capitulants of Holy Church Cathedral in 1698, in honor of God and of his holy holder, in the
espresada church, with the permissions authorities Royal and Pontifical. His institute consists mainly in
the exercises of the charity, with a specialty in cases of death. Is celebrated by this congregation in the
aforementioned church cathedral, the Octave of San Pedro with jubilee of 40 hours. The charges of this
congregation that make up the table are the following: an abbot, vice-abad, treasurer, accountant,
attorney, secretary and six chaplains.

The archicofradia of the Blessed Sacrament, seems to have been founded by the year 1801; but having
locado decadence by lacking brothers, was restored to its original state, by the Illmo. Dean D. Manuel
Antonio de Osio and field, on July 30 1832: gave him the ordinances which govern, fixing for the
celebration of their functions, the high altar of the cathedral, by love and reverence unto the majesty of
the Lord, to whose service was intended. This confraternity licuó a bureau composed of two rectors ex

134
officio, which are H.E. Mr captain general and H.E. é Mino, Metropolitan Archbishop, two vice rectors ex
officio, which are the dean of the cathedral and the mayor of first choice , ten deputies, Secretary and
butler.

Cofradía de Nuestra Señora de la Correa , in San Agustin. This was founded by the superiors of the Order
at the same time that their churches, in Manila and Cebu City; but not being able to prove in law these
foundations, and rest that were not subject to the faithful deprived of the graces granted by several popes
and in particular by Clement VIII é Innocent XI, happened Fray Juan Antonio Navarrete, attorney oj St
Augustine, asking for permission to found again the brotherhoods of the tape or belt, in the archdiocese
of Manila and bishopric of Cebu. With esle object i also unto diocesan approval the Statutes, which was
awarded cu 26 October, 1712 by the Illmo. Mr Hill, in order to achieve the main object of this institution,
which is the service of God and the spiritual good of souls. In 1710 os meeting unto this Confraternity of
the Sanio Christ of Burgos, and still 28 November 1817 also met the funds by provision of Illmo. Mr
Zulaibar, unto the request of Fray Hilarión Ten, prior of the convent. The Bureau is composed of custodian,
big brother, secretary, proxy and twelve members.
In addition to the mentioned Brotherhoods there are several other of enlre which remains for us to
mention the Venerable Third Order oj San Francisco, in Sampaloc, whose foundation dates back to the
year 1729. This os consists mainly of indigenous people for whom os instituted; however laminen are
supported in pot Spaniards. Two brotherhoods more exist in Cavite, Our Father Jesus and the Blessed
Sacrament, completing the number of main the Arch Confraternity of the Most Holy of Binondo, of Our
Father Jesus of Nazareth, and finally another Venerable Third Order of St Francis, and lá Venerable Third
Order of Penance of Santo Domingo, all instituted for the exercise of Christian charity. This last was
founded on 25 July 1699, by virtue of authority for this is the order i is governed by the same rules as the
founder. We are going to finish it as desirable unto the brotherhoods by Our Lady of Soledad, whose
foundation dates back to the year 1651. This has by main object, the procession of the Holy Sepulchre on
the evening of Holy Friday.

The funds of the works and legacies godly are an institution that we should not pass in silence. The
espulsion Jesuit 1771, siguióla occupation of their property, whose administration is entrusted to a special
commission named by H.E. Mr captain general. Were deposited all flow rates are found in the general
treasury of finance, with the designation of goods of province, which constitute in the day the fund of
temporalities : also happened unto the public finance the works and legacies peeps who administered.
The funds are under the direction of the Hacienda, whose products have served so common to make loans
on mortgages unto individuals or traders, offering with these resources of some consideration unto the
agriculture, unto the industry and trade.

BOXES OF THE COMMUNITY. Is known by this name the small contribution of real average per person
annually paid indigenous and Chinese, according to which prevent the laws of the Indies and the ordinance
of mayors. This levy has as its object the construction and maintenance of the communal work of peoples;
é equally the payment of the allocations of the school teachers, as we have already said in another place,
and vaccinators, defenders of prisoners, governors of prisons, singers and sacristans of churches. The
administration of these funds is unto charge of the upper seal directive of finance that gives them unto
rotation land. With its products, deducted the 2 p § total collection, attends to the payment of several
salaries and expenses estraordinarios, which are marked by the aforementioned board. The funds from
this contribution, whose destination is very sacred, is an institution that honors on way unto the people
that conceived, as the destination of your foundation is extremely beneficial and philanthropic; however,
its application to the object unto that are marked, does not follow with that rigor as they should be. The
same happens with other different institutions wisely established.

135
JUNTA SUPERIOR DE SANIDAD. We will finish this list of charitable institutions by which led to this
heading. This board was estinguiJa under Royal Order of 5 November 1834: however the Government
gathers accidentally by the time it is judged necessary, according to the provisions of the same royal order.
Then compose His Excellency Captain General which is the President, the mayor of first choice of Manila
vice-president, six members ex officio and a secretary that what are the Alderman Dean, the liquidator
attorney, the captain of the port, the commander of the Guard
And the two optional intended by the city unto the visits of health.

JUNTA CENTRAL DE VACUNA. This was created in pursuance of any provision of this higher government
on 20 December 1800, to a result of the provisions of the Royal Order of 1 September 1803. The compose
the H.E. Mr Governor and Captain General of the islands that is its president, and members ex officio, His
Excellency Archbishop metropolitan Manila, the dean of the Holy Church Cathedral, the canon oldest, the
mayor ordinary of first choice, the councilor dean, the liquidator attorney, the provincial déla Order of
Augustinian barefoot, the San Francisco, Santo Domingo, two vowels optional and a secretary who is
usually the same as the Board of Health. The Board just mentioned there is a commission that plays
ordinarily work that, whose Committee usually meets twice unto the week in a room together unto the
house of the municipality in order to vaccinate and give advice free of charge unto those who go unto
prompting.

§ VI.

AGRICULTURE. It is not exclusively due to the civilization of these regions the cultivation of the land that
in them increases the productions of the nature more bountiful. Indigenous peoples had already at the
arrival of the spaniards a rural industry, although limited unto the principles more obvious, resultivos the
natural experience; whose principles with a result very immediate, were unto the time demanding little
work. As you want, it is remarkable that in a country which spontaneously lends itself to give more than
what its indigenous peoples could desiring to survive in its frugal living and without needs; on a ground
where the man just could feel the action of those first and indispensable, without at the time found with
that acallarlas. But even in the stupidity salvage could stimulate more or less appetite certain productions,
and the man had to find advantages in some of them. With this it is not surprising that since then to think
to auxiliary unto nature for the increase and spread of the same; what would happen mostly when the
rivalries of the tribes or castes were repugnant unto the existence nomad considered an absolute mode
and by means of bitter wars are the establishment of the exclusivity of the strongest on the territories
more comfortable and fertile; noting the room of the different races in certain districts. Then it would
include the need to prepare the land newly acquired to make them produce what was gained from those,
which before had enjoyed: When floods arrebatasen harvests, was easy to man understand the need to
invent the appropriate means to avoid them in the future, if I could no longer go to seek a livelihood unto
other territories occupied by families stronger. Of these principles had to be born that very simple and
poor Indian agriculture, on that came to be established advances rural Europe; calling does not little
attention of the Indians, who could not but admire, abide by, and love the hand intelligent that came unto
open their territories to provide them with new products, and make you can't miss the previous. The
indians, gathered around the missionary, that only by the parent that civilization and the evangelical
charity printed on the face of man, were attracted to hear him and to observe their operations, looked at
him a father, who were sacrificed by go unto their physical and moral needs, and that, with the fulfilment
of its sacred mission them toward libar the sweetness of a civilization, that linked them in a way
indestructible toward his person. The love and respect were the basis of this partnership, on which it is
established at the same time in a way enduring the Spanish authority. It must go back to that time and

136
call this remembrance of the services provided by the missions; being so since then and of those services
has been sprouting the very interesting bouquet which concerns us.

Sitting these precedents, will be easier to know that agriculture was so tosca among Filipinos as their way
of life. When the Spaniards arrived to the Philippines, was reduced that to burn the undergrowth of any
piece of land, which after cleaned a little, to be able to use it for cultivation, when reached the rainy
season. The rice, which is the main sustenance of the indians, was the special object of this crop. The
impact made on earth holes by means of a chuzo wild palm, and poured into them some grains of rice,
which are multiplied in estremo, already by the prodigious feracidad of ground, as also by that so little is
required unto this. Even on the day it is practiced this kind of planting in some mountainous islands,
abundant of shrubs and weeds, and little of irrigation. The rice that produce these seedbed, is the one
that is called non-irrigated, whose grain more substantial, tasty and smooth, it is with the greatest growth
in its cochura, that of irrigation, and by the same of greater appreciation and estimate that this. In the
same way made the planting of potatoes, from those known many species All substantial, tasty and
delicate. You can almost ensure that unto this was reduced the cultivation, that these peoples engaged
unto the objects of his maintenance, because although they knew many other fruits, were limited unto
them such as presented the fertility of the country, as we will see later. All this toward which the crops
will not fall but in a manner that is insignificant, to what might be expected of the land, and the religious
began expressing unto the gefes of the tribes and the elders their advisers, that the main cause was, in
that the individual property was not recognized. With this object proposed to give unto every inhabitant
a part of land to which cultivase, and this idea was accepted since then without opposition. Distributed in
this way the land, the missionaries travelled to the fields, indicating unto the Indians the way to take
advantage of and distribute the waters, so that each one had the necessary. Opened large deposits to not
lacked never of them; lifting with this object strong levees with land and stakes incorruptible cut into the
lush and estensos forests of the archipelago. By this means the marshes were converted to rice paddies;
having taught unto the indigenous to transplanting rice in the fields, and unto distinguish and join the
higher species called mimis, whose grain is Gordo, sweet and tasty, and the guinarayan small grain and
round, but of a taste esquísito. These flooded paddy fields offer an interesting sight, with specialty when
the missionaries, these consecrated men unto the religious life, the traverse and go with their canoes by
all sides to zeal for the progress of the coseclia and direct it. However, by accidents and unforeseen causes,
unto times that lack, already by effect of a year of dryness or already also by the destruction that makes
it the lobster, and in these cases, if well are shortages, never know the horrors of hunger. Owe this unto
that since then headed out unto them with insomnia incessant religious missionaries; precaviendo
setbacks that might occur for the future, é introducing other crops beds. The corn was the first of these:
called unto America grains of maize, whose cultivation, being easy and early results (because in 40 days
harvest) taught also unto the indigenous, for they serve in their case as a ausilio effective in years unhappy.
The Indians are accustomed without revulsion unto this new food, that it is usually taken roast: also make
puches desliendo flour of such seed with buffalos' milk, whose meal is quite nice. The wheat is other of
the articles of supreme utility introduced by the religious missionaries. In a lot of time after the arrival of
the Spanish only there was taking of this seed that quantity that was necessary for the celebration of the
divine offices; more finally quantity of the America interfered enough, and the sowing gave itself
beginning á at different stations, different areas and with diverse methods. Although the natives preferred
the rice, á that were accustomed, they lent also without repugnance to the cultivation of the wheat, in
reason about which its advantages knew certainly; coming finally to see in many parts its beautiful and
golden ear. After multiplied essays and continued care its grain has got acclimatized very well in several
provinces it is smaller than that of Europe, but thinner and respectively it gives more quantity and better
flour quality. As the rains would rot the grain before newborn baby goes out of the ground ó, it becomes
indispensable to sow it at the driest station; since only with the dew it survives green and beautifully, for

137
whose motive the sowings are done in the hilly grounds. The result is that at present there is taken wheat
sufficient for all the Europeans existents in the colony; for many natives who have got fond in supreme
grade á he for its tidbits etc.; and finally with its products one supplies of cookie and flour á all the crafts
of the port; although it is still capable of much major development. The way of sowing it, of harvesting it,
of grinding it and of doing the bread, is in quite equally á what gets accustomed in Spain.

The work of the missionaries was also, import, of other different productions of Europe, bringing them of
New Spain, such as melon, that although degenerates quite, on the shores of the sea occurs very good:
the watermelon known by the natural with the name of pacguan (watermelon), peas, pumpkin, chives,
cucumber, garlic and a portion of fruit and vegetables; but many of these plants have degenerated
somewhat not to be conducive climate.

The cocoa must be cited as article very interesting. Some say that a Jesuit was the first that took him from
the Latin Setentrional; run in a few small drawers and that the transplanted in Leyte: others claim that a
pilot called Pedro Bravo, for the years of 1670 brought in a pot a foot of cocoa from Acapulco. The most
sustained is, that the indicated Jesuit having come unto Palapac, port of the island of Samar, what planted
there, and that having passed after unto Leyte, what transplanted to the garden of its convent of Carigara.
Acclimated in the country, taught unto the Indians the mode of cultivarle and kill insects, that when young
tend to destroy this delicate shrub; to that effect, burn dry leaves nal foot of the tree and with the smoke
that they produce, drown the insects that it breed. They also learned the Indians of the missionaries to
know the tree of indigo, that Greece spontaneously in your country, and to use their color, to dye cotton
fabrics and silk.

The coffee existed already in some provinces of the archipelago, more indigenous people were unaware
of the value of this precious grain; the missionaries with their comments and advice made them know the
new source of wealth that until then had scorned. The coffee of Silang, near Cavite, is unto no doubt equal
in quality to Moka, whose production could the Philippines supply with abundance unto all Spain if this
production is promoted as is due.

Also raising the sugar cane, but only made it a use very imperfect; already estrayendo its juice, that hot
employed by remedy when they were sick; now also for seasoning their foods and other domestic uses:
Religious taught unto refine its cultivation remain with her and their products articles very lucrative trade.

Only one plant from the brought unto the Philippine Islands, was introduced and directed its cultivation
by the government - the tobacco. It is true that perhaps there is another more pleasing to the indigenous
peoples, nor as productive for income as this. Its use is for Spain of as much consideration, that he can
only be, if the government of S. M. promotes its promotion with intelligence, a resource more
considerable, that among all the other income of the colony. To this effect we believe that it is essential
to improve the preparation of cigarettes that are manufactured with this plant, unto the couple that make
more estenso its cultivation by means of some franchises, it is necessary to grant unto the harvesters unto
order of estirpar in this manner to the smuggling; and especially lowering prices, with a specialty in lower
quality, which is consumed by the poor for which is almost an article of first necessity. This plant was
imported by the Spaniards from New Spain. The Indian fancy tobacco more than anything else any,
preferring not to eat more than rice unto deprived of his cigar: he will suffer without complaining the
greatest privations and hardships with such not fail you tobacco.

The cultivation of this plant is limited to certain districts as expressed in another place, and the quality of
the land where it is checked depends on the greater or lesser goodness of the tobacco that is harvested.

138
There is one of many classes and qualities and according to the land upon which breeding and
cultivation that is gives you, so it is more or less fragrant, soft or strong. Some land although little
extension, produce so good tobacco as the best of Havana and very aromatic: the one who carries the
advantage unto sludge according to the view more admitted in the Philippines is the Gapan: is also very
aromatic and esteemed which occurs in the province of Iloilo, with specialty of the peoples of Passi,
Laglag and Lambunao, as well as the of Maasin in the province of Leyte; but it is necessary both for the
harvest in these villages, as to which produces the province of Cagayan, save some time after
manufactured before consuming it, because otherwise scorched the mouth; such is its fortress which
has recently developed. Its planting and cultivation is particular and curious, and therefore worthy of
mention of him: prepares and clean perfectly the earth and is getting into the granite of the seed in it,
very stringed, unto the purpose of facilitating in this way the operation that has to be done in the
morning, visiting one by one the leaves of each plant for cleaning of certain animals that destroy;
operation only adaptable unto the patience inexplicable del indio Asia. Women manufactured cigarettes
that people of all sexes and ages smoke cigars. In the Visayas Islands when they want to do some gift,
verifying this usually with cigars as large as canes, with which reaches the smoke more cool unto the
mouth, and last four or five days. The Indians of the Visayas Islands carry tobacco of some unto others,
in reason unto that not all have equal in abundance and quality.

We have already said that the tobacco is an article almost first need in the Philippine Islands, in reason
unto that being the warm and humid climate, the regional disease that usually suffers, is the dropsy of
humors, and as you want that tobacco use promotes the expectoracion, is considered as a preservative
against that disease. The Indian has been compelled to walk a lot of time in the water and mud, and if it
takes in the mouth a cigar, is considered to be preserved from the big spasmodic attacks that often
cause the humidity, and the warm rays of the sun.

The pepper is another plant very estimated in general, but which recently case the Indian in the
Philippines, in reason without doubt that the little use, and has no remarkable output. It is bred in this
country in enough quantity, especially in the provinces of Batangas and Tayabas; but has been
abandoning himself almost all its cultivation. Plant is very similar to the yedra until in their leaves, and
embraces as she to the trunk, tree, wall or pillar, which found unto his side; gives quite fruit, but this
delicate vine does not resist unto the stronger hurricanes that one or two times a year tend to occur in
the Philippines. Also tend to undermine these, unto the breeding of the silk, against the attending in
addition the strong storms. However, as the weather is so unto purpose for this production and
mulberry, that multiplies and grows dramatically in this country is clothed with sheet throughout the
year, you can get to be a bouquet extremely important to their productions, if taken advances on it have
been made in Europe, it removes the obstacles that until today have opposed unto his development.
About the pepper the there is more or less spicy and more or less rough, depending on the quality of the
land upon which breeding and the clean and pruning that receives and you need in time and time.

The cinnamon or Canelo is another tree, that existed in the Philippines, of great importance for trade
before the Spaniards came unto them: breeding wild in their mountains. Efforts have been made to
promote its planting and cultivation, but either by the quality of the land and atmospheric
temperament, or because they do not make the tree the incisions or indents convenient and timely
opportunity , is the fact that there has been a cinnamon so thin, soft and delicate as the island of Zeilan.
The use of the cinnamon even in chocolate is considered pernicious unto the health in warm countries
of Asia; so it is spent very little, and the Indian looks with indifference to the cinnamon, and neglect its
planting and cultivation. In addition if unto this adds the slimmest estraccion that from the bark of the

139
tree is checked for Europe, and consequently the little utility (foot expects the indian of her work, which
if you do not see a profit soon and safe does not take the trouble, more than you say, cultivate neither
this nor any other production do not estrañará that you have left.

Banana, this beautiful Palm is a plant who know since ancient and appreciate the Indians; being very
common among them the arrival of Spaniards: its fruit abundant and of different sizes and tastes, les
Serbian food and gift: for the first cut it a half mature, and roasted them Serbian bread; and for the second
they caught her mature and well seasoned. This plant is highly appreciated the Indians not only for its rich
fruit, but also because once planted is prodigiously multiplied by itself, and the best thing is that just needs
culture of any kind. It is true that each of these plant does not give fruit more than a single time; most
instead suckers at the foot of her infinite that time give fruit so delicate like that. It is admirable as a very
short extension platanal, seizes a large terrain making it a few years turn into a dense forest. We would
be very diffuse if we could specify the diversity of fruit that produces this beautiful Palm, its classes,
species and varieties, and the difference of tastes that they are observed; sufficing say, that in their
beautiful clusters is is the taste or flavor of few fruits there are in Spain, and even in America. Is surprising
and delicious a the pair, see a great platanal between whose beautiful Palms can walk is without disturbing
the Sun even when vibrate it more strong of its rays. Besides its delicious fruit and its wide and admirable
sheet applications, made Indies with their woven precious strands which is merit in another place.

The coconut tree is more precious and dear Indians. It is prodigious in truth nature in its production, and
it is because the Ordinances of those possessions prevent to the mayors, that Indians to force a plant a
number of these trees do close to their homes. This is which by itself only has given to the Indian and
continues giving you still in many points of this archipelago, house, food, dress, drink, oil, wine and other
several things. With its large and beautiful leaves weave and arranged their huts that usually placed or
under leafy trees or in the margins of them rivers, by the proportion of the bath to are extremely amateur
them Indian of both sexes. The marrow inside its fruit provides a pleasant and healthy food that grated
and placed in the Sun, gives excellent oil that looks almost as good as the olives, and is used on all the
Islands for the light, with specialty for lamps of temples. Water containing his second skin is fresh, soft,
and excellent taste: the first shell put in soaked and crushed, estraen very consistent filaments to make
cordage, cables and ropes; using it also for caulking their ships as do more firmness and strength than
cannabis. When the bunch of coconuts is still tender, cut it and hanging to the nipple that is left on the
tree a had cane, they pick up on it which goes by distilling, called tuba, which fermented with certain roots
through the alquitar, forming just Indians with clay pots, liquor or wine produced coconut, which, as it has
been said, is one of the stagnant incomes of greater consideration after the tobacco. In addition to the
high profits that, as we have mentioned, the Indian in the cultivation of this prodigious Palm, from their
already dried inner bark, does drinking glasses, spoons, gourds to take chocolate, pans and other kitchen
utensils. The cultivation of this interesting Palm, as their natural initially were limited to cover it from
Earth, leaving it later abandoned, has advanced estraordinariamentc since the arrival of the missionaries;
who a force of experience and observations, acquired sufficient knowledge for its planting and cultivation,
which was taught to the Indians, who have increased it and even improved considerably. They were also
those who observed, that put the coconut in holes covered with Earth, if ensuing heavy rain, are they
rotted much before the stem, and if placed them upon the Earth, but covered, none was lost: thus verified
planting today, achieving in this way more easy and early vegetation and older and more seasoned fruits.
They also observe that they refined and increased in proportion to the cleaning of the grounds; seen it by
the Indians they sought to imitate him certainly all for the much more useful that facilitated them so the
cultivation of this tree. Both abundant coconut in some districts of this country, that there are immense
forests of them.

140
The Bonga, is another palma highly esteemed also of the indians: produces its clusters very similar to the
dates: its fruit is hard and rough, and however indigenous peoples of the Philippines make much use of
it divided into small parts, wrapped in a leaf of the buyo (called betel nuts in India), which, seasoned
with a little mass of fine lime shells, and and made everything a roll, it chewed; is very aromatic,
strengthens much the stomach and strengthens the teeth. The fruit of this palm also serves to fixer of
dyes, for which the Chinese buy it: some time was suspended, more informed the government that its
product was almost worthless and of the most serious extortions that for him the Indians were
suffering, removed the levy.

The tree beautiful that gives the añil called also Indigo, was not known and grew careless in these islands,
until it discovered a missionary Augustinian. Neither was taking advantage the sibucao which is a stick of
campeche of Spain; but how strange is that ignorance of the utilities that could pay these plants beautiful
whose exploitation means advances that were so far even of those peoples, unto not receive of the
beneficial work of the missions? These were also the knowledge of cotton whose beautiful filament
possessed without knowing it. So many were the elements of wealth that kept this country needlessly,
and which were to be developed under the intelligent hand of civilization. But this progress was to be as
leisurely and slow as required by two very powerful reasons: the abundance of feracisimos land far
exceeding the number of arms that could dedicate themselves to its cultivation, and the inertia of the
climate of these regions printed on its inhabitants. It is known that great advances are the product of hard
work, and that this could not take place where the man saw always a available virgin lands that take
advantage, leaving those which, by having already yielded the first fruits of your fertility, require you the
cares of the crop. This had of appearing with the ensanche of the illustration in the Islands; emanating
from the example that their indigenous give their civilizadores and wise and beneficial laws. The example
began with the missions, which for more than two and a half centuries it occupied to inculcate in this
country the love of work that is the great regenerator of the destinations of the human species. To one
with the efforts of the religious, acudiéronlas venerable laws of the Indies, that while existed in its original
state objects that took into account the legislator, gave rise to wantonly industry, echoing the concerns
of the missions. Lately it has already announced the era in which have been of crowning so many hardships
and has to reach this bouquet unto his apogee, having attended some owners Europeans to deploy in this
country an activity unknown before. This has changed the face of the colony, in such terms, that yes to
the efforts é incessant efforts of those men jealous of the good of humanity, adds a special protection of
the Government, the Philippines achieved within a very few years an increase estraordinario in its various
branches of wealth, increasing to his time also the income of the State, in the same proportion as that.

Messrs. D. Iñigo de Azaola, about which we have just received the sad news of his death, Rojas and some
other owners of rooting, dedicate their attempted and their capitals the development of elements of
prosperity that encloses the ground privileged of the richest and most fruitful of colonies of Asia: the Lord
of the Gironnier, establishing unto the shores of Lake Ray, to address by itself the work of their estates
immediate, makes evident the promises to the implementation of the agricultural advancements unto
this country. Those advances supply in a big way the flaw of arms; the prosperity of the colony will also
mean that these multiply: besides the european has other needs that the Indian, and to participate it of
them, what will happen soon, concurring unto stimulate the own genius of imitation that distinguishes it,
everything will be application to meet them, and in brief territorial property will acquire the appreciation
that does not yet have. This may not happen to the early in the Mediterranean or inside of the provinces:
but not take nor unto manifest this great progress in all parties, because both the government and the
owners of Europe established in the country, unto a with indigenous people themselves, that they are
also going to be remarkable, estrcmarán its attempted to ensure that there is no point in the archipelago
where they can be obtained these great results, without arriving to be carried out in them. The spirit of

141
partnership will also unto round the company and the Indian who so easily learns as go, and leads him
unto perfection, appears in the same escabrosidades that are hardly today known, exhausting the
resources of the agricultural industry to produce the property right that today asoma even almost
neglected in the most fertile plains. In effect, the property is so little appreciated by reason of the
abundance and fertility of the Land , which many have believed not to exist in this country; saying that no
Indian is the owner of the land it occupies, but simply usufructuary; although it has this usufruct with
character of inheritance transmissible unto his successors. This error has been born of the wise provision
of the law of the country, for which it is estimated abandoned the domain, which is not holds in a given
time, and declares that it is completed by the same: so it looks that is transmitted territorial property
among the Indians by the same means that between us and avoid the prescription by abandonment of
cultivation, with only practice unto his time acts of domain and property. However it is not strange that
anyone who has not adequately studied the laws, usages and customs of the country, has suffered this
mistake; because although the property exists since the first religious awarded individually the territories
of the tribes, which were obtaining from the beginning of the conquest, has not been duly appreciated,
until you have been expressing the advances of civilization, giving new form to agriculture. With the
progress of this, will, as we have said, Unto be appreciated the territory, which in the dia was disregard as
more lower. In a country so abundantísimo of waters, as witnessed by the mists more abundant, and that
unto torque of the active vitality that the sun communicates unto the eastern regions, hidden in her womb
an action as strong as that often appears on the surface and in which there are indelible testimonies, there
cannot be a span of land that the end does not come unto take advantage as the mas unto purpose for
some ú other productions, mostly enjoying, as we have already said, a perpetual spring.

We will now look at those details and details that more can give us an idea of the current state of
agriculture in the Philippines, drawing on the results of the industriousness of the men illustrated and
observers, whose attention has set very particularly this first bouquet of public prosperity.

The establishment of territorial property was one of the first attentions that brought the Philippine
archipelago the conquest of civilization: the laws of the indies already mentioned determined and
bolstered this property and to stimulate the implementation of the indigenous peoples, and avoid that
with the natural abandonment of these, the lands that were awarded to remain without cultivation and
without being properly utilized, provided that the domain expired by the abandonment of cultivation at
a certain time. Each one then has the right to ask for sale the abandoned property to the government,
which sells the land realengas or valdías unto anyone who requests, to the price of 5 drives per quiñón
soon. These laws are without doubt very favorable unto the agriculture since that punish the carelessness,
returning to the government a property despised; and facilitate by this means the entry into the domain
of the worker from all land that lies in abandon; but its application and effect are not tari easy as it seems
to first sight. When a person shows to buy some of these lands, often presents the ancient owner or one
of his heirs, and citing excuses, swears that a start ploughing; begins to raise fences and amojonar lands,
but all this has more results that make sure again in possession, without therefore again to restore
cultivation. The repetition of these events through which the domain of land, which remain uneducated,
is preserved and can render utilities in other hands dedicated to them, by not having fun in the
deflowering of new lands or for not possessing so many that they are not sufficient to grow them, seems
to claim a new provision that, coming to the rescue of the eluded law secure its effects. The careless
owner than by abandonment of land gives chance to another to claim them, taking in exhaled and
prescribed the previous domain, it should be forced, not to a simple demonstration of property; not a
protest that will be a return to the cultivation of the land, fighting him, but to prove that you have forces
enough to grow them, and a. ipie actually did in certain time, still not heard then, if within this period had
not fulfilled its commitment. Also not is would avoid little this badly with that is dificultase it plowing and

142
the acquisition of new lands a who already worked or discounted others, accumulating is in a hand over
which can work, what is in prejudice of the agriculture, and of them mountains of the colony.

The Indians did not pay tax any territorial, because even what is called tithe is no more than a direct tribute
of real means a year per person tributante; what returns to express the spirit of that legislation in favor
of agriculture, and its tendency to awaken the application and industriousness, placing them on the
indolence indigenous. Agriculture is Tina mine that can pay so many utilities how many you want to
require for the work; and for this reason same today is not performing but what of pure necessity for the
grower to same, product insignificant, that such see? Not S.C asked if it is taxd the grower with the shorter
tax on it. Well penetrated in this truth the legislator has considered the Indian Filipino, owner of countless
sources of wealth that can leverage with just abandon its carelessness on the part that local action
permits, and asi, leaving espedilos all the means of such exploitation, has been considered as the only
wealth taxable work; because of this mode comes unto this be a need, and only remain a need , is like can
devote unto him the inhabitants of that area. The Indian is forced to pay a tribute, as has been seen in
another place, and agriculture, manufacturing industry, etc., are the elements that provide the means to
satisfy it: the legislator had been left free , thereby, that far from being the tribute an obstacle for
agriculture and for the a r t e s , is the great driving force of prostration indigenous, and facilitate an
application unto these Ramos that cannot be obtained by any other means.

A small number of owners Europeans of all classes, only pay the tribute of the tithe of which we have
spoken.

There are communal lands or own, whose products is commanded to invest in public works, provision of
schools etc.

Most of the cultivated land belongs unto the Indians, being almost sludge smallholders with few
escepciones. There are also farms owned by religious communities and institutions of public instruction
and individuals, Spaniards, mestizos or Indians. In the haciendas almost the whole of the cultivated lands
are leased unto family more or less rich , among which are transmitted from fathers to sons; not
opposed by the ordinary unto this owners while watching punctuality in the payment of the fee. The
price of the lease varies soguillas localities and the quality of the land; and may be regulated in 50 unto
00 cabanes of paddy rice by quiñón. The farmworkers small landowners or lessors tilling the land by yes
or ausiliándose of laborers or aparcedores, according the exposition of the work; the wages of the
laborers varies from real means unto real and daily average, according to the provinces and localities.
The aparcedores have the third party or the half of the crop, according to the adjustment made with
them, and according to the class of jobs for which they are responsible.

It is a considerable bad for agriculture that big landowners generally scorn direct for themselves the
cultivation of their possessions, devoting to this care and their capitals. By fortune already this goes
disappearing, and the application general to exploit this inapurable bouquet of wealth, is replacing a the
unfounded opinion that by long is had of that all European, that is devoted wing agriculture in
Philippines, not could less than ruin is. However, still is frequent that the owner of a great fenced not
have another resource that lease their lands to a price moderate, not only a a labrador but to a crowd in
the form that have said. The possession of San Juan de Dios in the Baliuag district, has more than a
thousand tenants, each of which needs to be kept a much special and separate while between MUDs
not grown more than 2,000 quinones of Earth.

143
A quinon is equal to 10 baletas, as these ten 100 loanes, and these a 10,000 square fathoms, whose
measures are the common ones of the country amounting to 51,250 Castilian varas.

To cultivate a quiñón of land, takes three good workers, which is regulated by each family: With this
knowledge is come unto the purchase of what is the subdivision of the land for its cultivation in the
possession referred. There is no doubt in this subdivision is particularly detrimental to the agricultural
progress and unto the utilities that can render the land; since that proportionally it is more expensive to
cultivate a small plot of land that the big one, to step that products that are collected are very scarce so
that they can make the costs that would require improvement of the work. This is remarkable especially
with regard to the big productions of sugar and the indigo. A harvesters of indigo that does not pick up
more than 8 or 10 quintals and many times one or two only, known is that cannot work but also by the
media simpler and the lowest possible cost. A cultivator who unto the most develops 100 quintals of sugar
, it is clear that cannot raise a water mill or of steam to the elaboration which corresponds. The result of
this is that everything is made in small, without the knowledge indispensable, with ill-instruments; and in
this way the products are scarce and without the goodness appetizing.

Despite all this, recently claimed yet to who wanted to grow on their own land, pose and directing
operations in large, was supposed to be worse drawee who to verify through leases, because we never
could be sure of having a day for another the necessary number of workers and would happen, that at
the time of need are left without none, because everyone would have already gone to attend unto the
fighting cocks, already to compel the love they auméntasela pays. D. Thomas Comin wanted to propose a
remedy against these evils, but in our view the realization of your project would have brought worse; for
what we omitted to take it into consideration. The enlightened general D. Antonio Urbiztondo, marquis
of the Solana. That worthily presiding over the destinies of the archipelago, and promotes their interests
with the more pointed out quite rightly been removed by fortune the disadvantages through the
prudentísimo side that, seeing it as the most solid c infallible basis of prosperity for the agriculturade the
colony, we transcribe it in full, and is as follows:

•Don Antonio Urbiztondo etc. etc. willing this higher government of removing the obstacles which are
having the agriculture, the main source of wealth and prosperity of these islands, increasing and attracting
with advantages the class labradora that estendida by the-fertile land with that invites our privileged
ground, promotes the increase of their wealthy productions, developing ert consequence civilization and
commerce; instructed the timely espediente in virtue of the Royal Order of 14 June 1848, seen as reported
by the top seal directive of finance, and by Mr. Superintendent Sub-delegate of these islands, in
accordance with the Lord, a result of the Real Order of 14 April 1841, and in accordance with the opinion
of the Mr general counsel of Government, I have come to have:
•Article 1 allows unto the landowners of first and second class that introduce colonies of Chinese farmers,
prior granting of this higher government and Captaincy General, in the number and subject unto the rules
that are espresarán.
•2.° will be taken by landowners of first class the owners of estates whose total product does not lower
than 2,500 pesos annually; and by second-class unto estates whose production does not lower than 1,500
pesos.
•3.° The enunciated qualification lies unto this higher government, as well as the granting of permits for
the admission of which is trata , shall submit the concerned their requests with the relevant supporting
documents.
4.° landowners first-class will allow the introduction of up to 40or Chinese, and unto the second class until
200.

144
5.° religious and individuals having farms that separately yield the mentioned income will be considered
for the purpose of admission of Chinese farmers, as if each were a single owner.
6.° The Chinese that are introduced by the landowners in question will not be able to devote themselves
unto another class of faenas, tragin, trade or offices mechanics, who unto the work of the field during the
time of their commitment , and unto the benefits of sugar, indigo and abaca,
7.° landowners will be responsible to the local authority, the higher government and unto the Hacienda,
the infringement of the previous article, suffering financial penalties that are worthy and will not lower
than 50 pesos in each case.
8.° it shall be the duty of the same landowners the denounce unto the authority of the provincial the leak
of the Chinese to abandon the haciendas ; and by the Treasury will be available whenever it deems
appropriate, to visit, to ensure déla effective existence of the chinese registered voters in each one. In the
cases of deaths of Chinese, the landowner will part to the authorising officers of the province with the
formalities laid down or prescribed.
9.° The Chinese introduced to engage eselusivamente unto the agriculture and unto the benefits of sugar,
indigo and abaca in the provinces of Luzon and the Visayas , except those that are espresarán, paid
annually 12 reais capitation , and a real per box of community.
10. The introduced to engage eselusivamente unto the agriculture and benefits as indicated, in Cagayan,
Nueva Vizcaya, Nueva Ecija, Mindoro, Masbate, Ticao, Catanduanes and Polillo, Romblon é islands
contiguous, Misamis, loaded, Zamboanga, New Guipúzcoa, Calamianes and tender points depopulated,
paid only as the natural. The same advantages will enjoy mestizos, who, as the Chinese, to engage in the
designated countries unto tilling the land themselves, and unto the benefits espresados.
11. The landowners will respond directly to the finance of the amount of the capitaciones concerned, and
the suit by quarters defeated, in the subdelegations of the provinces unto that correspond the estates or
in the case of taxation of vaunted if they accommodate.
12. Individuals who acquire land realengas in the provinces or uninhabited islands, which allows the
cultivation of tobacco, and in order to dedicate unto this esclusivamente, subject unto the rules
established by the superintendency or which will be established, will allow the introduction of colonies of
50, 100 and up to 200 Chinese , in proportion to the land that they devote unto such cultivation,
esceptuándolos taxd in the first five years, after which, if continued dedicated to the cultivation and
benefit of this plant, paid subject to the rules set out in articles 9 and 10, according to the case in which
they are located.
13. The Chinese that after admitted for agriculture and benefits espresados, want a career both in the
provinces of Luzon, terms in the Visayas, to trade, wings arts or unto another profession that is not of the
espresadas in article 6, shall be subject to the payment of the capitaciones established by Regulation unto
the respective classes.
14. Those who after the time of its commitment with the landowners to obtain land valdíos and cultivate
shall be based, and will continue to pay the capitation that set out in articles 9 and 10, according to the
case in which they are located.
15. Minors who are introduced in the Chinese tenants will not pay anything until they reach the age of
taxd, and on reservations they understand the common provisions unto the other Chinese.
16. The mngeres that are introduced in the set forth Chinese farmers or to losindicados benefits, paid as
natural.
17. The Indies or mestizo, they marry with the Chinese tenants paid as nat ural mountains, and shall be
exempt when what are their husbands under the provisions of article 12. The crossbred they marry with
mestizos dedicated unto tilling the land with their own arms, will also pay as natural.
18. The children of the Chinese farmers who continue dedicated to agriculture and unto the benefits
outlined, paid as natural, and kept in their respective standards and with the use of clothing and other
distinctions in the of your guild, ínterino reach espresa license of the higher government.

145
19. The Chinese that are hired from his country to serve unto a landowner under the conditions of this
decree, making manifest unto his arrival and give unto this higher government their requests, espresando
the time by which they have been recruited and the point at which van unto devoted to agriculture, or
unto the other benefits , and the landowner, or your contractor will sign this request, expressing be true
that it espresa, and it supports to the Chinese under the rules espresadas, for in his view espedir unto it
the appropriate license. The Chinese who are established in these islands under the rules of the side of 20
December 1849 and other provisions in force and are hired in the espresados terms, will make their
requests in the same way for the same object.
20. The Chinese that it is will be under the protection and protection of the Government and of the
common laws unto the other inhabitants.
And for it to have the due publicity, rock and circúlese unto those who appropriate.
•Given in Manila to 5 August 1850.-Urbiztondo.-The Secretary, Nicholas Enrile.-

Now, after received for the colony the impulse that this one knew disposition has given to him towards
its prosperity, it is necessary to expect for everything from the civilization of these regions, of the new
needs that this civilization makes feel á its natives; from the love to the work that that one and these
cannot stop from creating in them; of the care that for all the possible means have to direct for themselves
á to inculcate the same love into impairment of its inclination á the idleness, opposing the activity of the
culture á the prostration that on them prints the influence of the climate. The good results obtained by
the big owners who á the ripeness dedicate its capitals and efforts to the improvement and development
of the agriculture of the archipelago, and the zeal of the guided government á to protect these
praiseworthy works and á to distinguish and to extoll the agriculture, promoting at the same time the
association spirit in its benefit, are of course the inevitable means of removing any obstacle and raising it
to the climax of its prosperity, which can be amazing.

Almost all the mountains might be cultivated, being covered of rich sowings and of meadows. The best
ground is the one that calls tubigan, whose name happens á those that are watered ó placed in parago
depth, so that the waters could cover them in the epoch of the rains. To stop the water in these grounds
divisions are done in them with walls of half a foot á a height foot, formed of the same ground. In the
province of the Lagoon the quiñón of this ground pays from 250 á 500 pesos to himself; in Pangasinan of
220 á 250; in llocos-south as á approximately 500; in the shores of the river contiguous Pasig á Manila, on
approximately 1,000, which it is the most considerable price up to the present: á the same price is paid in
Malólos de Bulacan: in Baliuag it does not cost any more than á 500 rs.

The province of Bulacan however that lacks of irrigation in the most part, contains territories feracísimos
as the mentioned of Halólos. The river that passes by the capital receives the estuaries of the sea, and its
waters where these do not reach, are very good. It began to open a channel to reach this same city the
waters of the plentiful Quingua, but sadly he left the company. The comarca of Buenavista, quo compono
as 7,000 quiñones of arable land, is fertilized by the Angat and others; and yet it is not all of irrigation: If
you opened channels, construct norias and dykes, serious a garden more delicious even than it is in the
day and a property a succulent, while in the day hardly produces of 6 to 7 thousand pesos anuos: The
same could be verified in almost the entire province, as it is easy, without costly dispondios. In the
province oj llocos-South, where the population'se has increased in a way prodigious, and where therefore
already take advantage of more land, all people seek waters by these means. The mayors, in harmony
with the pastors, should contribute to this interesting progress, in the other provinces of the archipelago.
There is land in different points as in the estremidad N. E. of the Pampanga and within the confines of this
and of Pangasinan, which produce a yerba call cogon, which serves to grazing of livestock, and torn and
burned is a good compost for the arable land : the uncultivated are disappearing for each day as a

146
necessary consequence of the increase in population which is esperimentando. The land calls the Manas,
which are those that are flooded by the avenues of the rivers and essentially those that are formed in the
shores of these by the sediment of its waters, are the best for the cultivation of sugar and the indigo and
with preference is destined to the cultivation of tobacco; but are appreciated by the ordinary less than
the most own for rice, which is the production favorite of natural, but also is the one that is more answer
unto the misadventures of the station, and unto the casualties that this article may suffer in the markets
of China.

We have already said that the crop is generally entrusted by the owners and even by the great tenants
unto other hands minors; then make their contracts with one or many workers, who are responsible to
cultivate the fields with their propíos buffaloes and their carts: by the ordinary the stipend consists in half
of the crop, reserving the owner or the first lessee the remaining half. There are certain crops whose
expenses not weigh just on the settler, but is verified by means of seasonal workers to be taken according
to the need, costeándolos between that settler and the owner, and the most common this
eselusivamente. Asi is that it is customary to pay unto the day laborers on six weights by quiñón in planting
the rice, and in the gathering 5 and a real by ten thousand bundles or by 50 Cabanes. Those who beat the
rice , tend to carry on his work in Bulacan, the eleventh part of the grain, in other provinces are much
more onerous these operations, costing unto times the third part of the harvest. Half of all these expenses
gravel to settler, but this is usually done by itself faenas equivalent, and this mode is the economizing.
Even occurs that the settler also plays by itself the portion of the work which must afford the owner, and
it is the pay, and keeps you while Ios plays: it is estimated that the rice that should be given to its alUmentó
amounts to á 25 cabanes; proving so it with his work and the value of their buffalo and your cart, can
hijack the three fifths of the produce of the land; niodq which consists in its willingness the enhancement
of the utilities; but most of them are so in estrenuo lazy and dealing so little in the future, that live only in
the day, so that in him same Earn or are given, without careful be saving for the future. From the time
they start to work, begin tamdien unto borrow from the owner, both in grain as in money, unto account
of half the product obtainable on the crop, and the owner is obliged unto condescender, because failure
to do so, the workers will leave to search in other hands the means to respond to their needs and
commitments. The owner to make these loans, load to the money and unto the effects that advances, the
accumulation of interest, so that when it reaches the collection, not only do not receive the settlers or
sharecroppers half of the crop, expected, but that even many times are still being for the following year,
which is inevitable if you disgrace, harvest. There are however escepciones this rule, particularly among
the Mestizo settlers, which are more active é industrious that the Indians, the wise laws of the Indies, to
prevent unto this will give more of a quantity provided for responding to their needs, and that the owner
or lessor, taking advantage of its unpredictability, you constitute in the case that we have indicated by
means of the grown revenues that load generally unto their loans, acquitted them from the payment of
any debt that esceda five pesos strong; Asi se esplica in this case, the curatorship that the simple Indian
dispensation always that admirable code.

The instruments and operations of agriculture are generally still quite late. However, the plow, the comb,
that is used to match the flooded land before planting the rice, the slipway with that are leveled land not
flooded, as in Spain, the hoe and sickle, which employ the main growers and even other minors, have
been introduced in China and are quite good; being that empire one of the most developed countries in
agriculture. To remove a field, you start by cutting the forest and after that the wood has been dried, gives
fire. The forests in this country as are constantly green, without abatirlos before and leave to dry, it makes
it very difficult and even almost impossible the incendiarlos.

147
We have already said that agriculture is served from carts: of these there are wheels, (foot can contain
twelve cabanes palay or rice in branch, and pull them two buffalo: when are adjusted with the driver,
often cost unto reason of two royal silver per day. There is also a kind of carriage without wheels that
tends to be pulled by a buffalo, which can contain as two cabanes palay, of which each one comes to
weigh about 100 pounds Castilian.

Now, believing can provision greater accumulation of similar pequenecos of little interest and perhaps
unbecoming of this place, we can complete the review of those main articles, presenting this country, and
specify something more operations of the cultivation and production of each of them.

Sugar is one of the most interesting productions already mentioned. On these islands are five kinds of
sugar cane, which are as follows: the zambales cane, which is one to two inches in diameter and up to two
yards long; serves mainly to eat, because it is more tender than the other kinds. The incarnate, that also
serves to eat and whose sugar is very good, is plant in the close of Manila. The purple, whose juice is very
sweet, and is cultivated with preference in the Pampangapara the sugar. The white, which is also very
sweet and is planted with the same object in the Laguna and Batangas. Finally, it listed that is known in
few locations. Not is has introduced still in this country the cana of Otayti, that is the best that is known
in the Antilles, by whose reason believe that should be their acclimatization in this country. The greater
part of the sugar that is produces in Philippines, is harvested by them small owners Indian or mestizo,
each one of which produces annually from 100 a 500 quintals. The system more widespread cultivation is
as follows: prepare the land more high, called Bacoores; because of not be so, flooding was in the time of
the rains perish them plantations.

The preparation consists of plowing é match the terrain, which is then divided into furrows distant as a
stick to each other. In these grooves are sown or planted the tips of the callas that unto this end reserve
of the previous harvest, at the time of Cut the gray hairs to benefit women, whose operation begins with
the month of January. These tip came to have as a span of long, and then cuts are left to dry for a few
days, when checking this very soon unto the sowing, because if you raise in followed, much juice that
contain and the substance of the earth harian that pudriesen. On the contrary, since when they have been
cut until must be planted has elapsed too long, are soaked for two days. When planting, are placed one
at a time or two by two, according to the countries, in the espresados furrows, clavándolas until its half:
the distance also varies according to the terrain, from something more than an inch up to two feet in the
near future. Fact this is covered with earth. This Plantation is checked since the month of February until
the month of May including. To kill the yerba that grows, the land is plowed that average between the
furrows, two or three times in the first months after made the plantation; when they grow the cane leaf
and cover the ground, since the yerba cannot prevail; because these sheets the drowned. These
plantations, after ten to twelve months are harvested. In the Pampanga, Bulacan and other provinces
where they engage unto this crop lands quite tired, it is customary to plant a year caíla and the next are
allocated to the corn, indigo, etc.; so that, for each harvest of sugar there is to do a plantation. In Laguna,
where used land again removed, made after planting, it is harvested three times in three consecutive
years. After each an of these crops is da fire to the leaves dry that cover the ground. To clean the Yerba
plantations, then not are it may be worth the plow, but hoe or knife; because it perjudicaria a gray hair
roots. After the third harvest, is estraen these roots, plowing the land, to plant new cane harvested for
three consecutive years. He attributing this to a delay in the crop effect; because in the island of Cuba,
where preference again dismounted land are dedicated to the cultivation of sugar, is planted in them once
the size to harvest 25 years in a row; taking care only of killing the grass with the machete when it is
necessary, to prevent that you choking cane shoots. Not burning the leaves dry of this, obtained them
large advantages of keep the moisture of the terrain; preventing at the same time that the yerba grow

148
with ease, and then are a considerable fertilizer for them lands. Also, after verified each harvest, when
have started them waters, is facilitates the shoot of them stumps, separating some both of them them
leaves dry, that them cover, and also if after some number of years is notice some clear where them
stumps have perecido, especially by the transit of them wheels of them trucks that serve for the driving
of the cana to the mill , is replant such clear with new tips, so the ground is save equally seeded. This
system adopted on the island of Cuba is more simple and economic, and therefore more useful, we believe
that it should be used in the Philippine Islands.

For the benefit of the harvest, once cut cane and well cleaned of all the sheets in the indians lead unto
the trapiches or mills, called cabiyavan by the natural: these mills were introduced by the missionaries
and enhanced by the big landowners who have dedicated their capitals and care to improve agriculture
and arts of the Colony, some years unto this part. These generally consist of two stones cylindrical of quite
thick, with teeth of hardwood é incorruptible call molavin: clipped these teeth at the two cylinders,
produce to the impulse of a buffalo, a opposite motion; and positioned in the middle the cane, is
esprimida; passing the juice through a passage unto the boilers or cavas, which tend to be brought in from
China and are of large dimensions. These are cooked well the sugar, throwing a bit of lime to purify it: in
coming unto his point is passed the juice unto a second cablera where it returns to boil, and being well
clarified, thrown into some pylons of mud, which can contain two and a half to three arrobas without that
can be secured with exaclitud your room; because although is marked the weight by the town hall, often
manufacturers adulterarlos. The pylon, full is placed on top of a pot, until it hardens well; despue s will
open up a hole that has in the fund covered with mud, and in this way distills all weeds within the pot,
leaving the sugar bled: verified this, deposited in a dressing room, which have all mills to the side of the
stove; these are from the factory of lime and bricks with fireplace in the same material. The flame is
currently done in these ovens, nourished by the same cana, after esprimida or pressed and dried to the
sun.

In addition to these simple apparatus for the development of sugar, there are already in the Philippines
some good plantations, as are: 1.° is the Calauang ownership of the Mr Iñigo González Azaola and Messrs
Roxas, located on the estate of the same name, Provincial of the lagoon has a mill or trapiche of English
iron moved by a hydraulic wheel of the strength of 15 horses, and two furnaces economy with their
respective batteries of boilers. 2.° is the Calatagan ownership of Roxas children, on the estate of the same
name, in the province of Batangas, with a mill horizontal iron, moved by a machine of steam from the
force of 50 horses, and three kilns economic, etc. 3.° is the Jalajala, property of D. Prosperous Vidíes on
the estate of the same name, Provincial of the Laguna ; with two mills of iron vertical , moved each of
them by four buffaloes and two furnaces economy. 4.° is the Payatas of the estate of the same name,
province of Tondo. 5.° Another wit more in the province of the Pampanga. 6.° is the Imus, which
unfortunately has been destroyed, the property of the parents recoletos, in the estate of the same name,
province of Cavíte. To bake sugar had been used consistently the firewood until the year 1831 or 33 , in
which it introduced the use of the furnaces economy, in that the bagasse from the same rod serves as
fuel; should this improvement unto Messrs D. Paul Lagironiere, D. Francisco Araullo, D. Iñigo González
Azaola and Domingo Roxas, who unto his costa did come an engineer from the island of Borbon, for the
construction of that class of ovens, which the Indians have imitated in followed in small in proportion to
the exposition of its plantations. This progress has been very interesting, particularly in the provinces of
Bulacan and Pampanga, which are the most sugar production, because in them already began to dwindle
firewood and had ceased to produce this important article, anus having found an economic substitute in
the bagasse by means of this class of kilns.

149
Small sugar cane growers sell the products obtained, the owner, the pylons u lasts, without purging it nor
sunning it, because these operations occur in establishments there to the vicinity of Manila, dedicated to
the object.

The syrup that exude them pylons of sugar is called honey, which is used in the manufacturing of the rom
and also to mix it with the water that drink them horses.

Operations of the plantation, cultivation and processing of sugar are practiced on the basis of different
contracts between owners and workers, the most common is that corran of settler account all necessary
tasks, including the conduct of the cane to the mill, and that still contributes with its work to operations;
getting throughout half of the harvest. He owner has obligation of pay you also the amount of them tips
necessary for the plantation: then are of his has them expenses of grinding all the harvest.

The cost of a mill is estimated at 200 pesos at least. In addition are needed on a 14 Buffalo, that reason,
ten pesos each, imported 140; a shed or warehouse to crimp them bread and dry them, able; even contain
500 of these, graduating in about 100 pesos. These costs must be added payment and. maintenance of a
contra-maestre and two workers needed, in addition to the works that the settlers lend: those earning 4
rs. Silver each one, by each task of nine breads, and your maintenance costs three with short difference;
15 r s importing these two expenses for each of those tasks. Silver. Cast needed for every bread costs a
real id., and above all this, has to afford even two cattle, that a monthly weight razan each, imported 24
pesos per year. The remainder to be consumed is estimated offset by product of molasses, which let the
loaves of sugar and sold for the manufacture of the rom and sweeten the water given to horses as we
have said. Them Buffalo is kept only of yerba and of them leaves of the rods.

Two Quiñones of land in a year abundant can give until eight hundred loaves of sugar; but regulating the
production by a five years, comes a give ones 400 nothing more, amount that to the own time is also
which with short difference can develop a mill in a year. Therefore you can take this amount by type to
calculate costs and utilities of this production in the following manner:

COSTS.
Price of two quiñones of land in Baliuag,
through whose territory had been made
the previous regulations ………. 800 ps.
Amount of the tips of the cane invested
in the plantation, unto reason of five
reals per baleta ………………… 12 4
A mill complete……….................... 200
Fourteen buffaloes …………………………… 140
By the salaries of two boyeros ………. 24
By a shed for pressing and dry the 400
loaves ……………………………. 100
By the salary of the foremen and 2 13
workers in the development ……………. 05
Value of 200 forms, which are only of
account of the owner……………………… 25
Total expenses 1.584 ps. 6 rs. 13 mrs.

PRODUCTS.

150
 Value of the land... 800 pesos.
Ditto of the mill inferred the 5 by 100 of
loss.... 190

ID fourteen Buffalo... 155

ID. shelter... 95
sale of 200 panes that belong to the
owner, a reason for 2% pesos each... 500
Total 1,718 pesos.

It is therefore the owner a benefit liquid of 555 pesos or 24 per 100 of utility.

If one takes this earth in the lease and the sub-leases in the same terms espresados for its cultivation,
what can be done in the same district of Baliuag mentioned where is the vast region of Buena-Vista,
belonging to the monastery of San Juan de Dios, which consists of 6,000 Quiñones of land, Delos that
three quarters are uneducated, be submitted an alteration notable in the calculation. A quiñón of the best
quality for the sugar cane of the sold unto 400 pesos, leased in 15 and then the calculation is as follows:

COSTS.
Lease of two quiñones of earth 50 ps.
The rest of the expenditure as in the previous 584 ps. 6 rs. 13 mrs.
calculation. . .
Total expenditure 614 ps. 6 rs. 13 mrs.
PRODUCTS.
The same as the above 800 pesos of
land………………………………………. 918

What offers a benefit for 503 pesos 1 real one 7 mrs. or 49 and, for 100.
About the reduction of 5 for annual 100 done in the value of the mill, of the shed and of the buffaloes, in
the assumption of which it is necessary to renew them every twenty years, it turns out that the benefit
is more considerable in last years than in the first ones; since that there is less the laid-down capital that
these represent; and in effect the one that buys a mill, a shed and the old buffaloes ó of a medium-sized
age, will win more than the one that buys them young people. In this case the calculation will result.

COSTS.
A mill 100 ps.
fourteen Buffalo 70
a shed 50
two cattle 24
lease of two quinones 50
cost of the canes 12 4
workers in the mills 83 2 13
two hundred Forms 25
Total of expenses 594 ps. 6 rs. 13 mrs.
PRODUCTS.
A mill 90 ps.

151
 fourteen Buffalo 63
a shed 45
200 loaves 500
Total 698 ps.
Profit 505 ps. 1 real one 7 mrs. ó more than 76 for 100 of the used capital.
From here one sees clearly, that a laid-down capital in grounds taken in rental, produces a double of what
it gives buying them; for which it is of admiring that the love á the bay property they could give so much
value.

It must be observed even about the grounds rental, that both in Good Sight and in any other part, a cousin
species is paid usually for the expenses of the deforestation, when grounds are not virgins: the plowing of
these that are easily in rental, although the quiñón promotes á nearly 100 pesos, almost the lessor is
compensated with the advantage of not paying anything for the rental for five years. This takes place not
only with the sugar, but also with all sorts of products.

RICE: To the cultivation of this one the Indians give the biggest preference, and with good reason, because
it is its main food, and is equivalent between them to the bread between the Europeans. Consequently,
this agriculture branch is that the Pampanga is more moved forward in the Philippines, principally in the
provinces of Tondo, Cavite, Bulacan, and in many peoples of the Lagoon, etc. Nevertheless in some points,
the most distant of Manila, where not even the use of the plow has been generalized even, this cultivation
suffers from the general delay.

More than 80 varieties of rice are known in the archipelago, with different denominations, which
specification is not interesting. The essential difference that exists between them, consists of the fact that
a few classes sow in high area ó dry land, this is, that it has no irrigation, it is not even flooded in the epoch
of the waters; while others plant on watered areas ó that are flooded at the station of the rains. Between
the above mentioned classes there is some who harvest cu the space of five á six months, and others in
that of three only; like that is that alternating between these two varieties, in some irrigation areas, two
rice harvests are obtained a year. The dry land varieties are sowed interspersing the seed á fistfuls on the
plowed area é equalled opportunely. Those of irrigation are sowed with equal way, but much more
generally, it is done in seedbeds, where from it is transplanted to the area destined for the effect, which
must be plowed, brushed and turned into a bog species. These varieties are so delicate, that get lost in
they lacking the water to the foot since they stand firm until they are harvested. By it, on having prepared
the grounds for its cultivation, a few pictures of different dimensions are done, covering the ground, á
what the natives call pilapil. Made this operation, they work the ground and they her brush with a plank
species textile of the feet of the wild cane and full house of spikes of the same cane. In this state and being
the picture full of water, the rice stands firm; bringing it from the seedbeds, which are other similar
pictures: for this plantation enough height must have the rice, so that the water of the pictures does not
cover the tops; since otherwise it would rot. The operation of the plaulacion
it begins at the beginning of July, and completed it is, already needs neither any more work nor care that
he always to have the pictures full of water, so that the harvest is abuntante. This one ripeness comes á
in beginning of December, and there is reaped by a sickle the same as the wheat in Spain. In the areas dry
lands and in some of irrigation, the ears are even taken with the hand, by means of a knife by the way.
Then they are left stretched in the field for some days, and then bundles form with them that in the
country call order it, and trasporta to the place destined for the threshing, which is done in a following
way: they plant two stakes and cross a stick on which the iridiums rest, and with the naked feet, do that
the grain becomes detached. Some of them usually use also the buffaloes in this task, but they are very
few. This operation there is practised more commonly for estraer the grain of the rice of the areas dry

152
lands: that of irrigation, done bunches, these are taken by means of a cane instrument, and they battle
strongly against a big stone, which is had to the attempt. The grain becomes detached this way; and
repeated the operation in another place to finish of extracting it, the straw stays entirely alone. Concluded
the threshing, they separate this one and deposit it for the food of the cattle. They clean the grain in rind
and the called granaries gather it á there tambobong, that regularly are usually made of canes; although
also there is already many of stone and table. Before gathering the rice with rind, which the natives call
palay, they usually measure it, to calculate if the harvest is good. To peel the rice in the general thing they
use a wooden mortar, which they call luzon, and with two long mallets, strike in him á hand. The same
Indians usually use also a machine that they call guilingan, whose base is of a canes textile ó liana equal
in its forms á a coffee mill: in her they place the grain, and oppressed by a cylinder, which rolls moved
about an Indian, it remains clean of the rind and in the state of esportacion and consumption. Some
Europeans have introduced lately machines for this operation; but the Indians do not find so well
pulimentado the grain that is cleaned by these means as by the one that they use. The areas dry lands
give a rice of better taste and more substance; but on the other hand its harvest is less sure and abundant.
Let's see now the approximate calculation that is done on this production.

In the district of Baliuag, province of Bulacan, enter five cabanes of rice in the planting of a quiñón of
earth. The settler puts your work, being in addition to your account the oxen and plow. The owner pays
half of the other costs, which are the following. Daily wages for the planting of a quiñón cost six weights
and two Royal: The of the harvest three pesos and a real by 10,000 loops or 50 Cabanes. Threshing or
churning of the rice is paid with the tenth of the product. In this province a quiñón of land in a crop
regulate, produces 250 cabanes; of these the owner separates five for the new planting season: the
remainder were part by half between the owner and the tenant farmer, that is to say that the results are
the following:

Costs of planting 6 ps. 2 rs.

Idem of recollecion ___15__ __5__
__21 ps_ _7 rs._
Half to the owner….……………………………… 10 ps 7 rs 10 mrs.

The 250 Cabanes, deducted the three corresponding to the planting, and 23 of the threshing, leave a liquid
of 222, which are often sold in the days of the collection, unto four silver reals; importing 111 pesos, of
which the owner removes half, or are 55 pesos 4 Rs. Of all these considerations is the following calculation:

EXPENDITURE.
A quiñón of land. 500 ps.
Id of a shed that you need 10
Expenditure unto by owner 10 ps. 7 rs. 10 mrs.
Total 520 ps. 7 rs. 10 mrs.
PRODUCTS.
Value of the land……………………… 500 ps.
Id of the canopy 9 4
Product of revenue 55 4
Total 565

153
The profit is 44 pesos or 8 % for 100; and since there can be two harvests a year, the annual product
raises 17 % for 100.

The AÑIL, or INDIGO. The plant that gives this precious dye rises in good ground unto four or five feet in
height. It was unknown in the Philippines until a Missionary Augustinian, good naturalist, noted that under
the leaf presented a film in figure of bag, thát which contained a juice of bright bluish color; made several
experiments, and then instructed in the way of planting and benefit it to the indios, to draw from it the
great utility that we see. This plant is not very sensitive and planting of different modes: the indios in some
parts tend to plow the field one or two times, and then spread the seed without more preparations or
more careful, as the animals do not eat but the buffalo, and that if it is very harassed of hunger; other
throw the seed in the seedbed of rice a little before segarlo, when already disappear the waters. This
sowing is done usually in November, and it is marvelous what then resists the dryness and the ardour of
the sun. At the beginning of July is checked the collection of indigo, that usually sprout instantly, and tint
of this second harvest leaves equal to that of the first: but if comes third time, since nothing is worth. Cut
the indigo, lead it unto a large wooden bath tub of eight or more feet high, which must be immediate
unto any stream or water well clear; in some parts usually make holes of mud strong or stone in place of
the tub. This or the hole was filled with water in natural state: it cast cut plants with their branches and
leaves, and left in this state until the next day, so that it does not pass of ten or twelve hours. After this
time, it takes a little water from the tub in a glass, and if it sees that it has already taken a green color,
draws the branches and is thrown into the water two or three ounces of lime powder for each 25 pound
of these branches extracted. Immediately continue operation beating well until the water in the tub
through a few rods long, for about an hour, which takes the desired color: then let it rest, and removed
the clear water through a hole, which has a tub two feet from the bottom, and is thus made what is called
tintarron : then it picks up from the bottom of the tub and placed in jars of clay, where it remains until it
is exported or consumed in the country. The own operation is practiced with the Indigo in pasta, with the
difference that when is the water well dyed, is moved without beat it a another tub; This is where they
beat and extract the water clear as in the first; collecting the tintarron remaining in the background, orear
it to make pills at once. The first batch of Indigo, which was received in Spain, was the burning melding
Augustinian missionary Fr. Matias Octavio, from Lerín, Navarra, the year of 1704. Known is that this mode
of benefit the Indigo presents quite late. It would be desirable that in this branch is introduced the system
followed in Calcutta, where the plant is dipped only twelve hours in ponds of many surface and three-
foot-tall masonry only; having is suppressed the use of the cal by unnecessary for aposar the starch, which
is baking in large boilers for clean it, skimming it of them materials foreign that contains: then is placed in
ones canvases, so drain the water. Starch already in this State, undergoes a presses a stock order to
remove the remaining water containing, is divided into pills, sealed and allowed to dry.

It also comes about this production by means of landlords, who from the plantation lend their work unto
all faenas, except to cast the indigo in the vats and unto their manufacture. The vats belong to the owner.
Each laboratory, usually consists of three of these, the capacity of three quintals, and occupies two
operators and a counter-master. Operators or laborers earn unto reason for three pesos per month, and
six anti-master, that together add up to twelve. The maintenance of the three comes unto cost a royal
silver daily. The lime for the mixture usually cost unto 10 Rs. The quintal. A Cuba can give three quintals
of product per month. It is therefore that the costs of three quintals are 22 pesos, or be unto reason of 7
% per quintal. The grain is necessary to obtain a quintal of material, is calculated in two gantas worth 4
RS., which added unto the 7 and weights are 8 pesos. The indigo of of Bulacan first quality tends to be
sold at the time of harvesting unto 72 pesos the quintal. A quillón gives in a common year 3 quintals; per
quintal the owner must have a cuba that costs 7 pesos.

154
Given here is the calculation of the products, values and expenses to be able to come to the knowledge
of leaving this article to the owner.
Three quintals sold unto reason of 72 pesos, total… 216 ps
Deduction for costs of the three quintals...………….. 24
Subtract 192 ps.
Half to the owner 96 ps.
EXPENDITURE.
A quiñón of earth 400 ps.
Three vats unto 7 pesos 21
Costs of manufacture 24
Total 445 ps.
PRODUCTS.
Half of the sale of 5 quintals to 72 pesos….. 108
Three vats ………………………………………………………… 20
Value of the land………………………………………………….. 400
Total 528 ps.

It turns out to be a benefit of 83 pesos, or of a 18 per 100.

This calculation refers to the province of Bulacan, where you do not take more than a single crop per
year, which is customary to plant in the same land of rice last rainy season.

In the llocos Sur province is caught in a hoyon (land measure) that can produce five cabanes of rice,
more than thirty carloads of leaf of Indigo. As in this province only rice gives 40 per 100 common year,
200 cabanes will require 40 hoyonos, soon a quinon, which will produce 1,200 carloads of Indigo leaves:
of 60 carloads removed a quintal of colouring matter of fate as a land of more than 20 quintals quinon
do matter. A hoyon of land of first class vale ten grounds, or 400 pesos by a quinon of 10,000 Fathoms
square; of consequent the capital employee for produce the Indigo in the province of llocos, gives
results much more beneficial that in it of Bulacan; and have is present that in it of Bulacan not is gets
more than a harvest, while queen it of llocos-South is collected three by year. In San Vicente and Santa
Catalina, of the same province, there are lands that cost a 600 pesos and in Sinait and others places
more high of llocos-South is can get very good for the production of the Indigo to 200 and even a 100
pesos. In this province is usual that the owner put the lime and the tanks; the crop, the seed and the
manufacturing are of has of the tenant, that receives the 3 / 5 liquids of the production. The results of
this are obtained from the mode following:

EXPENSES.
Land 200 ps.
Lime at 3 pesos a quintal 60
two sets of vats 40
Total 500 ps.
PRODUCTS.
Land 200
Vats 30
At 2/5 of 20 quintals of Indigo to 50 Pesos quintal. 400

155
 Total 630 ps.

Deducted from this amount the 500 pesos unto that the amount of the expense is a benefit of more than
100 per cent. In Pangasinan and north of the Pampanga there are entire areas of land unto purpose for
the production of the Indigo: can be regarded as virgin and to prepare them no more than or cut or burn
the cogon, whose Djerba is a compost excellent for the earth.

The SESAME. With two gantas of sesame seeds can be planted a field that produces more than four
Cabanes, which tend to be sold unto razou of two pesos each, which gives 40 per quifion and 80 in the
two crops that are harvested to the anus. Half corresponds to the owner, whose account is as follows:

EXPENSES.
Seeds 2 ps.
Shed 5
Land 400
Total 407 ps.
PRODUCTS.
Forty cavans at 2 pesos 80 ps
Shed 4 4
Land 400
Total 484 ps. 4 silver reals

Which gives a benefit of 19 per 100 soon.

Machine that serves to remove the sesame oil, is reduced to a trunk of tree placed on two stone wheels.
In one of its ends, there is an opening where it is placed the grain wrapped in a canvas and increases the
pressure of the opening by means of a weight suspended trunk and wedges that introduce: thus I know
migrancy and extracted the oil, drop a drop falls into some buckets placed below.

This operation is painful and takes four or five people. Working without rest, can crimp a caban of grain
and remove six gantas of oil. However, ordinarily not take more than the half, because the operators are
very lazy. A caban of grain is generally worth two pesos, and oil than it is poop, often sold in three weights
or a 4 rs. the ganta. Them waste is sold to pay the land and with its value is cover them expenses of it
manufacturing.

The COCAL or coconut tree: this palm tree is planted in lines unto the distance of seven in seven varas
little more or less to each other. In the space that remains intermediate, can be cultivated indigo, rice,
corn, etc., almost the same as if they were not these palm trees. In a balita can be planted 160 feet, each
one of which tends to produce more than forty nuts that give a total of 6,400 shortly, which for the price
of 3 reals 100 imported annually 24 pesos. When you purchase a piece of land with coconut trees already
large, there is a weight per tree, and four reais near the mountains. The capital employed then is 100
pesos, and the product of 21 id: therefore, the benefit is 15 per 100, Unto which lack add 50 or 40 by 100,
which can be won in the field by the indigo or corn. However, rarely planted the Indians in its plantations
of coconut trees other seeds, because if they do not lack the ground, lack the capitals needed.

To make the oil of coconut, is extracted the heart or the meat of the walnut by means of an instrument
so a purpose, that a man cups 500 coconuts in a day. This meat is placed on a somewhat concave Board,

156
and through the pressure of a very heavy cylinder, reduces it is pasta, a point mat takes implementation,
is pressed between two tables with a screw. 500 cocos give a pitcher of ten and six gantas of flower or of
first quality, and another of lower. Then make boiling in a cauldron of iron. The exterior crust serves as
fuel. The gages of the black skimmer, which is meat of nuts, which extracts are 4 real silver for every 1,000
coconuts; those of the prensista 5 reales, and of which it made to boil the oil 6 id. With five presses and a
cylinder to make the paste, three jars of oil can be obtained per day; but for this it is necessary to have
three lapwing and other so many prensistas.

CALCULATION OF COSTS IN A MONTH.

45,000 nuts of coconut to 5 rs. 100. 108 ps 6 rs. plata.
Prensistas at 3 rs. the 100 16 7
Lapwing at 4 rs. the 100 22 4
workers for the boiler to 6 rs. the 1000 55 6
maintenance of seven people 9 5
ninety pitchers at 3 rs 53 6
shed 25 »
six presses at 3 ps 18 »
boiler and other utensils 10 »
Total 338 ps.
PRODUCTS.
Six presses after deduction of 5 per 100 of loss 16 ps.
sheds after the same deduction 23
boiler and other utensils 9
Pasta or dry residue which serve to feed the pigs, and 22 4
the cavan is sold at 2 rs.
empty jugs that are sold to 5 rs. each.... 33 6
Ninety pitchers of oil being sold a reason for 22 rs 247 4
five pitchers and a half also measured with the excess
of every five hundred coconuts, 22 rs. each. 15 1
Total 366 7 rs. plata

There turn out to be 28 ps., 7 rs. silver profit, or more than 8 for 100 a month.

In another part we have already said how there happens the making of the wine of coconut called tuba;
in this place we are going to present only the calculation of this industry.

EXPENSES
Three hundred and twenty coconut trees unto a 320 ps.
weight. . .
Canopy 50
Five pitchers or barrels 57 4
Stills of wood 10
Day’s wage of workers at 5 Rs. per day, during 500 days 187 4
Total 605 ps.
PRODUCTS.
Coconut palms 520 ps.
Canopy 45

157
 Pitchers 50
Stills 9
Three hundred jugs of wine at 2 pesos 600
Total 1,004 ps.

Benefit 405 pesos, more than 60 per 100. However cu general the harvesters, for not carrying their
wines to the office where find themselves obliged to wait for a long time, they are vacated, sell cheaper
unto the traders and unto the speculators.

MAIZE. This is sown in the month of May, and shown unto the nine weeks. In October planting for the
second time, and the harvest is done after the same time that give the first. It is used by the common 1
% ganta of grain per baleta, whose product is estimated unto 10,000 ears, which are sold at the time of
the harvest for 7 pesos 4 Rs. Half of the harvest is for the farmer who makes all expenses. Hére is the
calculation.

EXPENSES.
A quinon of land thirty gantas 400 ps.
of grain for seeding twice... 6
shed 10
Total 410 ps. 6 rs. plata
PRODUCTS.
Value of a quinon's land 400 ps
shed 9 4
sale of 100,000 panochas, forming the half of the 75
total output of the two harvests a 7 ps. 4 Reals per
10,000
Total 484 ps. 4 rs. plata

Benefit 74 pesos, that is, more than one 15 per 100.

MONGO: is seeded two chupas or a quarter of ganta by balita, that produces 1 caban. The product is
divided in half, without other expenses on the part of the owner.

EXPENSES.
Forty chupas of grain for planting two times. 3 ps.
Shed... 5
Land 400
Total 408 ps.
PRODUCTS.
Land 400 ps
Canopy 4
Fifteen cabanes for the owner, unto 1 Weight 23 3 10
4 RS. 10 Mrs 23 3 10
Total 427 ps. 3 rs. pl. 10 mrs.

Benefit 20 ps. and 1 real, which is equivalent to a 5 per 100.

158
We will not go into the details of coffee and cocoa, whose products for now are very scarce in the
Philippines, but are likely to be increased, as we have already said in another part. We will however some
idea of the state of its cultivation.

COFFEE. There are two classes, a wild, whose fruit is very rough; another crop, which produces fruit better
or worse depending on the ground and the crop that is gives you: in some points it picks up as good as
the Moka. This tree so known, rises to a height of 9 feet. In the province of Batangas is estiende
prodigiosamente very easily; but it is necessary to planting unto a distance provided a tree of another,
unto so that the fruit is better. It is cultivated today only on the four provinciás from Batangas, Tayabas,
La Laguna and Cavite; but in all wrs pequeíio; being only 50 unto 200 plants around the house or plot of
the indio. There are only three plantations of 50 unto 200 thousand feet, at the hacienda of Calauang,
another in the Jalajala, province of the lagoon, and the other in the village of Mauban déla deTayabas.
Infiérese here, that this bouquet is still in its infancy, and for it to come unto develop in the exposition
that corresponds, it is necessary that the parish priests, the Economic Society and the government,
stimulate your acclimatization in the other provinces. The production of this article as important among
the fruits colonial, does not reach unto 20 thousand quintals per year.

COCOA. The Indians make the plantations of this shrub as follows: Sow a portion of seed in a small
stretch of land, also in leaves bent with a little bit of land within; placed a grain of seed in each sheet,
and the water from time to time. Unto the few days was born even inside the rooms: after the
transplanted at the site intended; trying before have him trees that give a lot of shade as the banana, for
libertarlos del sol and strong wind. In the shelter of these placed , and for that reason they open a pit as
a span of deep, unto distance of five or six feet that must mediate from tree to tree: is very delicate and
requires much care to achieve the fruit, which regularly happens unto the three years, and for the
effect, when even is tender, is necessary from time to time to burn at the foot the dry leaves that fall
from the same, as we have said in another place, so that the smoke mate some insectillos that eat the
flower, loss which does not bear fruit. Grows this shrub in some provinces of nine to ten feet and
reproduces much in the provinces of Batangas and Cebu, in which gives a fruit superior in quality to
other provinces. The cosechase makes by November, taking the fruit of the tree, which is the figure of
the pina, in whose center are more or less grains: these are dried perfectly to put them in a state of
consumption or of esportacion, which already is of some importance.

COTTON: is cultivated in the provinces of Batangas, llocos-South e llocos-North, but more particularly in
the last. Its annual harvest can be estimated 40 to 50 million pounds, which in its biggest split they spin
and weave in the same country; esportandose only from 6 to 10 million pounds. Is sown in September u
October, on higher ground, not subject to flooding, and is harvested in February, March and April.

Indians knew cotton before the conquest, but were unaware the use that could be made of their
prodigious cocoons: two kinds of plants produce it; some are so grown as large PEAR, but cotton giving
these trees is rough and only used for pillows, mattresses, and to manufacture blankets, tarps for sails of
ships and any other ordinary tissue. The other kind of cotton is which is cultivated and is much more
smaller than the first. Is sow in order their nuggets, and is must procure have clean the land so the cotton
is more soft: grows to the height of three feet, and fancy them land sandy; the buds are harvested in May.
The provincial of Batangas is very abundant in this plant and is make or manufactured in she beautiful
woven: If this bouquet is encourage in all them provinces as happens in them of llocos and Batangas, with
them woven of all classes, exporting the excess for the India and China; being in this last point preferred
the of Philippines to the of the India, then could tell the Spain with another mine precious in this colony.

159
For ginning the cotton, they have introduced lately some machines by the European; but still not is have
widespread, and them Indian used a that called pipisan composed of two pieces of wood cylindrical, in
whose ends there are some threads: such ends are tucked in two pillars of wood; but the of a cylinder-is
lengthened slightly to receive a handle. The same natural have invented another more expeditiously with
which is tuned best the cotton; still warn that this production is due in large part to early missionary
Augustinian, who have always encouraged this bouquet. Despite the low price on that is estimated makes
much time this article, its cultivation in general still leaves a benefit of a 80 by 100.

ABACA: a product it is much more important than the former. This shrub is that more utilities leaves to
the trade and to our colony of Philippines. A is the 57 varieties of bananas referred to in these islands.
Cut the clusters when are in season, is dies or is dry the tree, and are born a portion of tillers to the foot;
which transplanted and grown surprisingly work without any care, sometimes rising to the height of
thirteen to fourteen feet, without understanding the leaves that tend to be sometimes seven to eight
feet of long and two of wide: fruit that produces abaca is not as large as the other kinds of banana, and
is not eaten because it has a very unpleasant taste. When the abaca tree is next to take the fruit, cut the
trunk by foot and the tip, by removing the leaves: the inside of the trunk contains many delicate
filaments as thin and fine hair and an extension as of two rods. These filaments are eslraen and pass
through a rake as linen, and made this operation, classify it, putting it in a State of esportación: class
more fine is used in the exquisite fabrics from the country, as both appreciate foreigners and even the
natives. Some filaments are extremely fine, that the women, to make them beautiful fabrics, get inside a
Pavilion, to stop the wind their delicate yarns: and the more thicknesses are used in the manufacture of
rope and cablas for vessels. This banana is cultivated with much care in the provinces of Camarines and
Albay, and in many of the Islands Visayas. In the province of Albay is hurt is the most extended.

The agricultural measure, which is used in this province, is the pisoson, so called because its lease is by
weighing. Consists of 100 fathoms in length by 50 of latitude; Although in this measure there is little
accuracy, a cause of that usually the land is measured a the simple view. A pisoson of land can contain
1,000 feet of abaca, and as this tree is plant usually in forests newly cut, that the law considers as land
without dismantling, and not is has that make more expenses that which causes the remove, the price of
a pisoson not is more than of 405 pesos. That operation is ago a destajo, or a wage; Although this last half
is more expensive: in the first case, is pay, according to the town, one or two pesos by the clearing of a
pisoson, that is makes giving fire a them trees cut and dry. The owner pays 5 rs. by the planting of 100
feet, and the settler is in charge of taking care of them until they are large, i.e. during a year; the owner
in this case has the obligation of paying the tribute of the worker, of keep it and of dress it.

As to the division of the products, the grower takes half, but the maintenance; or two thirds without
livelihoods; but the owner usually buy the part of the cultivator unto a price lower than the current in the
market: 50 feet abaca dan one arroba abaca clean. Two men, one for starting bark of the tree, and the
other to pass by the sword , may develop one 25 pound (arroba) per day; but as these men have in addition
to clean seedbed, provide only two arrobas per week, on little more or less, depending on the planting is
more or less advance.

CINNAMON: is introduced by Salgado in the hacienda of Calauang and by the extinct company of
Philippines in the Corregimiento of Zamboanga. This beautiful tree has acclimated so perfectly on both
points, which, especially in the latter, forests have been formed from the. Not be known well the system
of harvest and benefit his bark; so is that it sent to Cadiz in these last years from the cited corregimiento,
has had low estimate. Therefore this bouquet is susceptible of great improvement.

160
NUTMEG, CLOVE and SPICE COCHINEAL: have tried to acclimate in the Philippines in recent years by
Messrs D. Iñigo González Azaola, and roses sons, and their testing and efforts is to be hoped that they will
be crowned with the time with good success; increasing with these productions the richness of our
possessions in Asia. Having already spoken of the other productions which allows the brevity of this
review, we can be terminated by respect unto the agriculture. Subtract us, however, say something about
the amount of land, that boy day is cultivated. Since then you can know that it is impossible to form an
exact calculation; but looking for only the possible approximation by the background that we possess, we
do not believe move away much of the truth to admit that there are about 400,000 Quiñones of cultivated
land, subject to the Spanish government, and over 60,000 in independent peoples; forming both sums a
total of 460,000 Quiñones of cultivated land, or 5.158,000 hectares. The surface of this archipelago is
estimated at 4.445,000 quinones; by deducting 445,000 by the banks, the lakes, the land sterile, and
nearly 500,000 that are already cultivated, are 5.500,000 quiñones or more of 24.000,000 hectares
uneducated, capable of tillage and usefully be cultivated.

§ VIl.
INDUSTRY. The branch of wealth and prosperity public, that under this heading are going slightly unto
outlined, with relation to the Philippine archipelago, is the first result presented peoples to depose a life
absolutely nomad and salvage, driven only by their first needs, on the objects that should satisfy them; in
search of a way purely material, without making use of the intelligence, which should facilitárselos by
means more comfortable, safe and less random. The agricultural industry and manufacturing constitute
these media, and its development is always provided to the civilization and culture of societies;
contributing also to provide unto his time the progress of these by promoting public and common
prosperity, in checking of the principle that establishes not having effect that does not pass unto be cause.
Known is that all peoples are more morigerados in their customs the more laborious are made; and not
disregarding this salutary principle, the first spaniards who came to the Philippine archipelago, devoted
since then all its attempted and his efforts to awaken in the indigenous the application to work, to achieve
reduce them soon to the path of civilization and culture. By this means not took those natural to
experience the pleasures that these provide, and the advantages that the love of work offers unto the
men, both to meet their needs, as for the comforts of home life, basis of true happiness.

On arrival give the spaniards unto the Philippines, its indigenous peoples, prostrate in a baseness
unfortunate, not known the advantages that his country offered them to the agricultural industry and
manufacturing; and giving unto the instances of those, unto who since then considered as their
benefactors, did not take long to enjoy all the benefits that civilization had gone unto them by means of
a gentle domination. To this effect, the missionaries, driven by the most fervent zeal to advance the
evangelisation of the islands, taught with the most affectionate application and perseverance, the
construction of buildings and houses, and the formation of populations, that, while they were in a
principle simple and almost all the same, with the only difference being higher or lower, served however
by the time to get to the shelter from the weather, in which until then lived, as peoples salvages, and the
knowledge gained through this manufacture, were the basis of the Arts among the islanders, whose
natural ingenious should soon be deployed. After, advances consequent to the new state of culture, have
made that has made considerable progress in the manufacture of all kinds of buildings, both by their
greater capacity, as for what it has to do with the elaboration of the woods. The most notable obtained
in this part consists of the greater security than is given unto the houses by means of the liana to hold
them against the effects of tough hurricanes and other elements that in this country the fight. In the day,
knowing all the disadvantages of that before suffered the houses and all kinds of buildings are
manufactured for the most part, giving better arrangement and form unto the stairs , unto the windows,

161
etc., and adequate security unto the doors. In this way it has managed to forestall in part the
misadventures unto that are subject continuously the buildings in these regions, by effect of the violent
upheavals that nature produces in them.

The missionaries did not also forget the need to teach to the natives the manufacture of the lime, brick,
tile and tamings elements of construction, for the construction of his house; instructing them
simultaneously in the carving and polishing of the stone. Established this way the foundations of the new
population of these regions, it was thought certainly about the way of extracting profitable results of the
agricultural and industrial industry in a virgin country that so many elements of wealth and prosperity was
shutting up. For the achievement they provide important object, it was considered first suitable to show
them á to cultivate the ground, and in order that this one was more fecund and was providing more
profitable results to them, they indicated them the way of using the waters, and of arranging them for the
irrigation. At the same time they taught them the plantation and conservation of multitude of fruit-
bearing trees and of construction; being evident in the whole considerable increase, so much because
with the fruits of the first ones a new prosperity torrent was acquiring the country, because to the proper
time a copious wooden choice was obtained of thinner than perhaps in the balloon they are known. The
arts began then á to use them, and constructed him beautiful commodes, couches, chairs of all classes
and all the tools can be wished for the serviceability and adorn you with the houses; passing so much in
this interesting branch, which in the day exquisite sausages do to themselves; quite so well burnished and
polished, which makes a mistake sometimes with the rather finished works of the chinese. Nevertheless,
usually, in spite of the admirable talent of imitation of the Philippine Indians, there do not bring near yet
for much to the Chinese, its neighbors, in the delicacy and delicacy of its works not even á that of the
Europeans. Nevertheless, in many industry branches they have progressed in a prodigious way from the
conquest here, being the construction of carruages of all classes one of the things in which more they
have passed. The progresses of the sculpture have been also extraordinary, and there is admirable the
construction of aliares, statues, and all that he leads to the decoration of the temples etc., differing in this
genre, the care with which they work exquisite images of ivory of all sizes. The shipbuilding is also amazing.

The arrival of the Spaniards to Philippines Indians knew no other boats were small canoes, called by them
barotos, soon as increasing dimensions, while only taking advantage better than hitherto had practiced
it, the corpulent trees that abound the Virgin of the Philippines privileged soil mountains. These new
vessels calls helmets by them indigenous, is built of a single piece, serving is of them by it common for the
traffic inside that is made by them rivers. The main merit of these vessels is not iron for its grasp. As that
practiced this in the island of Luzon, the Visayas Islands advances were more notable; as their habitants
began to manufacture boats small with keel, hull, etc., a which called barangayanes, whose ships light are
them more adequate for the persecution of them moors of the island of Mindanao. Not soon nor in build
another class of ships quite more large; being each capable of much more load than the espresados, which
are called caracoas. For the construction do these are employed already some iron, although in scarce
quantity.

The only notable that offer these vessels, consists in that the tables that are used to its factory are one-
piece. The effect carry the Indians as they want; cut in the monte trees that were accommodated, and
using the ax and adz, open the logs by half, and each one of them manage two tables that used for this
object. With such a laborious construction system, makes itself known since then the considerable
wastage of wood that is; but as it is more costly for the indian draw four or six planks of each trunk, as
could obtain by means of the sierra, that two through the ax and adz, and on the other hand has wood
very plentiful in all Montes, prefer this defective system construction unto work something more:
however, it cannot be denied that is also improving daily the system used. It is located in the archipelago

162
different vessels built in this way, whose capacity can contain about three hundred jars of oil: the sails is
usually of a tissue basto or of palm leaves interwoven and sewn with liana.

Finally, developed us a national shipyards established in these islands, we say, that they have built strong
and large ships: the main and more notable have come from Pangasinan, arsenal de Cavite, Surigao and
the ria from Manila. The victory of 600 tons, after more than 25 years of voted to water, has made a
voyage to Spain with a happy success. The Vella Galician, manufactured all of molave, is one of them best
ships of the port of Manila: the Vella Vascongada, built few years back by operators of Pangasinan, is an
excellent ship: the Bilbao, work of them same operators, in nothing detract from of the previous: the
frigate of war hope, of 44 cannons, makes honor to the arsenal of Cavite, in whose point was built. You
will hear plenty of boats of different sizes and dimensions have been voted into the water in recent years,
checking the advances achieved in the archipelago: incalculable structural elements that it contains, and
the genius of the indigenous as a purpose to devote himself to it, present it as capable of providing a
metropolis the restoration of its former naval power; hitting a remove the match that of its advantages
can get is.

Nothing more easy to achieve this result for the benefit of Spain and its colony, if there is perseverance in
Government to bring him a head, and intelligence in a people who undertakes its realization. To carry this
thought because a term, they are those who have studied the advantages of this enterprise, the
construction of vessels to check contractual in the ports of the province of Pangasinan, not only for
meeting on it the best builders of the archipelago, but also because, in addition to having the woods a
short distance, the wages are much more reasonable in the ria from Manila and Cavite arsenal where
those in your case should be conducted by sea in a raft that often are misconduct by strong hurricanes,
causing loss of materials. In view of these reasons, it seems that there is doubt about the advisability to
send to build ships for the Royal Navy, in the ports of this province in preference to others of these
possessions. To vessels that are build to meet all the necessary conditions, enough that the Government
provided an engineer from marine to monitor that contractors do not fail a conditions, both with regard
to the quality of the wood, as in all other circumstances that would bring together vessels. By a rough
estimate, it can be said that the construction of a 100-foot keel vessel would cost in this province as
follows: body and wood 17,000 strong pesos, anchors and 5,000 cadenzas, rigging and sail 8,000, careen
in copper 5,000 and 1,000 cooperage, whose numbers total 54,000 pesos. The frigate the beautiful
Vascongada, of 760 tons, cost 54,000 pesos.

Before continuing the outline of the state of the industry in this country, we cannot but exposed some
considerations, that they give unto know the reasons, which to some extent are opposed to the
development of the public prosperity in these islands.

One of the causes more powerful than so opposed to the development of the industry of this country is
the lack of workers and laborers, who want to work, since it is necessary to stimulate much with the gains
the natural indolence that prints in the Indian climate, for it to be laborious. The reason for this is that, as
indigenous peoples are generally men of few needs and the country provides enough ways to cover them
unto little costa, here is born not having to strive to meet them and leave them satisfied. To these
advantages provided by nature more prodigal, must be more than a else little love of these people to
work. This defect of arms will also gather the shortage of machinery that could replace them; well known
it is, all those countries where the processing industry and the Arts has achieved major advances, the
cause of them, must admit, lies in the advantages that supplied the mechanics applied to the industry.
The best proof of this is, that England, in spite of its excess of arms, being in this part the nation most
advanced, all manufacturing would be little consideration, if they were not for the timely application of

163
that to this very interesting bouquet. In this colony on the other hand, mechanics is hardly known, running
all the works a hand; and this is the reason by that their progress will be very gradual, while not is replace
a those the application of the machinery in all it relative to the industry agricultural and manufacturing.
We do not need to resort to examples of other countries, to show unto the Filipinos the results attainable
by these means: we believe that in this part will be sufficient to present as proof of the principles laid
down, the advantages provided by the Jenny, clean and weaving of cotton, established by Mr. Rosasen
home of Calauang; by clean rice, sugar and sawing wood, located adjacent to Manila; being both hydraulic;
the benefit the sugar with with an economic furnace driven by horses, set out in the hacienda of Jalajala,
in the province of La Laguna, the property of Messrs Vidié and company; located in the neighborhood of
Gunao for milling wheat, the property of Mr Antonio Giménez; another Of sugar with a microwave
economic in the aforementioned finance of Calauang, also déla property of Messrs Roses, both driven
also by horses; in addition to manufacture gunpowder, located at present in the village of Panguil in the
same province of the lagoon; whose machine was the property of Messrs Roxas and passed to the public
treasury, which should already have been established under the direction of the real body of artillery, in
the village of Arrayat, in the province of the Pampanga; another of foundries, which should be established
in the town of San Rafael de Camami, provincial of Bulacan, the property of Mr Roxas, moved the last two
by the water; another of steam for Clean rice, sugar and sawing wood, established in Malacañang, give
the property of Mr Bartholomew Barreto; a pontoon for cleaning the rio of the capital of the archipelago,
property of the Consulate; another of the royal hacienda, set in the factory of rice farmers, chop tobacco
for cigarettes; another of Messrs Roxas established in the hacienda of Calatagan, sugar, in the province of
Batangas; another to pad capes, established in Santa Bureau, the property of D. Oliver Keating: all these
driven by means of steam. Also has been lately awarded the establishment of one eccentric motion, for
spraying all kinds of food and mineral substances; another for noodles and other kinds of pasta, and finally
a device to navigate with headwind. These establishments must be for the inhabitants of the colony, the
argument more convincing what should be expected from the application of the mechanical industry. The
first of them machines cited produces by means of the water that it gives movement, about 15 quintals
of thread by week, and the second, a quantity considerable of tables.

In spite of the known disadvantages, necessary it is to confess, that the Philippine Indios have moved
forward enough in different industry branches. They can imitate perfectly any object that puts itself them
at sight, what although escluye in certain way the originality; with everything it stops no having merit
enough, given that although they do not create the thing itself, á less the means invent it of executing it
in a most perfect way. To give an idea of the skill that distinguishes á the Filipinos, he is enough to say,
that it is sufficient to invite them á to prepare any object, for difficult and complicated that is; that having
the original at sight, they it work with the biggest perfection, which justifies in certain way, what about
these inhabitants the general of the navy was saying D. Ignacio Maria Álava; this is, that the Filipino has
the talent in the hands.

The Indians possess the secret of preparation in a few days the ox and cow horns, and have ability to
exquisitely woven cotton, silk, strands of the Banana, and the more delicate pineapple leaf yet, in spite of
not having other elements to verify it, that the more gardeners, made from bamboo. Is admirable the
finesse and beauty of the fabric called pineapple, on mud if is of first quality, in whose case, for keep it
without is break them filaments to the time of manufacture it, by the single agitation that cause in the air
the step of a person, is must cover it with a mosquito net. This beautiful and delicate fabric is
manufactured with a specialty in the provinces of Visayas, and especially in the Iloilo, as well as the most
beautiful sinamays: the Tondo, Batangas, Camarines and Bulacan, is made in beautiful silk fabrics called
tapis; and in those of llocos and Pangasinan, excellent paintings of cotton, napkins, tablecloths, and
bedspreads carved.

164
Factories on the island of Cebu are called patandiones, species of Tupi sewn by their ends, and whose
colors are permanent and almost unchanged. They should partly perfection that have reached to the very
R. P. Fray Julian Bermejo, ex-provincial of the order of Augustinian shoes. This reminds us of what we have
already expressed many times, namely, that a head of the progress of this colony have been always the
religious of all orders, in any of the branches of human knowledge.

Worthy of mention is the prodigious talent and the same patience that observe the workers of both sexes
of Malate, immediate to Manila, in the preparation of the lslas of pineapple: in order to better use the
days, are entertained in raising wire in wire strands of the fabric of pineapple of which we have spoken
above; leaving survive the part that should bring the embroidery called draught. During our permanence
in them Islands Philippines, have seen a scarf of this genre, whose delicate work caused, a few had the
taste of see it, the greater admiration. Main merit was to have in the Center portrait of Rossini; on its
shores, the titles of all his works, and in the four tips, trophies e musical instruments, all embroidered with
supreme beauty.

If, as have said, admires the ease with that them Indian work any work of hands e mimic as come, them
Indian not cede in nothing to those, nor in be laborious, e industrious, and less in ability, being much more
active.

In regard to the bunches of jewelry and jewelry, are distributed in almost all the provinces of the
archipelago, imitating in Manila so perfectly with the first, which is ahead in some articles that carry
Europe. Them Indian work all kind of metals, distinguishing are particularly, in the primor with that style
the silver and the gold; manufacturing is of this last, by them mugeres, chains so extremely delicate, that
if by chance is break, is extremely difficult to find in Europe, platero that know weld them.

These delicate and elaborate works, which are called the natural bejuquillos, are usually due to the
endless patience of the women. While it was running to Acapulco trade with this Cologne, it produced if
only this article of Commerce, considerable sums of money. It was like an object of luxury and fashion,
among Mexican ladies. Also is must a the industriousness and genius of them Indian Philippines, the
elaboration of certain fabrics, embroidered, and another crowd of workings elaborate, that both is
appreciate and admire in Europe. Perhaps one of the main skills consists of the production of cotton,
which themselves prepared for spinning with more or less primor, according to the use to which goes it.
For the yarn not employ another instrument that a lathe small or large, that arman and disarm when les
accommodates. This instrument formed from rods and built by it regular by them same, is as simple as
the greater part of their things. In view of this, it is believed that if you submit unto the Philippine Islands
some machines of spinning, with more alacrity and abundance, would be unto the manufacturing industry
of this colony a service estraordinario, in attention unto which can certainly make sure, that the natural
not only the imitarían, but that very soon the would multiply too; in Io which both the interests of the
State, such as the inhabitants of the archipelago accrue benefits, for the development it would acquire
the manufacturing industry. It is true that there are eri the islands some looms built unto the Union; but
these are less useful than those, both for being big and having to set on the ground floor of the house
called silong, as by the employment unto you are intended for the manufacture of fabrics bast. Respect
of the weaving machines that use the Indies, have, as we have said, the comfort and advantage of armed
and disarmed with the greatest of ease, and in this way find it easy to place it on the upper floor of the
houses, only that have unto purpose for that object.

165
Among the tasks that are distinguished with particularity the Indies Philippines, call the attention due to
its beauty, the tissues of fine, tersas and dazzling white cotonías; the so-called quimonets thin and smooth
as those; the coletas or mahones, and another infinity of all varied: are also worthy of mention the
exquisite colehas felpudas and smooth, white and of various colors; the tablecloths of several classes and
drawings ; and many other fabrics more or less thin that used already for the clothing ordinary of their
families, as also to sell them unto very good prices. Fabrícarise also by the same, handkerchiefs of different
colors, Sayas, cloths of hands or towels, girdles more or less wide, and other classes of tissues; but the
most skillful and sensitive among all of them, is the so-called nipis, of which we have already spoken.
Another fabric of extraordinary merit, is the abaca, manufactured with filaments so extremely thin and
fine hair, rod and a half long with short difference, which is estraen the trunk interior of a species of
plantain, that has that name. The most remarkable of this fabric consists, in which extracted those
filaments of the tree, need anudarlos the indies one by one; whose operation is a patience singular: after
the weave, and manufactured that is the fabric, it is very difficult to distinguish the knots; such is the
paramount with that is developed. To work well, placed the weaving machines within a flag quite
moistened with water, requirement that is conceptually indispensable in order that they do not break the
wires, extremely thin with that produced this fabric. The shrub that gives the delicate pineapple, are
removed also, as we have said, filaments with which is manufactured in the same way as the previous,
showy and fine fabrics, as well as of a yerba call nito. With the bark of the liana, work also excellent hats
and cigarette or petaquillas. The nito make fine and soft esteritas, who serve in the beds and in the
chambers, and with the palms are manufactured mats large, beautiful and varied drawings that are used
routinely in the temples.

The Chinese that secure your residence in the Philippines, dealing so common in the cultivation of the
land and orchards, and to clarify the sugar, work in the mills and foundries, in the soap factories and in
the purification of the wax and oil, trading in small and medium scale. Also exercised by different offices
mechanical, such are the bodegoneros, porters, cooks, street vendors of meals, etc. This race laborious is
usually always in conflict open with the indigenous peoples, for effect of their habits and customs: the
authorities of the colony had taken advantage of so well this rivalry of races, that far from altering the
tranquility of the country, it is her greater peace of mind for the balance it sets.

Among the industrial products, the manufacture of mats occupies a prominent place, both for its quality,
beauty and variety, but because of the different uses to which they are intended. Used in a multitude of
objects of utility.

It more surprising, by what makes a them advances of the industry, is it rude that are the instruments of
that is worth, to manufacture them works more delicate. Them more times is you sees serve is simply of
a knife, and of his goloc, to which added some pieces of iron, or of wood carved, according to the use
that want to make of it. Them cabinetmakers of Paete and of Paquil, peoples beautiful located a shores
of the Lake of Bay, manufactured a portion of furniture of luxury and comfort, not using by it common
others instruments, that it saw, knives and hammers, which not prevents that them furniture that
manufactured are so fine and lustrous as that out of them workshops more developed of others points.
One of the things that Europeans, cause admiration to is to see some enormous size furniture perfectly
worked: these could include different houses in Manila, which have tables of 20 feet in length and about
6 wide, made of one piece each, and this one, taken from the trunk of a tree with his goloc and some
small mountains of iron : make these large works with its patience almost fabulous, and only a she is
due the dedication with that prepare the nito, them bamboos and the jonquil, with which made them
beautiful hats and wonderful small trunks of that have spoken, calls of baliuag, Bulacan. These objects
are a very lucrative industry; as well as also the beautiful parts of mud glazing called chokers, that

166
manufactured in the island of Cebu. Filipinos have a particular talent for the art of cooking, make
excellent sweet and tasteful pasta.

The hunting and the fishing are two branches of industry peculiar of them Indian and of which take
much money, by the trade that of they make with the Chinese. To hunt not use usually other weapons
that the arrow and the loop, that parala hunting and this to a minor; to the use of the arrow is exercise
from children, and are so right-handed, that it nailed where want: which more is distinguished in this
exercise are them Indian Visayas, that used two classes of arrows, some with a small launches of iron in
the tip of the cane, and others armed of a nail of Palm bravia almost so hard as the iron : by the
common use these when they pull straight, and the other when they pull overlooked. Is thing surprising
see the ease with that inalan them roe deer or deer, of that abound almost all them Islands, especially in
them sites called cogonales: these is form in some Plains uneducated, in which is breeding much yerba
of a species particular whose cane is so thick as it of the corn and arrives to a height of some two varas.
When the Indians feel the noise that make the deer, which are grazing among the grass, pull the arrow
upwards and falls perpendicularly on the animal: the cry that gives hunters followed the track, but found
it, until they catch it. Deer meat make rich cured meat, which they call door, which lead to sell to Manila,
to which point lead also nerves throughout the body of the animal, dry and in bunches, which sold to
the Chinese, paying them well to make them strong and exquisite tail. The same method used for the
hunting of other animals.

The birds are amazing in all the islands, and there has no number the diversity of birds that in them are.
The main ones are the hens wild, of the same class as the caretakers, and although those are slightly
smaller, they have better meat. There are pigeons as big as the biggest hens, but with the peculiarity of
not having any pen in the head. For the hunting for birds they use as a rule the bond with supreme
workmanship and ingenuity: also they make use of the arrow and of the shotgun.

Fishing is more productive to the Indians than that of hunting. It would not be possible to appoint the
multitude of classes of fish that are in the Philippine archipelago; or the many ways that those natural
used in this active industry. Fish and rice are the main and almost unique food that are maintained, and
both for this reason as well as its good profits that offers them, are very fond unto this branch of industry.
The fish more appointed and useful are the shad: this is found only in the great lagoon of Taal, that is
freshwater, which communicates with the sea by a river that comes out of it; in the center of this lagoon
there is an island and in this a volcan always on, as we will see in its particular description. The Filipinos
make this fishing in a remarkable way, because in certain lunar years well known give natural, when the
sábalos down unto spawn unto the sea, form in the rio mentioned a long stockade of reeds that does not
pass the water surface; three or four sticks more down that form another six or seven of height above the
surface of the water, and between one and another make up an stockade of reeds. When lowering the
fish, faces in the first of those stockades, gives a jump to save it, and not reaching unto do so also the
second being too high, falls on the stockade and in it they kill him. There are shads as large as salmon, and
its flesh is so tasty, that after dry, take unto sell unto Manila. After this fish, another of the most
appreciated is the curbina, much size and excellent quality. Is breeding mainly in the big Laguna de Bay of
many leagues of circumference: this is a small sea of freshwater, in which sail many boats of different
classes. In this great lake fish the curbinas and another multitude of fishes.

Of the thick and long canes that the fertility of the country produces the Filipinos use for many things;
between them to make corrals for the fishing: those cut á pieces of the size of half an inch, and of the
height that the mentioned corrals want to give á, they interweave the above mentioned canes with certain
creeper, then they fix in a place by the way two stakes lines in convergent lines, and tying á they that

167
textile (like network), sixty poles form two wings of approximately fifty ó each one, whose cstromo and
union constitute a labyrinth of the one that they do not hit á to go out the fish that enter him. This is the
famous network of cane scarcely known in no other point of the balloon. In the mornings the Indians go
with its canoes and a network in figure of sleeve, and with her they extract at the top the fish that has
introduced in the cage ó labyrinth, which sometimes is in quantity of many 25 pounds, especially if the
night has been rainy. In the same corrals that we have just mentioned, they catch also the called Dalag,
insipid but very healthy fish, for whose circumstance makes sure that it is possible to give without fear up
to á the patients: it is caught by the common thing, it sells I live, paralo which they lead it to the village in
fresh water. The fishing of the smooth ones and sardines, it is also of consideration, principally the last
ones, which although more kidlings, are tastier than the Galicians. In the distant provinces of the capital
the same way diverse classes of fish are taken, and with peculiarity in that of Pangasinan, a species that
after adovado and I dry like the bacalao (cod), scarcely it differs from him in the taste. There is very
considerable the number of charges that lead to Manila.

In the islands Visayas where there is extraordinary the variety of fish that are taken, so of sea as of river,
those islanders use also for its fishing, of the described corrals of cane, and of more or less big networks.
The seafood are the same way great and diverse, and between them there is one called by the natives
balate (sea cucumber), which is the one that produces major profit to them. This is the real sea worm,
and the means that they use for its fishing, they perform the rarest thing: for it, they form the Indian
bunches of certain cañitas, which burn like the wind axes; and á prime night of certain lunar years, they
light its bunches, which go in a hand and in other one a harpoon of very strong cane, and this way they
walk along the beach. When the fish sees the light, it comes towards her, and the fisherman then fixes
the harpoon to him, and it done to the sand: it goes forward until concluded its fishing gathers them and
takes á its house, it opens them and washes them well, and them giving a boiling in a cauldron or pan,
dries them well later the Chinese sell at a very dear price, in considerable quantity: this fish is much
appreciated of the mandarins of the empire, who estimate of equal way the nest about which we will
speak more adulante. To this fishing it continues that of the turtle that, like the previous ones, it produces
also very much, money á the Indians. These testaceos, are those who more abound in the sea that bathes
the Visayas: two classes are, which have the conches divided like forming scales, although more or less
grosses, is estimated in greater or lower price, according to the spots that the conches have. The meat of
these turtles is not so pleasant as that of those, which have only one conch, and its blood that is very cold
and in enough portion, it is extremely healthy á the hélicos. The meat, although shellfish preserves an
aftertaste á, is nevertheless very similar to that of the terrestrial animals. Also there is very singular its
fishing, in which the Indians do not make any use of the network.

In the vast archipelago there are numerous islets, the Mas, small and depopulated, surrounded by the
regular of clean beaches: Natural by tradition know in what places, times and height of the moon leaving
the turtles to lay their eggs in the sand, and early occupy these islets, Unto which spend with their
barquillas. Arrived unto them, drag after if those expressed barquillas to cover of ramages, among whose
thicket hides them also to be able to observe without being seen with the clarity of the moon, when they
leave those. At the time they notice that begin to dig in the sand with their wings in figure of legs, and
that of the sea are not presented mas, leave their ambushes with the faster, take the line of the sea in
which they find themselves, and availing of clumsiness and difficulty with which they move those animals,
the vuelean all face up. Practiced this slight operation, get picked up without any hassles, and lead them
unto their barquillas, together with the huevecilos that buried in the sand. Of these, meet many hundreds,
which are very white and the grandor and roundness of a cherry, and although they lack of shell so
common, replaces a skin quite hard: it is food very much appreciated, and that really like the Indians. The

168
trade that is done with the shell of this animal is of some importance, on the grounds that the Chinese,
who are usually those who buy, the pay unto very good price, to make them works exquisite.

Fishing give the mother of Pearl is another of the productive industries: for it, meet some indians with
barquillas at certain points or places of the sea already known in identified seasons of the year, when the
sea is calmoso: then that the sun is in provided height, lowered the divers until the most deep waters, the
merits of which bred between the sand the shells of the Pearls, which distinguish it from the other. When
faced with the bait, as called the indians unto this fishing, the van booting toward the shore, and in both
those rise and fall many times to breathe, and when this way, they put them unto a certain height of water
and provided distance from the beach, pour networks with enough lead in the extremities and the van
approaching unto the shore. By this means succeed in taking them out of the water, and gather many a
time, although in some cases there are only two or three that have pearl. Although are heavily closed
shells in figure of two small dishes, the indian known and easily distinguish which have pearl in its interior
of the that do not have them. In certain seasons of the year, according to the state of the sea, renew this
kind of fishing, and the Chinese and Europeans pay them unto good price pearls that collect, depending
on the size and the middle of them; but the first to understand very well with the Indians, they also buy
all the shell. This fishery in the mother-Pearl is very dangerous and laborious, as it often happen frequently
unto the divers, found in the same background of the sea with a certain class of armejas extremely
diformes, so that their two shells served in the Temples for batteries of holy water, which are very showy.
When the diver is faced with any of these, at the time rises and returns to Lower, carrying a tip of rope,
whose opposite end stops on the boat and then that reaches the bottom, tap with the tip of the rope in
half the meat from the testaceo, which giving a blow, closes strongly taking that between their shells; strip
then the diver of the rope mentioned, and those who are up on the boat will rise slightly. When the Indians
take one of these animals, which is getting pinch unto themselves, rejoice on way, since that day have a
good meal.

Since we have arrested more than what was our purpose in the fishing , however be one of the main
branches of industry, we should not conclude without Say four words on the peje-mulier. This fish so
unique and extraordinary in nature, as it truly rare in its class, usually rod and a half long, and the queue
rather long. Is an animal that has a lot of similarity with the women, since has breasts as she, and not cria
but one or two suckers, being the most staggering, that among the aquatic animals is not aware of any
other, that as this, recognize unto his mother, when any of these falls into any trap or corral of the many
that put the Indians, and the hijuelo no, this animal not to walk around the cage where is prey the mother
to find any entry to be able to accompany her in his captivity. What a wonderful and surprising lesson for
the species sound! Repelled examples have been witnessed in the Philippine Islands of what we have just
appropriated, and is sure that whenever this fish is enclosed in a stockade, their suckers, even when they
are not, not abandon. In the sea of the Visayas Islands is where is located with more frequency this fish:
its flesh is exquisite and the indians divided into very small pieces, that with a little salt the placed inside
of tubes of sugar cane, of which the Indias the van by removing spent some time to place it in pots of mud
where the guisan unto his way; whose food after composed with the dressing of usual, it seems rather
unto the Cecina.

An object that can be understood within the industrial field, but that does not belong to the hunting nor
to the fishing, is the nest that certain kinds of birds that resemble the nightingale, manufactures in
underground caverns , with particularity in some islands Visayas; that the Chinese pay to very high price.
When arriving the time to lay their eggs, with its piquilo same van by placing in the bottom of the nest
little threads as extremely thin noodles, which extracted from its substance, and they brood the eggs: but
by more precautions that the instinct of these animals takes in order to escape the persecution, the

169
Visayan indios in time enters those caverns, and availing of stairs of various sizes, steals unto the poor
birds what they have developed unto such expense, without pat nor unto the eggs nor unto the remainder
of the nest, but if, Unto which he puts its substance, which is what the Chinese pay them unto
extraordinary price. So that only these, which have no equal in the globe, can and know afford such
delicate and hearty meal; but it is necessary to know how to prepare.

We are going to finish this article noting, that in the special that we devote unto the particular description
of each province, express the peculiar to each one of them, as well as in the special of each town will say
also in where the beech and its class; giving in this part all the interest that requires for its imported, unto
this very interesting branch.

§. VIII.
COMMERCE. To treat a branch so interesting that this would not be meet unto our readers, if we restrict
ourselves to introduce a slight outline of the State in which it is now the trade of the archipelago, and
even this, reduced unto the generalities, that are part of our current purpose. Perhaps we would then not
to fill more than that part of less interest; since there is no doubt that this news alone could serve to
manifest as comes to be a trade nascent, that is easy unto any know, and that it does not matter if is not
reached in advance, at least an idea of point of prosperity unto that is called by the natural conditions of
the country. This concept must therefore be our main object to this: which accompany then relative to
the current movement of trade in the archipelago, it will be after the argument more forceful than could
be done to call to their aid the consideration of the government, which must not neglect a source of
prosperity public as rich as the one that gives you this interesting colony, as well as are also calls on the
same the attentions of the capitalists intelligent and entrepreneurs, who may not consider it the
immediate supplement their fortunes. The islands Flipinas, crowning by their situation a maritime world,
as it is called the Occeania, with large, comfortable and safe ports, with its stunning Manila Bay, able to
contain all brackets of Europe, defended by the strong position that in its mouth presents the island of
the Corregidor; with such good proportions to make trade exterior in all the best ports of the world, with
specialty cu the China, siéndola large scale of European trade in it, can never be your interest quite
weighted. These islands, considered by the Union as the advanced of its civilization in the East, and as the
key to their trade in the same, can be taken by the talisman of power, that dazzle the united. Today that
figure has approached the old error, that so much damage to bring unto our homeland, considering the
precious metals derived from their vast domains as regulators of wealth; currently already recognizes this
regulator in the commercial movement, industrial and manufacturing, what will not be these interesting
possessions to the sight of all peoples worship? Can no longer take place those examples of citizenship,
which led to the wreck the ship Tybia, which feared teach the way of the Casiterides unto the estrangeros,
that the continued, and to hide it unto these, went unto fail, making them run the same fate. In our time
it is not possible to conceal this jewel and its wealth; it is known of muds, and of all aspired. For fortune
the Spanish authority has done nature to itself in these islands, raised by means of the efforts of its
civilizers, it is not a strange predominance: without the support of the sympathies of the country, since a
wrong politics presented it in the possessions of America, which for their own evil rejected it. In its
consequence it is not of being afraid that in them that baneful independence impetus appears, not even
suggestions estrañas might have real results. Nevertheless it is necessary that this confidence, for founded
that it is, never debilitates the care of the metropolis. It is same for its marine situation and its continental
power, which in another time the seas made him dominate, seems also the readiest to answer with its
magnificent ports, to the intimate linkage that, in spite of its immense distance, must exist between she
and its colony. A guessed right administration, making use of the big resources with which its disposition
is provided to restore our marine importance, robustecerá this linkage: its dedicated efforts á the
prosperity of the colony, they will develop it and will do the most powerful. The crossing of the dominating

170
lineage with the indigenous families, will carry to extremes its hardiness and force in her. This colony will
come to be a real marine power of the Spanish domain: and its importance and its wealth will be then
incalculable for the Spain. In the historical sketch that we have presented of these islands, we already put
out the consideration that seems to offer them the future; here, doing application of all the advantages
that in them we have found they were recognized in the different concepts, which have been a material
of this one preliminary, we must repeat, that the above mentioned consideration will not be able to stop
from being amazing. The big scale of the cormercio of East, since we have said; its Beautiful position to
deal in the seas of Asia, America and Europe, its good ports; its numerous inhabited mounts of the highest
and robust trees by the way for the construction of all kinds of ships; the plenty of necessary everything
else to the effect; the big predispositions of its natives for the navigation, by what from children they can
be considered to be already seaworthy; acquiring so many workmanship in all kinds of maneuvers, which
at first sight already show its skill and intelligence in this branch; its richest and abundant natural and
industrial productions so estimated in all the countries of the world: what do not they promise to the
commerce esterior of the archipelago? The most numerous channels why is this labored archipelago, the
deep rivers that cover its islands, and cross them in all directions, there present all the advantages that
can be longed for the domestic trade or of cabotage, preparatory of the big factories that the esterior
demands. So many people are the elements of action and movement that this country assembles for the
commerce, which debit to be in turn the prime mover of the Indian apathy, and the life of the agriculture
and of the arts. But meanwhile what background is still our colony of this brilliant state presents that so
our homeland is of interest! All the sketched advantages are not any more that, us allow to say it this way,
the spontaneous effort of the nature: there are the embryo of what had to present this archipelago the
return of more than three centuries in which the civilization and the culture established the foundations
of its prosperity.

Its ports are usually purely natural, without that in them as soon as the hand of art, unto escepcion of
whatsoever, which by its importance we mentioned; its shores with little labor could be made generally
accessible and easy, are fraught with difficulties because of the abandonment, outside those points
more frequented: by almost all the eastern coast of the big island of Luzon is difficult and laborious the
arrival. Its canals and rivers, far from being used for the most part to the interior communication and
reciprocal of these islands, are precisely the ones that usually have intercepted, to the serious detriment
of natural, in view of which the clergy tireless observer immediately give the needs of these, has
endeavored to advise them and directing some works. The Moros of Mindanao and Joló, traveling with
their lightweight pancos these sites unto favor of neglect in which they have, are a new inconvenience
and a scourge of the coastal population. The means of shipbuilding appear equally careless, and good
provisions of the indigenous peoples for navigation are hardly known outside their weak canoes.

Sensitive is in truth that so many elements of wealth and prosperity are so poorly utilized. We therefore
believe that of absolute necessity , which the government of S. M., if trafficking, as can not least to sustain
and effectively promote the development of the public and common prosperity, should certainly take
measures and provisions energicas to overcome all the obstacles which affect so many advantages as
meet these islands. One of the measures, in our concept, urgent, which calls for the public convenience,
if it has to give to traffic the momentum of first necessity requires, consists in the empowerment of
multiple ports for trade exterior; seeking to effect those who, on the benefits of the situation to undertake
the navigation, that by so different paths can be made, meet the centrality as possible of all the
productions of the country, and communications; without losing sight of certain military status, which
should also support similar establishments: we have no doubt that this will increase estraordinariamente
trade. It also seems to claim the status of the islands, the removal of all obstacles that opposes the internal
trade, sóbrelo that should not be saved effort. The baseness in which for so long has remained this great

171
rolling of the prosperity and development of the richness of the peoples in the archipelago, deserves on
truth that today is replaced by an activity sum, of that which is not doubt will soon the complete change
of the face of the islands. The increase that their prosperity is taking since Manila opened its port to trade
estrangero, is the best proof of what we said. Anyway you can make sure that under the sound
management espadóla, will not be as paused to present the progress of trade Filipino unto his
development, as it was from the occupation of the islands until a very few years unto this part.

When our first settlements were founded in the Philippines, already existed in these ancient trade, which
appears to have been the Chinese first; going then the Japanese and Borneo. Then he made between the
new colony and the America. This trade consisted mainly in them products and manufactures of the
Chinese, and give them Indian, and in few years prospered in terms, that nurturing them markets of new
Spain, made decaying in them them utilities that before had reported the trade of Cadiz and of Seville: of
here is originated a fight open between them traffickers of these cities, and them of the colony. The
Government of Spain to promote those, put numerous restrictions and obstacles to these. In 1705 the
frigate Buen-Consejo was dispatched from Europe to establish, if possible, the establishment of direct
relations between Manila and the metropolis. Up to then were very rare commercial vessels from Spain,
entering the archipelago; because until 1700 unique article of esportación of the colony was sugar, and in
quantity so that short, not passing 30,000 peak. Relations with China and the East Indies were most active.

The company of Caracas, in 1781, concluded the term of its privilege, and possessor of large capitals,
requested and archipelago obtained the exclusive privilege of the commerce again, taking the name of
Company of the Philippines. The bases of that company were not harmful to the colony, in an epoch on
that everything was travas for the commerce. The company was binding to buy in Manila all the
manufactures of the China and of the India that the residents were putting in sale in Manila, or the
speculators who were coming to that market: the company could not mix in anything of the relating thing
to the commerce between Acapulco and Manila, limiting itself its privilege, to be the intermediary
between Spain and the colony, and to more there was reserved the fifth part of the capacity of every ship,
in favor of the merchants of the Philippines that wanted to occupy it with effects for its account, satisfying
the charter to the company. Lately 3,000 actions for 250 pesos each one, they put themselves at the
disposal of the inhabitants of Manila, who wanted to take part in the business of the company, and 4
pesos of the benefits it was destined for the promotion of the agriculture and industry of the colony.
Nevertheless this company found in Manila the most determined opposition. This, on the natural mishaps,
produced many others to him, owing to no knowledge that its personnel had of the country and of its
resources, what was thinking to fulfill with those domiciled in the colony, which were taking part in the
business.

The malineses refused to this, because used to the commerce of Acapulco by means of the galleons, any
innovation seemed dangerous and harmful to them; remaining in this error, even experimenting, that the
commerce of Acapulco was diminishing quickly; since the galleons, at its arrival to Mexico, were not gone
out for the genres.

The company of the Philippines proposed to cultivate for its account the fruits that he needed for its
operations, and do big gatherings of silk, indigo, cinnamon, cotton, pepper and another multitude of
commodities. It established so with this object offices, bought grounds, distributed grains and instruments
and granted premiums: it did advances in cash, and several peoples promised to present in certain epochs,
certain quantities of the fruits espresados, at quite high prices. For example, the pepper offered to pay to
15 pesos the 137 pounds peak, when in Sumatra he could buy it for 5or 4 pesos. There was such the
illusion of those days, which in 1709 the agent of the company in Manila was writing to the headquarters

172
of Madrid, which one was promising after three years to be able espender 9,000 peaks, and which later
to supply the Spain and a big part of the Europe. The true thing is, that any more than 64,000 pounds of
pepper could never be provided for year, and in its buy and sale they suffered losses of consideration.

In the same year of 1789 is passed to foreign vessels the port of Manila, so that they could import cloth
from China and India. In 1809 was granted permission to an English House, to settle in the colony: then
is abroad to all foreigners, which then underwent some alteration; but continued by granting the permit
with more or less restrictions. In 1810 the Manila trade was reduced to what appears from the following
status:

The demonstrative STATE of the mercantile movement of the Philippines.

IMPORTS.
Values in ps. fs.
Goods of Bengal … … … … … … … … … … … ……… 650,000
— of the Coromandel coast … … … … … … … … . 500,000
Goods and silver of Europe, the United States, 175,000
Mauritius é Jolo, etc … … … … … … … … … … …..
Goods of Canton, Macao, Lanquir and Emuy … 1.150,000
Silver and minted gold of New Spain................. 2.100,000
Cochinilla, copper, cocoa, etc. of New Spain… 124,000
Silver and minted gold of Peru… … … … …… … 550,000
Copper, cocoa, alcohol, etc. of Peru… … … … … 80,000
Total 5.529,000 ps

The consumption of all kinds of foreign cloth in the interior amounted to 900,000 ps.

ABROAD.
A Bengal and Madras in minted silver... 1.100,000
ps.
To the same points in copper and other cloths. 90,000
To China-minted silver... 1.550,000
China in nests of PHI, balate, Pearl, shell, leather, cover, 175,000
salted fish, cotton, sugar, rice, ebony, sibucao,. etc...
Europe and the United States, Indigo, sugar, pepper, etc. 250,000
to Acapulco, genres of the India and China... 1.100,000
A. Lima, genres of the India, China, and productions of the 550,000
country...
Total pesos 4.795,000

We see from here, that at that time the trade of the Philippines was to receive cash of New Spain, sending
the cloth of China and India; that the importation of the foreign goods for consumption of the country
was 900,000 pesos, while only amounted to 500,000 exportation of the products of the archipelago.

The last galleon that came out of Manila to Acapulco, was in 1811 and resumed in 1815. After was granted
particularly license for this trade, and as a result of the emancipation of the Americas, closed its ports to
the Spanish vessels.

173
The privilege of the company of the Philippines concluded in 1854 and was not renewed. Since then took
greater increase trade in Manila. Both the exterior as cabotage, were encouraged, so that the capital of
the Philippines was transformed into one of the most rich deposits déla China, and in its port began to be
constantly vessels of all nations.

At 14 December 1837 was published a fee by determining the formalities and conditions of admission of
the genera estrangeros, and on 15 July 1842 became a new regulation for the regime and the police of
the bay and port of Manila and its dependencies. Let us look at the details of the most important that
includes; thus on the effects that since then produce this in the trade of the colony, is still in force, almost
in its entirety.

• Article 1 A vessel to the entry in the bay, raised the flag to reach the island of the Corregidor, and will
be recognized by the ships of the government , intended for that purpose.
•The captain of the ship that without being bound by the time try to evade the recognition and deviated
from the vessel recognizer, and this is what note by a cannon shot, you pay a fine, double the value of
the gunpowder used.
•In view of Manila and Cavite vessels shall keep lifting the pavilion.

2.° no ship that between in the bay you can communicate with anyone, just that has received the visit of
the health, and has admitted unto free talk: until then you need to have in the stick of mesana the flag
of quarantine.
• Completed the formalities of the health, the captain of the vessel is responsible for any
communication undue and paid for each contravention the fine of 250 pesos.

3rd. in the event of the visit, the captain must submit patent health of the point of its origin, and failing a
relationship signed, demonstrating the State of health at the point where they came from, the individuals
who embarked, and the incidents that occurred at the crossing. The crew and the passengers should
gather on deck to be visited by the head of the health, who shall respond to the questions that this makes
them.
•The captain must also present the registration of loading, as well as the signed role of crew and
passengers, with expression of the Passport, degree and profession.
•Cualquiera inaccuracy in the listed individuals, shall be punished with a fine of 250 pesos.
• If arriving visit not drafty papers must submit, are not allowed to the entrance, but after another visit.
•The public correspondence should be delivered by Captain administrator mails or to his delegate, that
goes with the visit, receiving the amount of transport, pursuant to the established rate.

4 ° any ship that is quarantined, has to follow instructions given him, preserving signal.
yellow flag at the mizzen
5 ° then jump to ground the master of the vessel to the port, with the passenger, must submit to send
them to the authority.

6 ° not allowed shoot or keep charged artillery in the anchorage, to not be by necessity or authorized
advance.

7° ship captains must submit to the authority a consignee and a bond of 500 pesos in warranty to observe
this regulation.

174
8 ° to ballast or desenlastrar, the master of the vessel will ask the port the competent approval.

9. ° They will Pay the fine for 25 pesos, those who communicate with the ships that should be in
isolation: and 50 pesos the captains of the ships, which crew members incur this disobedience; quite
without detriment to the sorrow á that there is place.

10. ° After ten o'clock of the night, the ships ó bankings cannot carry any commerce operation out in the
anchorage, without authorization ó urgent precision.
• The anchored ships can for themselves to stop any suspicious banking, which seles it brings near, after
the said hour.
• The sailors who remain in ground at undue hours will be detained and punished according to the
disorders that they have committed.

11.° On having entered the river, they will owe all the ships to place the gunpowder in closed and
pronounced sacks. The captains who are missing to this prevention, will incur the fine of a weight for
every pound sterlingof gunpowder that they preserve without that condition.

12. ° Given the 8 of the night fire will not be allowed in the ship, and the lights remain
precisely in lantern.
• It is prohibited to cook on board of any craft, tar, tallow and any flammable matter.

13. ° Also it prohibits itself to disembark, under no protest, the weapon of the crew partly, or in
everything.

14. ° Nobody has a right to punish the natives ó resíllentes for absences that they commit in the works
of the ships. The culprits will suffer a fine provided to its crime, imposed by the captain of the port,
which will be applied to the indemnification of the harmed one.

15. ° No native can be stopped against its will, in any ship. There are void all the contracts done by the
captains to protect the deserters.

16. ° the admission is prohibited on board of every pasagero that does not take the corresponding
passport.
• Also it is prohibited to put in ground furtively no pasagero, or to allow its unloading without the
authorization of the captain of the port.
• Also there is prohibited the change of the individuals of the crews not of its baggage, without
authorization previous to the captain of the port; in order to avoid the desertions and the confusion that
it produces in the offices.
• The consignees and the caution answer during the permanence of the ship, and up to its exit of the
port, of the individuals of the crew who should reside in ground for illness or another cause.

• The captains will pay 10 fine pesos, if they do not give part at the moment of the desertion to the
captain of the port of any of its crew members, for power that providenciar in to the act the arrest of
the deserters. If the desertion was happening at the moment of the ship of the port was going out, the
consignee is responsible for the expenses that the deserter causes.

17.° Case of death of an individual on board of the ship, the captain will give part in writing to that of the
port, explaining the illness, and requesting permission to bury him.

175
18. ° to obtain the permission of be doing to the sail, the captain will present the authority to himself
two days earlier, with the roll of the crew visa for the captain of the port. East will not allow him the exit
without the presentation of the permission of the authority, of the customs and General Post Office, as
the regulations expire.
• On having gone out of the port, the ships will hoist a sign flag in the biggest stick.

19.° In extraordinary circumstances, the captains of ships will borrow to the visits estraordinarias the
health and other authorities.

20.° The captains will not allow those crew members to jump to ground, respect of those who do not
want to guarantee the debts that they could contract. The captains will have to be careful, on having
dropped anchor, of not throwing the anchors on the mooring ropes of other ships, and to avoid it, they
will rectify its laying whenever some damage happens.
• As soon as the ship was anchored, it cannot change of place without it preceding a permission.
• In the Cañacao á anchorage the interior of the ends, they must not anchor the bisques but with two
anchors N.0. S.0.: beyond the ends, they cannot be placed between the telegraphs of Cavite and Manila.
• The anchored ships can do to its proprietors or consignees the signs siguíentes, and if he cannot
answer them, the asked helps will be facilitated, for the authority of the port, whenever the
circumstances allow it.
• The canon shots can recur with intervals, having the always hoisted pavilion.
• The pavilion that must be hoisted is the national, and if there is need two, one of sign, and in its defect
other of tarred fabric.

HELP FOR THAT ONE ASKS FLAG GUNSHOTS

Mooring 1 in the bowsprit 1
Anchors 1 in the obengues of mesana 1
Moors and anchors 1 in the bowsprit 1
1 in the obengues of mesana
Longboat 2 in the mesana 1
Uprising on board. 1 in the obengues del Palo 1
greater
Fire 2 at the top of the main mast 2

•For the products of foreign countries located on the other side of the Cape of Good Hope and Cape Horn,
when the import is done under the Spanish flag, the designated rights are as follows:

Singapur, Batavia and other neighboring points 8 by 100

China 9 by 100

"These rights have no place with respect to the articles that pay a higher right to pointed out in the
previous rate, nor with reference to the origins of different points of Singapore, Batavia, its neighbors and
the China.

•The genera damaged by accidents of the sea, shipwrecks, etc. after the rescue were discussed and then
declared consumption, are valued by experts.

176
•are exempt from import duty: the coloring matters of estate, fruits, seeds, etc. used to dye, unto more
of the cochineal insect.
•plants and grains of all kinds of vegetables, flowers, vegetables, etc.
•are prohibited for consumption agricultural products and of foreign industrial asian possessions, namely:
spirits or fermented, who are not entitled in the rate, as rom, arack, etc.; coffee, cotton and wool, coconut
oil, indigo, opium, gunpowder, sugar and tobacco.

"These articles are only supported on deposit for transit, except the gunpowder, which must be placed in
a special storage of the government, and remain there until its exportation.

•firearms, rifles caliber and hunting guns oj arzón, etc., cannot enter to the use without permission
particular the government: having no permission, are supported only in tank.

•originates by experts to a special appreciation of the clothing already made, as are handkerchiefs, over-
all, stockings, hats etc., which by reason of its short measure serve only for children.

•The export of tobacco from the warehouses of the government is the most protected, as is consequent;
therefore is exempt from any tax as verified in the Spanish flag or in estrangero, and whether consists in
the area developed as without elaborating. The same benefit enjoys the silver, leaving with destined to
Spain; if it is for another point, pays a 2 or a 6 per 100, according to their state in the Spanish flag, and a 6
or a 8 per 100 in foreign flag. Nor Gold pay anything with destination to Spain, and esportado to another
point, is taxd only with a 1 by 100 in cash, and 1 % by 100 if it is in another State, both in the Spanish flag
as a foreigner.

•The abaca pays 1 per 100 in flag spanish, and 2 per 100 in foreigner: rice this free at that, and suffers a
4 per 100 in this. The other natural products and industrial of the colony, pay with destination to Spain 1
by 100 national flag and 2 in extrangera; and for another point 1 % in the first, I am in the second.

•The rights of almacenage consist of 1 per cent of the value of the effects deposited, when its
permanence not esceda a year; more by the esceso, they suffer a addition proportional to this same tax;
and for the permanence in the tank for more than two years, special permission is needed from the
superintendent.

•In no event can be extended the deposit for more than three years. The assessment of the genera in
deposit is verified according to the rate of 1837. The genera not mentioned in this, are valued by experts
according to the current prices in the plaza, at the time of importation.

•For Liquids, case of spill, break the embase or evaporate the content, the rights accruing to the outlet
of the warehouses, are determined to trial expert.
During forty days to count since the submission of its manifest, captains or porters of foreign vessels can
declare for transit all or part of the cargo.

The rights of tonnage have been preserved also according to the regulation of 1837, in the following
form:

Loading and unloading in the port. . . by tonne. 2 rs.

Ships, foreigners and Entering or exiting in ballast id. 1

177
 Chinese sampans In landing for supplies, water or for id. 1
breakdowns in the sea.

• Right is not reputed like part of the shipment for the application of firstly, and the entry, the money
and the articles about the first need: to the exit, the supplies for the crew.
• The tonnage right is regulated by the capacity of the ship, according to the patent ó roll of registration
presented in the administration of the customs for the captain ó the consignee of the ship.

This is the state in which the commerce of the colony came to remain established in the above
mentioned year 1842: we are going now to recognize it in himself, following for it the best relations that
we have from that epoch, as in its place we make it prudent.

In 1842 thirty nine houses existed registered in the commerce of Manila and the foreigners did not
count. Of these there were seven or eight English, two Americans, a French and another Danish, residing
you prop consuls of France, America, Denmark, Sweden and Belgium. Without port either bank or sworn
brokers, the corretage he was free, and redeemed commonly by the half-caste ones.

The Spanish houses were counting 2 % for 100 and 5 for 100 of commission for the buys and sales; and
the English 5, 7 ½, and also 10, when they were adding somewhat for any other concept: the Americans
were more equitable. Many French speculators, considering what the commission was mattering,
preferred to do a trip, going in its ships, to avoid consignees and accounts.

The commerce of Manila could already split into three classes; the small cabotage, which is that of the
interior of the archipelago, the big cabotage, which comprises the commerce with the placed countries to
the east of the end of Good Hope, and on the West of that of Stoves, and lately the commerce with the
Spain and distant countries.

The relations between the diverse provinces produced a commerce of enough importance, it doing
esclusivamente the national ships and especially the natives of the colony. The facility give
communications by means of the big, small rivers, and creeks, on whose shores the Indians construct for
common its rooms, they made to notice certainly how big it could be the activity in the changes, if hobbles
and dullnesses were not opposed: the most sensitive of these owed its origin to the mayors, in the time
in which they were authorized to trade for its account. All the agricultural and industrial productions being
got in Manila both for sea, and for ground, there cannot be conceived an exact idea of the picturesque
and animated thing that presents the river Pasig to itself after there unburden themselves in an immense
bay all the products of the provinces of Luzon, like the only point of commerce that was connecting them
with the capital. The Pasig is covered continuously of boats, stop, helmets, bankings and pancos, that
come or leave for all the punios of the archipelago, and to the proper time not discontinuous boats
movement is seen as guilalos and pangos, leading to the market of the same capital the daily provisions
that the consume of its inhabitants needs.

From the same epoch there opened the action of the commerce of small cabotage, which is limited almost
completely to the Indians and half-caste ones established in Manila: those of the provinces deal also in.
These themselves take charge of the transport of the tobacco in sheet, which the managers of the
provinces send to the government, as well as of the money and certain genres, that the same government
leads for its account á the provinces.

178
The big cabotage excelled being exercised esclusivamente by the ships of a company. This commerce is
the one that there does to itself with the Joló archipelago, the Moluccas, Ternate, Flowed, Amboyne,
Band, the islands of Peleu, Tonga-Tabou, Batavia, Singapore and the China. This commerce was extending
from some years earlier á the New Holland and á the western America, which relations took a big increase.

The commerce of the island of Joló, whose inhabitants are met by its bad faith, began á to be made use
only by the Chinese. Some order does not exist in this island subject to a sultan, whose authority is only a
face-value, and the merchants turn out to be needed to be armed: nevertheless the benefits that are
obtained of this commerce are so considerable, that finally the Spanish, the half-caste ones and even the
foreigners meet to face its dangers; always having the forecast of going like gefe of the expedition, some
of the Chinese established in Manila, accustomed á those nations. Hé here the conditions á that generally
these companies surrender: the Chinese pay to the fitter of 600 to 700 monthly pesos for the rent of a
ship from 200 to 250 tons; the fitter anticipates to the Chinese the sum from 10 to 20,000 pesos to the
thick luck or marine risk, that is to say that this sum gets lost if the ship sinks; if it rounds the expedition,
that quantity returns in goods, and to more 20, 23 and up to 25 pesos interest.

The commerce that is done by the island of Joló consists of importing low printed calico; of colored fund,
with big flowers of living colors, smooth muslins ó embroidered, amburgos, percales, cambayas of colored
fund and outstanding colors, small bars of iron, hardware shop, pearls of stained glass, glazing and useful
of carpentry and smithy. Of the proper articles about the production and manufacture of the Philippines,
there is imported white rice of Antique or Iloilo, dirty rice, sugar of low quality, tobacco in sheet of Visayas,
which sells to itself below price, coconut oil, and an infinity of small articles of small value. Of the articles
about Bengal, the butts and anklebones, cotton cloths worked with colored fund, claws and mamudis,
cotton, and thin thick cloths with golden threads, madras of colored fund, and Patna opium. Of articles
about the China the nankin, chapuas ó pieces cíe copper, common faience, some cloths of silk, bucketfuls,
pots, velones and other kitchen tools.

The articles which exit is surer are: the white and dirty rice, the nankin, which they count like current
currency at the price of a weight every piece. In Manila it costs because of 35 pesos the hundred of pieces,
which loading all the expenses, go out in Joló to 4 rs. of silver the piece. In Joló the payments are done
with Spanish pesos, chapecas or rupees, which are a few small pierced copper pieces, forming rosaries. In
June and July the commerce is more active. It is for the others to warn the need to proceed with forecast
in the dealings with the natives of this country, but without aperciban of suspicion, because in spite of its
bad faith they are very capable.

Of comeback they are exported of these islands, nests of salanganes. On having treated about the
industry, we describe these nests: two times are taken a year, and the most dear are those that are in the
deep and humid caverns. It is necessary to be used from much young people to climb the places where
these nests are, for the operation to be very dangerous. To come to the caverns, it is necessary to lower
perpendicularly many hundreds of feet supported by a made bambúes ó rope reeds, hanging on the waves
of the sea that smash against the rocks. These nests are much looked and estimated in the China, for the
virtue that assumes to them of aphrodisiacs: this commodity comes seldom to Europe; in France it is
completely unknown; in Holland it is used like a league species for the white sauces. The nests of the first
quality pay in the China to 4,000 pesos the peak to themselves, that is to say nearly two times its weight
in silver. The Chinese the esportan in most cases of Joló, Java, Sumatra and Macasar.

The conch of the turtle is exported to more of the nests of Joló called testudo embricata: this one is more
occurred rarely, more trasparente and more varied than that of other classes of turtles: it has the figure

179
of formed heart of thirteen pieces, with twenty five divisions on the rims. The pieces of in half a sound
the thickest and the most wide, in a word the best. The good conch consists of wide pieces, without spots
not carbones and much trasparentes. The made small pieces pieces and squared, they have no estimation.
From Manila the Chinese send this genre to its country where they make boxes, combs and other luxurious
objects: big part of conch is sent also to Spain. The common price is 1,000 á 1,100 pesos the peak.

The balate (glass of sea) holothurie called in Joló tripang and in China hog-Shum, is a species of zoofito
report, which resembles a horn black or piece of black pudding seca: this is an important article of trade
that is made between Joló and Manila. The merchants of this capital they send you to the China, where
it has great appreciation. The Chinese have eat cooked alone or mixed with other foods. Known thirty
and six classes of balate, and the range of prices is considerable: there is more a quality significantly
higher, which is called see, which is located in fairly abundance. The island of Makassar sent each year
unto the China, 70,000 peaks of this article, and Manila in much greater quantity.

Shark fins are also another article of commerce very estimated by the Chinese, and Joló provides them
with a considerable amount; but most takes of Bombay and the Persian Gulf. Some 300 fins are needed
to form a peak, and pay 20 to 45 pesos.

It is also exported Joló nacre for China and Europe: its price in China is 12 to 15 pesos the peak and it is
necessary to ensure long before adjusting.

With wax, gold and pearls, completes the cargo of return of Joló: if the gold is in powder, it is necessary
to move the magnet by him to remove the iron that cast the joloanos. The Pearls of those islands are
small in general: The Chinese the seek to crush them, and give them as medicine to the sick.

Used regular seven to eight months for the outward and return of Manila to Joló.

The departure of the vessels of Manila for the Moluccas, is verified by the month of December. The cloths
that are loaded with the same as for Joló, and also some luxury items for the use of women and higher
authorities. Of return loaded cocoa, birds of paradise, clavillo and nutmeg, so they can be undertaken the
expeditions with all security. These islands belong unto the Netherlands, New motivates so that it can
make this trade without risk of any kind: but as the rights of entry are considerable, it makes a lot of
smuggling. The freight is 5 pesos of the value of the genera, and also 3 pesos per month.

There was a time that the balate, La Concha and abalone were very sought after in Manila, and this need
led some traders to the islands to the east of the Philippines. Crossing the vessels at the strait of San
Bernardina, and were on their way to the islands of Fidgrison-Viti, located at 15° lat. And soon unto the
183" long. the meridian of Madrid; but resigned to this trade by the exposure in the navigation and the
treatment of natural that are cannibals. The islands of Pelew form an archipelago unto where they go
from time to time some vessels of Manila: carry fabrics and glass beads of all colors, knives something
greater than the table, and the entire space of old iron; and return bring balate, tortoise-shell, and mother
of pearl. Also leave some espediciones for Tonga-tabon, place of the shipwreck of Captain Lafond.

Manila and Batavia, two cities considerable, capital both regions so rich and fertile, after the period
referred to in that took his great action the trade of the archipelago, took even unto enlabiar between if
those trade relations and continuous, which of course are own of the stated circumstances. It should be
borne in mind that at certain times of the year, Manila is almost indispensable step for ships, which are
directed to the China against the Monsoon: passed to the east of the island of Java, and to the west of the

180
Philippines, and so near Manila, which can recognize the Bahia. In 1829 Manila already esportaba for Java,
cigars, guiñaras, sibucao, rigging of abaca, rom and other genres. Since then there have been several
espedieiones that continue to be beyond doubt that could be established between both countries
relations of reciprocal é important advantages.

Singapore is a small island located at the southern tip of the Malay Peninsula that is located at the mouth
of the China Sea and Straits of Malacca: is free port and by its position, the main reservoir of trade english
and the other nations of Europe and Asia, and therefore in its market are gathered all the fruits of the
countries indicated. Manila exports to that point, sugar, indigo, sibucao, abaca in branch and in rigging,
hats and pouches of liana or nito, coconut oil, rom, bones of buffalo, Basque and horse, and in great
quantity manufactured tobacco. The Spanish vessels from any point of aca or alla the Cape of Good Hope,
have for the benefit of flag a 7 per 100 of rights in the office of Manila, on the flag extrangera, and this is
the reason why most of the fruits and effects of Europe, Asia and America, leave deposits of Singapore in
the Spanish vessels of trade and the enrolment of Manila, which lead English iron and Sweden, steel,
copper sheeting, tarpaulins, rigging of hemp, Anchors, chains, paintings, linseed oil, wax, pepper, clove,
spice, and all kinds of cotton fabrics, piped and wool of all the countries of Europe, etc. etc.

Trade between Singapore and Manila climbed in 1842 to 36,000 tons, and greater advantages of
Singapore, mobbing, gender, the Manila market.

Enter them English possessions, Bombay has continued his relations with Manila, through vessels called
enchimanes, which esportan large amount of sugar.

The Australia, whose relations were null and void with the Philippines,
them has created and fostered with activity: Sydney out of these islands large quantities of lower sugar,
handmade cigars, hats, sibucao, rigging of abaca, mats and flasks.

Shortly after taking possession the Spaniards in the Philippines, obtained permission to traffic in various
parts of China, but only used the Macau, sharing its benefits with the Portuguese

The exportatión of Manila for all enabled ports of China, consists of the following items.

Rice clean and with shell (Palay), sibucao, raw sugar, coconut oil, indigo ordinary and liquid called
tintarron, balate, taclovo, the precious nests of salanganes, shark fins, ebony and other fine woods,
nerves and deer skins, skins of carabao, cow, horse, cotton wool, gold dust, carey, shell, mother-of-
pearl, pearls, pesos drives Spaniards columnarios, and other ranches articles, product of the Philippine
Islands, Asia and Europe, but little consideration.

From Macao to Manila, the main articles that esportan the Spanish vessels are: boxes of cinnamon,
mahones or nanquines, Vermilion, tissues and pañolería of silk lisa and carved, embroidered shawls and
adamascados of espumilla, writing paper and to make cigarettes, earthenware Naukin fine and ordinary,
umbrellas or are payos of paper with a bitumen of various colors and shapes that resists the sun and
unto the waters, cavas and carajayes of iron or are boilers and pans, and all kinds of copper produced,
dried fruit, pickles, and a thousand other articles for the consumption of the Chinese community in the
Philippines.

The movement by sea between Manila and the China, occupied in the year 1842 referred, more than a
third of the navigation total port. A particular circumstance had caused, duplicating the movement of

181
import and export of cash between China and the reservoir of Manila: had been introduced in China
considerable sums of pesos Mexican and as its movement is not current as the weights Spaniards, were
returned unto Manila. If you have given credit unto considerations in the same country, influenced in
this the manufacture of pesos false that would be made in Canton.

The trade called on the other side of the two ends, is the first that should fix the attention, being in the
Philippines with the mother pratria. After the suspension of the privilege of the company, relations were
established direct and, on 6 September 1834 was developed large activity particularly in the ports of Cadiz
and Santander. The cargo is composed mainly of genres of the archipelago and the China: palo Campeche
Serbia of ballast: sugar was placed in bayones , kind of sacks of tissue from palm leaves: in the entrepuente
placed skins of ox salted or dried, indigo, Concha, clove, cinnamon and other genres of the China. These
ships ensured its load unto reason 4 per 100, from 1 November to 1 May; and 5 per 100 from 1 May to 1
November, understanding the faults. The imported genres by Spanish vessels, pay the i by 100 of value:
the gold and silver bars are exempt from all right.

During the monsoon in the Northeast, the journey is always happy, because only twelve or fifteen days,
passes the South China Sea and the narrow; but if he has entered the month of May, need forty to bend
the narrow; so is that only a few American ships risk at this time.

To return from Spain, it is chosen in April, because in July, on the end of Good Hope, the wind blows of
Northwest, which is favorable, and goes over to Manila with the help of the collas of the Southwest, which
even last for September: those of October and November are dangerous because of the hurricanes and
vaguíos.

The most common imports of Spain are the red wine of Catalonia, the sweet of Malaga, of Sherry and San
Lucar, in pips ó barrels; some wines and generous liquors in bottles, flavored with aniseed firewater, which
is consumed in large number; role to write, playing cards of certain dimension; eatable and some other
articles about the first need. As for eatables, most looked there are the salamies, the buds of the
artichokes in conserve, olives, cheese, hams of Gallicia, sausages, fat of Flanders, oil, Jewish women and
peas. 5 are paid by 100 in Spanish ship, and 7 in extrangero, with subjection to the evaluation that is done
prematurely. The charter is conventional, and the commission 2 for 100 without guarantee. In 1841 the
import promoted 1.000,000 in weight one, and the esportaciones to 4.729,000. In 1842, six ships, which
together were composing 3,408 tons, there entered Manila, proceeding from Spain, and went out eight,
which were composing 4,085 tons; of consequent, the scales were favorable to Manila.

With regard to the commerce of the Philippines with the foreign countries, the England is the one that
imports and exports major quantity. Its main import consists of cotton textiles named white and raw
coconuts, musolinas smooth and carved, carranclanes, handkerchiefs, cambayas, Indians, rayadillos, iron
sheets, cavilla, bergajon and fleges, copper in irons, lead in idem, canvases and brin, anchors and chains,
linseed oil and paintings, faience and glassware, all kinds of hardware shop and other articles about few
consideration. Its main exportation is a sugar, coffee, indigo, leather, elaborated tobacco, conch,
mother-of-pearl, tortoiseshell, abaca (or hemp), oil of coconuts, cotton in branch and sibucao. The
United States continue á the England in import and esportacion. Raw and white coconuts matter, and in
large number hard pesos and golden ounces of the republics of the America that was Spanish, being this
class of money the one that more circulates in the Philippines. Its main exportation consists of abaca for
more than four hundred thousand conscript a year, indigo of the first and second class, coffee, sugar of
the first, sibucao, elaborated tobacco to them etc.

182
The part taken by France in the commerce of Manila in 1811, is re-assumed in a following way:

IMPORTED FROM FRANCE.

Reales vn.
Cafe...………………………………………………….. 665
Sugar... ……………………………………………….. 421
Añil …………………………………………………….. 523
Leather...…………………………………………….. 110
Cigars... ………………………………………………. 843
tortoise shell...…………………………………….. 144
Sapan wood...……………………………………… 85
Other items...……………………………………… 258
Total 2.850,000

EXPORTED TO FRANCE.
Reales vn.
Cloth... 45,600
Wines... 212,800
Different cloths a part of which 471,200
remained in deposit...
Total 729,600

Hereunder is the state of the general movement of Manila in 1841, whose total import and export
amounted to one hundred and fifty-two million reals, of which sixty-four million six hundred thousand
corresponded to the import, eighty and seven million four hundred thousand to export.

The main countries with which Manila toward this trade were the following:

IMPORT IN EXPORT
MANILA. FROM MANILA. TOTAL.
England 33.949, 200 20.645, 500 54.592,700
United States 15.815,600 22.678,400 58.494,000
Spain. . . . 5.800,000 18.008, 200 21.808,200
China…………………………………. 8.360,000 12.522,900 20.882,900
East India ………………… 1.037800 6.552,200 8.170,000
Sidney (Australia.)………………. 307,800 4.104,800 4.472,600
France 729, 600 2.050, 000 3.579,000
64.000,000 87.400, 000 152.000, 000

183
Since then it has continued to trade of the Philippine archipelago taking a remarkable and satisfactory
increase, as we will find in the article Manila, where we will return in this important bouquet, fundándonos
in documents more modern. Meanwhile, eager to give unto these chapters the illustration possible,
reduce to us even express the weights and measures used in the country and the value of the coins.

The peak of Filipinos weighs 137 pounds of spanish or 63 kilograms 23: is divided into 10 chinantas and
100 caltis 16 taeles; where it turns out that the tael weighs 579 grains 81. Use this weight particularly for
the gold dust and pearls.

The peak of the China weighs less , this is 60 K. 50

The quintal of Spain 46
The arroba 11 50
The caban of cocoa. . . 58
Idem of rice 60
The bale is equivalent to 5 % arrobas. The quintal
of wax weighs 110 pounds of Spain. The Vara de
Castilla is the measure adopted for the lengths,
and is equivalent to 0 914
For liquids will serve the Ganta and the Gallon
English , the latter particularly for the rom
And is equivalent to 454 lit. 454 lit.

Since some time there is greater accuracy in weights and measures, this is since the establishment of the
true almotacén; however it should be noted that the system of weights and measures of Manila is not
followed exactly in the provinces, where varies according to the whim of the mayors. The strong weight
of Spain is divided as in America, in 8 Rs. Silver, that make 20 vn. The silver real is worth 12 grains, which
is an imaginary currency or 20 quarters copper coin which can coin the city of Manila.

The weights of the Americas have a course in the Philippines, and are worth one and a half percent less
than those of Spain. Take advantage of this occasion to introduce a considerable amount of weights of
several Republics, and among them many false.

The difference between the weights of Spain and America is not taken into account, but in significant
payments. Regarding the currency of fleece, in several eras are introduced many false, resulting in
serious drawbacks in circulation; but lately was picked up, although went criminals unpunished. The
indios suffered losses as a result of this measure, and established in their special relationship, a class of
currency conventional wisdom that is served. This consisted in bundles of cigars: each one consisted of
17 cigars and represented the value of a silver real instead of 20 quarters that applies today. After the
government made coin quarters.

§. IX.
RECOGNIZED the physical order of the Philippine archipelago in the first article about this one preliminary;
congeturado the origin of this order in the second one; considered in its primitive independence,
inhabited just by its natives, with merit of the Character of these, of its inclinations, of its virtues and vices,
in the third one; determined the origins of that primitive population and its history in the quarter; and
sketched in the quínto the situation that they have come to create in the country the arrival of the Spanish,

184
and the progress of they evangelized and civilization introduced because of it; limiting to civil life
numerous savage villages; sweetening the customs and even the nature of others; producing new castes
for the crossing of the Europeans with the natives; and establishing in this archipelago the advanced post
of the European civilization in east; without the calculation being even of this place on the number to
which those peoples come to remain already limited cercenados more and more every day, for the
civilization, which strengthens them in the mastery of Spain; estendíendo in the archipelago a new moral,
political and economic existence: we are going to deal in showing the modifications that with the Spanish
patronage have received the customs of those who have surrendered to its charitable overcoat, and of
those that the same Europeans for its parle have admitted of these regions so different from its original
ones. Here one sees practically how the civilization takes a special, proper character of the country in
which it is established; without it c be a lasting essential impairment of which it is peculiar of the territory,
which character always has its strengthened victory, us it being allowed to say it so, in the toponomía of
the regions. For it the European race not only had respected, on having got in the archipelago, those
practices and customs that were not disgusting to the civilization and order that it was going to raise; but,
on having been established and having got acclimatized, it has received proper not few ones from the
country itself: like that it turns out that the European people has acquired there piece of news and the
Filipinos have preserved many of its ancient ones. The differences that are observed today between the
ancient Filipinos, out of the come ones from the original diversity of races and of the variety of inhabited
regions, which conditions are also very different, there comes especially of the biggest ó less contact in
which they have been and find with the Europeans. So the Indian of Manila has adopted major number of
European customs, which that of the provinces, as it will result to us from a superficial recognition, in this
paragraph.

CHARACTER AND CUSTOMS OF THE FILIPINOS PROCEEDING FROM THE ANCIENT RACES OF THE
COUNTRY, CONSTITUTED ALREADY UNDER THE SPANISH PATRONAGE AND KNOWN GENERALLY WITH
THE NAME OF INDIOS.

Character of these peoples. The indios, in spite of the diversity of its origins, offer a real feeling of
docility and imitation, which however should be directed with great wisdom, so that all results
appetizing. The most commendable are those of the provinces of Pampanga, Cagayan, Pangasinan,
llocos and Zebu: these for the common thing are brave, generous, hard-working and industrious; much
arranged for the music, sculpture and painting, so that some of them have said of them, with certain
property, that artists are born, what owes especially to its imitative character in end.

Those stablished in Manila are accused in general of very vicious; having given place to this certain reason,
proceeding from that in most cases are the people, that without rooting or subsistence in the provinces,
they crowd to look for it in the capital: the cagayanes, especially, come in big multitude to Manila, without
going I obtain more equipage than its garment position, reduced to pants and a shirt. But neither has to
believe all that imputes them to, since there is many exaggeration. The same Indians are on the other
hand of a clear judgment, imitative and capable of being very useful, if one leads them with sanity: without
being done so, the good dispositions of the Indian remain generally fruitless; so although he learns all that
it sees and for it he exercises all the offices, without need that of intention someone is taught him, its
giddy character and impressionable it does that in a house he is an excellent and unbearable servant in
other one. Especially, if it sees that its owner proves to be weak, it abuses of up to the end, but if it finds
a severe dignity, allows to put itself in the bough and without to dare to murmur it would go to the torture.
Generally he is interested by its owner and nothing retracts him so much like that it is, when he corrects
its defects, him humbly with the scorn. There are some of them that serve for many years in the same

185
house, without receiving any salary and being treated by excessive hardness. It has provided them with
very estimable qualities: liberal and generous, one sees them in cases of need dividing food and clothes
with their fellow men. Rare that are in Manila the crimes against persons, it justifies its indios of the
exaggerated accusations that are done to them: in the provinces scarcely one never hears speaking about
murders.

The women take part of many of the defects of its husbands; but they are more sensitive and laborious
than these: often they are they those who gain the sustenance of the family; many people can read and
write; nevertheless, this knowledge is more common in the men.

In the fields, the indio is good, recognized and generous; when some European visits him he feels very
honest and does the biggest sacrifices for offering him.

In the provinces they are very sober and peaceful: they obey blindly to the autorities and under their
spiritual pastors. Several times we have already spoken about the wonderful ascendancy of the clergy in
these regions, and it is necessary to repeat it even in merit and justice to so respectable class; he has
always exercised it with the biggest wise move to the benefit of the country and of the native mother;
inculcating the love and respect to the Spanish throne and to its government of an absolute way and
inestinguible.

USES AND CUSTOMS. The suit of the men is, with short difference, the same one in the whole archipelago:
cotton pants or silk, subject to the waist, with a casing or with a handkerchief which doubles serve as
pockets, and a cotton shirt, sinamay, or pineapple put on the pants. It seems that, on having adopted the
European trage, the first thing that they did, it was to change into the pants the sheet with which earlier
they were covered: later they took the shirt, leaving it out of the pants for major serviceability and
freshness. Some cover the head with a hat to the European or to the fashion of the country, which is called
salacot; others in its place surround a handkerchief, tying it of several ways; (mount you it is placed
approximately like the Malays): they all have hung to the neck a rosary, generally of coral and gold, and a
medal of the same metal; also they bring a scapular to the breast. These are the pledges more generally
adopted as the Indians.

In the provinces of the North of the island of Luzon, the garments are brown or of a very dark blue color;
but in other provinces the colors are very different like also the streaks and the cloths of an admirable
consistency; the funds are often targets, with streaks of many colors; and the cloth is of sinamay, nipis or
cotton; the neck, the front and the handles are embroidered by delicacy and taste. The pants take target,
blue and black: that of silk is usually of these last two colors. The garments of the Indians change
significantly according to the category and condition of the persons. The rich ones take tisus embroideries
with the biggest elegance, pins of brilliant of very much value and other golden jewels and pearls: it is not
very strange to see between these nations the most beautiful diamonds. The lit one of the head is often
of thin pearls; the miscue handkerchief is of big value, and a nito hat, that it can get into the pocket, it
represents many years of work. A salacot or hat richly embroidered, protects him from the sun and the
rain; assembling even the advantage of being able to serve as pillow to sleep. The form of the salacot is
that of a small open umbrilla, 18 inches in diameter, on 6 high one, the center represents a circular, made
jonquil concavity, to receive the head. The body of this salacot is usually also of jonquil or of bamboo; it
is done of tortoiseshell and also of other various classes and of very much luxury: of this crust there are
so dear ones that are made in the provinces of Camarines, of Albay and of Bulacan; selling very expensive.
The indios look at these hats as one of the most beautiful objects that they possess, give them, receive
them and play them, making use of them as of urta current currency. Some old men preserve thoroughly

186
certain pants of silk, very wide and long with many embroideries: it is the suit of ancient maguinones or
señores of the towns. Its sinamay shirt goes also on the pants: above they take a jacket species, a pañolillo,
with green streaks, position in the shape of sail, and an ancient hat preserved for more than hundred
years in the family, it completes the suit. In the provinces of llocos and Cagayan, where it does more cold,
the jacket or sucks and the rest of the clothes they are of more overcoat and they cover well the whole
body. It is the days of big ceremony when they go out to re-show the most luxurious suits: the
gobernadorcillos, so much in exercise as suspended officials, present before themselves with dressed Urt
black cut to the ancient one, the hat with pens down the arm, the cane with golden handle, drawstrings
and tassels in the hand, like sign of control, and the sword nearby (the suspended officials do not take it).
They all are loaded with velvet; they use rich slippers and slippers, which footwear is very common in the
country.

The montescos must be quoted here, in spite of not being Spanish subjects, given that they have taken
much of the new customs: they dress, with short difference, like the tagalos: the head is covered with a
handkerchief, like the Malays, particularly when they belong to those who are called remontados. These
are preserved by many of the habits into that they got living in the peoples. The tagalogs, after the hair is
cut, make it very long ahead, and inclined aside, fill him with coconut oil and with aromatic perfumes: the
low part is shaved of behind of the head, forming a semicircle, which this convex part for below. The
masters allow to grow in confidence in the top and later part, a very small pigtail that they have gathered
under the hat. These claim to continue the Chinese fashion; those the European. The zambaleses shave
half of the head as them Japanese. The visayas allow the whole hair to grow in confidence like the Malays,
and the women surround a handkerchief to her. Men and women allow to grow in confidence their
fingernail of the thumb of the right hand; the first ones to make use of her touching the guitar or the
bandolín, and the second ones to sew and to do its hems and other proper works of its sex. The garment
of the women distinguishes also little of one province to other one, changing better for the condition of
the persons, as we have already indicated. They take a species of cotton skirt infuriated (cambayas),
whose color they choose according to its taste, which ordinarily inclines for the flesh-colored, yellow or
green thing. The length of the piece is three poles: earlier they were coming only from Madras, and a
piece, of which two skirts were done, was selling at 50 pesos: the rich persons could support just this suit;
but the concourse of the Englishmen and French knocked down the price; it being estimated in more of
European factory that those of Madras: they have come á to sell to him to 5 pesos the piece.

This skirt takes two as the common thing and comes up poles of wide and fits to the body so that it leaves
marked the forms and outlines, and as they do not have with that to hold them on the top part, bends
and supports at a height of the stomach.

The shirt of the indies, whose form in nothing looks alike to that of the Europeans, is cotton whitely or
bluish, of sinamay or of nipis embroidery or shaded, or there are mixed to the silk fibers of the sheets of
phormium lenax, which do lists of living colors. The special form of this shirt does that it adheres, although
with clearance, the body and mark the waist: takes a long sleeves that are later returned and collect about
the arm: this embroidered by the banks.

Sometimes the rich ones go, going out to the street, to the surroundings of the neck, a cotton
handkerchief, of gauze or pineapple embroidered, and in the holidays they light it with a pin of pearls or
diamonds that the delicacy of the textile makes highlight.

187
Bajo la saya llevan ciertas enaguas que suplen muchas veces la camisa, y encima de todo se ponen la que
es de seda o algodón, de fábrica indígena, con rayas de una pulgada de anchas, de color muy bajo.

The footwear is unique; carry slippers which only cover the fingers and even outside sometimes the little
finger, by way of the that spend the catalan menestralas of the Levante coast of the province of
Barcelona; with the difference that the cap that covers the fingers is velvet colors embroidered in silk,
silver, gold, pearls or precious stones, and are lined with embodied in those, and these are just of
bandana colors, lined with cloth or without it. The foot of the West Indies is had carry graceful as that of
the Chinese. The hair hairstyles to China are behind an elegant ribbon called poso, that is not another
thing that a large knot. This knot has crossed a pin whose head is commonly gold, diamonds or pearls.
The tagalas usually have amazing hair, and before comb often smear with the juice of a limoncito called
dayap, bittersweet which communicates to them a smell muv pleasant: is smeared also with coconut oil
oloroso in which are placed in infusion sampaguitas and other flowers smelling; after a few hours, when
the hairs are well dried, comb and become the poso.

There is also notable the care that the indies put in the heels clean themselves every day with the stone
pómez and the hands with sweet and sour. They all usually chew the betel that communicates to its
saliba a very living red color with which its lips are dyed; sometimes they mix also to the betel the
cinnamon to do its most agreeable habit, and the biggest favor that the Indians are thinking about
excusing to its future husband, it is of called sapa spends to its mouth the tablet when they have begun
chewing it. The women dye, when the age needs it, the hair with an oil preparation, because they say
that the ointment makes the hair fall down. When they begin to lose the hair they become false. They
wash their hands with cooked rice and take its flirtation up to the point of the heels being dyed with
vermilion; because as its slippers are in end low, when they walk come to you heels. They omit nothing
for heightening its natural gifts: lisongean great when they are thinking about taking something of the
whiteness that they say Spaniard, and the special object of its ambition of thank you is the European
whom they always call Castila.

The indies take a rosary of coral or thin pearls, with diezes more grosses set in gold, and a medal of
copper or gold with the effigy of Ntra. Sra. of Mexico or Guadalupe. The use of the scapular is very
general; the women take it more commonly to the neck next to the rosary, and it is of major or less
value as the faculties of each one.

The belt of Saint Augustine, the bead of San Francisco, the girdle of Santo Tomas, are the signs of different
brotherhoods: many are kept at home with great veneration, others carry them ostensibly. The indio
children are almost naked inside the house, until the age of five or six years: the wealthy are elegant the
days of fiesta and its costume has the same make as their parents. They shave the head, leaving them
with just a crown or cerquillo, and many have religious habit. Girls carry the hair down naturally and a kind
of cap or hat full of ornaments and rich embroidery: in the neck by way of a necklace, carry rosaries of
certain nuggets or teeth of the corcodile, that protects them from various diseases.

OF THE MARRIAGES. The condition of the country is explained also in the natives, anticipating its
marriages and there becomes very sensitive the absence of communications, which makes difficult the
acquisition of the necessary documents: when those inhabit distant provinces, the achievement slows
down sometimes in long time, frequently with serious damage of the public morality; since it is not rare
to see young Indians loaded with children even without having could obtain of its country the documents

188
to marry and to legitimize its union for lack of the supporting correspondents of baptism and of the single
state.

Neither is very moral the ancient habit of remaining during some time the fiancé in class of servant at its
future mother-in-law, enjoying commonly the favors of its fiancée. This bad use one has tried, till now, to
abolish in vain that, anyone that is its repugnance as immoral, it is you prop perjudicialísimo the single
women; since often the project of a linkage breaks after the stay of the fiancé has taken place at the
fiancée's, and this one with difficulty claimant finds already different: nevertheless, the careful zeal of the
priests parish priests is making to eliminate these customs as ancient as immoral. If the breakage of the
agreement linkage comes from the paternal authority, which is not also rare to see her aspiring to the
work and the gifts of a new claimant, the fiancés have the resource of the municipal authority, under
whose protection the marriages are realized, after what, the parents give them also its blessing, and
continue the banquets, the dances, volleys, rockets and music.

The domestic order weighs then almost exclusively on the woman, whose native we have already said to
be more laborious and of less vices than the man, who often leaves it also up to the performance of the
most important procedure; making her take part of the most painful works. In its childbearings they
receive the help of still very barbarian certain practices, although there appears the patient surrounded
with sacred images and burning sails. These practices are entrusted also to the women, many of which
acquire the reputation as mabuting-hilot (good midwife) when they have aged in the office. These women
are consulted sometimes from the first weeks of the pregnancy, on the sex of the fetus, and they stop
little in announcing it: come the childbearing they proceed with many serenity and they never vacillate
not in the most cursory cases. When this one is difficult and painful, certainly there suppose the porters
or midwifes that the witches influence the bad childbearing; and in order to make it believe those simple
nations, they use of different devices to make them disappear.

One of the most usual is of there shoots a stonecutter of bamboo loaded with many gunpowder
contiguous or very next to the bed of the patient, achieving often by means of the fright that it is caused
to facilitate the childbearing. In this case, the good childbearing assumes to the ruse of the midwife;
nevertheless, this practice salvage is always used of secret of the civil and ecclesiastic authority, which,
not to doubt, they would try to correct. The newborn baby of the least well-off class is placed in a mat
without protecting it from the open air and to more he is covered with a linen in the night: others are
placed certainly on almohaditas, but some and others exhibited outdoors. Also there is very notable the
barbarian habit of being burning hot with a match lit to the newborn baby doing three signs to him; one
in every megilla and other one in the top of the beard. This custom admits for origin that an ancient worry
that there have the Indians of whom this way the evil goes out for the newborn babies vicuro that say is
had by them in the body.

The construction of the houses or better called barracks of the indians, is very simple; saving some relative
difference to the fortunes of the people who inhabit them. Most are made up of branches and leaves of
palm, linked or tied with reeds, resting on four or more pillars (haliquis) according to the extension of the
barraca. These pillars are of a wood incorruptible like molavin, banava and other: the poorest makes use
of the anahaw (palma brava) which is of short duration, and their small barracks have only eight to ten
square feet. Four feet off the ground, relying on the pillars or foundations, form a floor strips of bamboo,
which are held on logs placed from one point to another point in the figure of that and secured between
yes. In these small casitas are tends a mat ordinary, and this is the bed common where lie in all her
nakedness, men, women, children, the old, and in some cases up to the friends: there smoke their cigars,
chew the rest of its buyo and spend the night.

189
The outskirts of the barracas contain some fruit trees, and a small piece of enclosed land of bamboos of
particular class, very strong and very thick at the bottom, serves for the cultivation of some legumes. The
Household articles consists of a mortar with two hands that are always located at the entrance of the
courtyard and serves to break the rice in order to skip the shell; bamboos that make several offices, lazas
of coco, spoons of the same, some marmitas that replaced in case of necessity with the shell of the green
coconut where they can cook rice without oj water: one of these knives called goloc, some banks
supported in the walls; a kind of bench that serves as a table, a vessel China for the coconut oil and a
candle of mud called by the natives as tinghoy that serves as lamps, some crooked, axs of cane of resin,
an image of The Virgin, a Crucifix, some mats, a basket of leaves of betel, nut of arch and prepared lime,
an almirez or mortar and usually a flute or a guitar.

The wealthy or the rich have more houses spacious and prepared and better furnished, painted and
decorated with luxury. The roof as the other is nipa; but the exterior is lined with irons. The Horcones or
woods that served as a foundation, are always in even number, and much more numerous the higher is
the house. The partitions by the common are palm leaf, with doors made of bamboo runners; in the
houses more considerable the partitions are made of wood, with doors narrates, red wood or molavin ,
which like that of the Shells is indestructible by moisture or drought, and impervious to the ant blanca
call anay.

The main parts of these houses are composed of a dining room (ecuda), a living room, bedrooms, a
small anteroom or rest; the kitchen that is located outside of the house, where is located the place
escusado. The firm floor that is not inhabits serves as the basement. Likethe most of the houses are built
on the banks of the rivers, are frequently flooded; so is that on the occasions of landslides or floods are
communicating by means of canoes. All of the interior of these houses is divided with tables, whose
fresh paint draws the attention of the viagero that arrives to the Philippines. These houses are called
labia and nipa, some nails and iron pieces contribute to their greater firmness.

The houses of cal and canto usually belong to the mestizos and to the white children of the country.
Many are covered in Texas: the pillars ordinarily are brick and sometimes of wood molavin. These
houses have so common to all the amenities that can be found in a European home, although on a small
scale: carport, zaguanes, basements, blocks, freshwater wells, good ladder and well distributed rooms.
All these houses boast about it a cross, which is positioned at the be completed, with the blessing of a
priest. The ornaments of these houses are also often provided to the powers of their owners; having
sometimes numerous luxury objects, paintings, fanales of greater or lesser value, containing sacred
images, especially the child Jesus of Cebu, and of Our Lady of Antipolo. Some of the villas that cons.
truyen Indians by themselves, bamboo, reeds , nipa, etc. do not have cost more than 20 pesos with the
advantage of being portable. The river Pasig presents muchas times many of these houses washed away
by the avenues. There are also frequent fires; but the Indian with a feeling momentary conforms soon
with their fate, and undertakes the factory of its new shelter: during the work one of its neighbors
makes it easy for you to house and table. The ordinary food of the indians is the rice with the that make
a dish called canin in language tagalog, and morisqueta in spanish: it puts to cook with the water that
has to absorb boiling half an hour, and made this is removed from the fire. The seasoning consists in
pepper colorada of Chile, or some nail extremely spicy, other times putting honey or sugar. Two
measures calls Chupas can be appreciated, each of which will have the cavida a cup regular, enough to
feed a man an entire day. Make three meals: brunch, lunch and dinner. Eat in the kitchen; surrounding
the large source of morisqueta, who take and eat with the hand: Sometimes the distributed by placing it

190
on a sheet or dish, that each one has in front. Around the source they usually place several appetizers,
and sauces in which they wet the rice.

It particularly draws the attention see as take morisqueta with the five fingers, the wet in the sauce
without washing hands, the lead to the mouth and entered with the thumb, bending the other on the
palm of the hand. It is natural that the estrangero just arrived to the Philippines Halle this repugnant;
but it is customary then: Until the European daughters of the country, or are the daughters of
Europeans, often indulge in eating with the hand, recalling the house of his mother nurse.

In addition to the rice, nor lack consumption of salted fish and the cool abounds, which is general wait to
put the rice to the fire to go to pick it up: this is very easy, inhabiting the immediate vicinity of the sea or
rivers and lakes. The seasoning consists in the salt, pepper and other aromatic substances. The tares of
buffalo, ox and deer is very good, when it is of young animals and is recent: if it is animal Old or spends a
lot of time after prepared, the smell that dismisses is offensive. The cecina is considered as food as
digestive, which recommended to the sick of gastric upsets and belly.

It is usually so much the sobriety india, that in the provinces more expensive a man is maintained with
real and a half. But sometimes these same Indians are splendid and gourmets, what happens especially
when they have guests, and especially if the guest is a white, which for them is always a Spanish, although
is a child of the country, and procreated of English. In the weddings and deaths convidan to their friends.
If one is named Captain or gobernadorcillo, nothing economizing. The iiesta usually held at the open air
under a leafy tree, where they serve opíparas meals. The favorite dish is the gulay, which is served with a
certain class of vegetables gathered or accompanied by a roast meat or fish: not less that the suckling milk
roast the air that fields will enliven with a sauce very tasty. When the food ra approaching unto his term,
is served the wine and presents the desserts, which tend to be different sweetened, called matamis, as
the calamai of coco (calamai latel), sugar of the lagoon, the panocha morena or confitura of chirota, and
honey, especially in the regions of the mountain. These different desserts are served in cups of coco full
of water. All concludes with the cigar and the indispensable buyo or chewing of betel and cal dead. In
these feasts reign the greatest joy and hubbub; providing in honor to give the captains, (maguinones) and
their wives: The applause are confused with the music and runs. After the meal, hot heads with the wine
of coconut, are not being heard more than singing joyful, the coniiutas and the Aires nationals of the
tagalos and pampangos, accompanying unto the dancers of the people, paid to animate the feast.

When the meal is in celebrity of a religious motive, like that of an Indian has received the priestly order,
then it preserves the whole world, during the comída, composure and gravity, and only in the evening the
dance and the music is allowed. The Indians do not accustom to drink more that it waters down up to the
end of the meal, in which they replace it by the wine. In the trascurso of the day they drink sometimes a
little from that of coconut (alacnive).

The Indian is excited to the tobacco: it spends entire days troubled and without complaining about the
roughest and painful works like rowing, suffering a heat of the burning sun, ó an estraordinaria rain; with
such that he does not lack the tobacco, it chews it ó smokes it, and (liria that receives from him new forces.
Men, mugeres, young people and old men of all ages, they all smoke ó chew the sheets of this already
elaborated plant, from the morninguntil the night.

After the tobacco, which is its domineering passion, which knowledge they owe the Spanish, the betel is
what more they like, whose use between them dates back to immemorial time. We would not dare á to
say if they prefer it to the tobacco, but it is the true thing that almost they cannot spend without him;

191
nevertheless that when they do the trip á Europe, if they cannot provide it to themselves, suffer without
murmuring this deprivation, what it proves until point the man is capable of dominating its most ancient
habits and passions.

The betel nut is the main ingredient of the masticatory called buyo, composed as follows: take the
aromatic betel leaf, which they called itmo, bathe it with a layer of slaked lime made from oysters; After
the coil a along surrounding it with a piece of Walnut Maple, which called bouga, cut up from the figure
of spindles. This preparation, which are still very passionate, offer it to people who want to give to. This
masticatory already have said in another place that reddens estraordinariamente the saliva e irritates
inflaming the mouth of which not are accustomed to their use. Intended to that with he is preserved them
teeth and is fortifies the stomach: is undeniable that thanks a this preparation can them Indian lacking of
came and even of food during days whole, especially when you mix a little of tobacco for give you greater
fortress. They refer wonderful cures made with betel. With the juice, which it is estrae by chewing, is so
rub the children's bodies to strengthen them. The residue, that they called sapa, is sheds usually by waste;
but sometimes washed it and applied as a topical in the epigastro of the sick children, whose remedy is
said to be effective. There are people who chew just after eating, as a dessert. The gefes saved their betel
in elegant boxes.

Public holidays. Which is celebrated in the anniversary of the battle won unto the pirates chinese, takes
place on the day of Saint Andrew: in it His Excellency Captain General, the municipality, the territorial
court and all the higher authorities give the colony, assist with trains luxurious and carruages gala, each
which in accordance with the category of the charge that plays, all preceded by four pendoleros which
lead the way, who are followed by the troops of all the weapons that decorate to Manila. The banner of
the city and the royal banner are carried by the alferez real, which is always an individual in the town
hall.

This procession runs in this way the city in the middle of runs of artillerria; and when it returns to enter
into the house of city hall, where has come out, all the guests take part in a great lunch that the effect is
prepared.

The fiesta more brilliant is the receipt of the new governor-general captain of the Archipelago, each time
you relieves: lasts for three days by regularly, and in some cases up to five. All presents a particular
aspect relating to the customs of the country; it is necessary to see it, to acquire an idea of him, it would
be impossible to describe it. You can imagine, is the progress of the troops, the meeting of the
authorities, the ringing of the bells, the noise of the drums and trumpets, the majestic boom of the runs
of artillery, and the shooting of a myriad of carruages of all kinds: but in no way, as we have said, the
particular aspect of the inhabitants of the country.

The second day there is a time in which the noise occurs suddenly a respectful silence; this is when the
new Captain General, which has already taken the oath to the Supreme Court, standing on a high podium,
receives from the hands of his predecessor the baton and the keys of the city, in which enters after with
much pomp, and takes possession of his palace for a period of six years, the fixed end of the duration of
their functions. Its installation is followed by many parties and dances, in that the ladies of Manila unfurled
unto waywardness a luxury of sederías of China, diamonds and pearls , which competes and perhaps leads
to the best meetings of Europe.

When good news of Spain, there are stops, salvos of artillery and serenades public.

192
The festivities of the towns of Santa Cruz and Tondo are remarkable for the beautiful illuminations, and
the large numbers of Chinese é Indians, who they meet, whose factions, customs and language, give them
an aspect of interest singular for Europeans, which contribute to enjoy your entertainment. The Fair of
Quiapo and San Sebastian is distinguished by the great number of people and carriages, and by
cockfighting, which attract unto the Indians. The entire society chosen from Manila goes to them.

The fighting or fights of roosters occupy the first place among the entertainment public; having a real
passion the Indians by them. The Rooster is the first object in the care of these, that leave only to bring
unto any side, nor auna mass, despite the devotion that distinguishes this people, which does not allow
them to entering within the church, and leave it at the door, tied unto a tip of bamboo, which dug into
the ground. A good gallo has no price for an amateur; it is like the dog to our hunters or the horse for the
amateur bullfights. There are Indians who have until half a dozen roosters excellent, and care with the
most extraordinary care, as, if they find all their wealth in a way that is irreparable.

Each village has its Cock pit or amphitheater for cockfighting, whose lease produces the government of
the colony a considerable amount, as in its place we have observed. These galleras come to be spacious
houses built of trunks of palm, bamboo and nipa: not to have in the interior department any more than a
great room that receives the light by several windows open on the roof. In the middle of the room is raised
to the height of a man the place of the lid, surrounded by galleries of bamboo, which are raised by means
of a ladder players privileged. A crowd and agitated fills it all, when it is going to be the quarrel, and
between the sites intended for the spectators, there are some that by being better than the Tamings, cost
any price increase to the amateurs who occupy; these seats are in galleries formed to elevation of about
three feet: there is the Indian pat the cock, which leads on the arm, lower to the ground, re-take, throw
to the ground again, look, talk, throw the smoke of her cigar unto the head, and put it in the hand, ask as
for excite him to victory. The rooster seems to announce with its singing the desire to fight, and soon a
rival appears before him. Then it arms one to them and to other, strengthening down the spur a small
knife of two courts to them, and one is placed to them opposite to other in the sand. All the players do its
bets in favor of one or other of both fighters, until a deputy announces that these remain closed. To the
moment the spectators concentrate on the place of the struggle, and a deep silence happens to the
previous confusion. Finally the sign happens, and the combatants remain free in the sand: they lengthen
the neck herizando the pens, look, lower the tail, á look again, shake the head and one is thrown to other;
everyone strains for jumping on its adversary with its paws gathered against the breast; they are hurt by
the side that corresponds to the armed spur, fall down, turn to raise, attack and hurt, until one of them it
is fatally and succumbs. The winner rises then on him and sings, proclaiming its victory. Sometimes it
happens that the defeated one recovers even new forces, and gets up again, happening that the winner
is scared considering the blood, and flees, leaving victorious other in turn, which for the common thing
breathes in the middle of its victory. Then the rooster that has fled, is plucked alive and hung on the
exterior part of the cock pit. Meanwhile the winner, that injured man survives, is the object of the biggest
care of its proprietor, who him recovers with an infusion of sheets of tobacco in coconut wine. If one is
able to present again in the fight a rooster that has turned out to be winning this way, it usually fixes the
biggest bets in its favor; and if the wound that it received is such that cannot fight again, the passionate
Indian of the glory that he has seen him acquiring, it preserves it like an object of very much appreciation
for him: there are houses destined á the healing of these roosters, where as the common thing they are
had when they remain rendered useless.

The outskirts of the cock pits present a curious spectacle, worthy of the attention of the observer: the
shops or positions of wine of coconut, sweets of rice, stews, Spanish chocolate, calencleria indies, pansit
and chauchao, prepared by Chinese cooks; the competing ones having been for breakfast, eating and

193
having an afternoon snack; everything forms the most picturesque picture that can imagine. The morning
and a big part of the evening they pass in the roosters combats, with what one forgets the siesta, and
scarcely the Indian thinks of turning á its house until the night: then it enters her, and it happens often
that not only there has lost during the day all that of that he was a proprietor, but it still has contracted
debts.

The holidays are more crowded these functions, to which then the onlookers of all parts come, and not
only the Indians are in them, but also the half-caste ones, the Chinese and even the Spanish; making a
mistake in the brotherhood and happiness that reigns in them, all the status and all the states. In the Vigan
people and others the bets are often very raised, and in the holidays thousands of pesos cross. Tondo,
Sta. Cross, San Sebastian and Sampaloc are famous for the handsomeness of its cock pits, where it is seen
to fight the roosters of the Lagoon, the bravest of the Philippines, and the cockerels salvages called
labuyos.

There does not limit itself to this branch the love of the Indians to the game; since also they are
apasionadísimos to the letters; forgetting even to eat for playing the panguingui, which also is the most
pleasant entertainment of the biggest ladies of the country. In spite of the alertness give them mayors
and of the priests parish priests against the game of mount, like prohibited, not déjà of having place
enough between the fans. The llampo is a game that has been taken of the China, and although it is
prohibited, like the mount, enough stakes in Manila. As for the mount, it is played especially in the places
where he smokes the opium, and all the classes and sexes make a mistake.

More innocent than the expressed entertainment, have other indians, among which are noted with
particularity the music and the dance. All the functions of the Church and all the processions, to which the
Indians are never absent, and without which it could not pass, are always followed by dances national,
between which distinguishes the call comintang.

The masks, as an institution own especially those countries aristocratic, in that the classes typically
separated between yes, seek a means authorising them in some way to mix, as relief necessary to the
lower and appetizing sometimes to the superiors, reduces here to disguise of some children who walk the
streets, representing fighting of the Moors and Christians, whose traditional news have been brought into
the country with this custom by the conquerors. It is also contained jigantes and other appliances fantastic
with heads monstrous, which are surrounded by the hubbub of the boys.

The salamancas are certain deception of skill and Ruse with having fun with the indians. The salamanquero
is often called unto the meetings, for entretenerlas with their games.

The theater is also of big diversion for the natives: there are three properly such ones; of these two low
ones are one in Tondo and other in San Sebastian; being its rooms and departments of bambúes and
palms and the roofs áenipa, with an extremely original architecture: the pieces that are represented in
them are in lenguage Tagalog and offer the same infancy as for the taste, that the buildings; making wait
many days for the ending or end of each of them. Another theater, which is the main one, is in Binondo;
its construction is to the European and the same the pieces that are represented; we will suspend speaking
about this theater for the time being; must do it in detail in the article about Manila where we will do also
justice to the merit of the outstanding young man D. Narcissus of the Escosura, which with its guessed
right direction and its knowledge has provided á this theater a reputation that could be expected before
its arrival to the archipelago.

194
In the evenings the indios amuse themselves raising very much kites or kites, to which they give an agility
estraordinaria; arming them of bambúes and role of the Japan: sometimes they suspend from them
certain instrument, which with the oscillations qvie there communicate to them the wind and the hand
that governs them, it produces a varied noise. This diversion has been introduced by the Chinese.

The cipa is a thick ball with which the Indians play, forming a circle between themselves, inside whom
they go it from some to others with an amazing workmanship; since they push it back either with the pié,
either with the hand, with the knee, with the head, etc.

The chongua, the chupo, etc., are other introduced games of the China. The boys have others different,
that they call chirelas and valicabesa.

The fishing, which commonly is a need of the natives of the archipelago and constitutes one of the first
branches of its maintenance and wealth, is a special diversion for many, and it admires to see often
women entire days in this exercise, espuestas to the most ardent sun, against which it does not put up
another defense than that of its salacot breadth or hat.

The bath is an object almost of the first need for all the inhabitants of the colony: it takes every day not
only for the Indians, but as all that they have the proportion of living close to some river, what happens á
almost all. The crystalline waters of Mariquina and of San-Mateo, had for very healthy, are much
frequented in the summertime. The bath of the morning is the most appetizing; then it takes accompanied
by ablutions with the decoction of the gogo mixed with juice of limoncillo, what makes the head perfectly
prepared and perfumed. They have been for breakfast in the bath, and the European, á who the prompt
one does not like very much the Indian customs, then he eats to full hands with them, the dirty trick, the
sleeves, the cagóles, the stews, the lid and the salty pahos. After the breakfast, they enjoy themselves
with the buyo and the cigaret of Cagayan.

The walks on horseback in the night with the clarity of the moon, they are also of big pleasure for all the
inhabitants indiscriminately: the carruages cross throughout in the walks of Manila during those hours in
which the fresh breezes replace to the burning beams of the sun, and with them one rests from the heats
of the day. This circumstance does that not only the houses are prepared to receive and to preserve its
currents, but even the same bed in which they go to bed has a special form directed to this object. Lina
consists of a textile of covered reed of a mat more or less and elegantly: in every angle a column rises, and
the four turn out to be connected by an earring, from which it hangs the mosquitera. On the mat they
stretch a sheet to be covered and seldom a cotton thin llocos bedspread. You prop they serve to
themselves of a cotton cushion called abrazador, of cylindrical form, as of three feet and way of length on
ten inches in diameter; more or less hard according to the taste of the one who has to use it, cutlery of a
thin cloth, often embroidered. As its name indicates it, it is to have it embraced, and ordinarily it is placed
between the legs and the arms, leaving miser he and the body the suitable distance so that it circulates
the air. It seems at first sight that this fixed cushion like that must give major heat; but it happens on the
contrary, when sahe to make use of him, and all that is the work that it finds it hard to be accustomed to
its use, it is the repugnance in leaving once done custom custom.

Many families stretch in the soil, in the evening, a big double mat, sóbre which they all go to bed; having
each one its place distinguished by its abrazador and four or six pillows that him belong. Although beds
are had, often feels like sleeping more in the soil, looking for the biggest freshness, without being
enough sometimes anything against the excessive heat.

195
We could estendernos much more about the special customs of that colony; but showing this brief
summary of those general ideas that more differ from those of the metropolis, we are thinking about
being able to excuse this inconvenience to our readership, mainly when for every day there is evident
more and more the development of the Spanish, vulgar culture those inhabitants, making expire the
specialties that even distinguish them.

OBSERVATIONS.

In spite of having conceived the idea of writing this Dictionary being in the country, which in him is
described, and nevertheless to have continued there in some time, assembling and preparing all the
information they could serve to the achievement of our thought; after our arrival á this court, trying to
carry out it, we met on innumerable difficulties originated in most cases from the absence of news, which
we were throwing of seeing, to the step that we were organizing, not only the above mentioned
information assembled to the effect, but even our thought, which did not receive few modifications,
mainly on having seen the big Dictionary of Mr. Madoz, and the sheet of the Alias of the same work that
presents the most finished description, which is possessed, of the islands of Luzon, Mindoro, Marinduque,
Stage, Sibuyan, Burias, part of Masbate, Ticao, Catanduanes, part of Samar and a multitude of adjacent
kidlings to them. In its consequence, so much to fill the gaps that resulted to us in our precedents, as to
acquire the due safety on those points in which these were not in harmony with the resullivo of the
espresado Atlas, and even of the geographical history of the Philippines, published by Mr. Mallat, which
did not also come á our hands even after having begun the impression of this work, us was precise to
consult about a few and other estremos, with the persons known about those islands, which could
illustrate us with its remarks.

Acquaintance belongs to all those who devote themselves to write works of the nature of this one, how
difficult it is to assemble exact precedents, to write them with wise move, so that cá the pair of useful to
all the classes of the society, there offer to be the guide of the leaders; being able to know and appreciate
properly on them the wealth and population of a country, like also its physical and moral needs. More if
this has been always extremely difficult and laborious with regard to those nations more refined and
advanced in the career of the civilization and of the letters, between which we can quote á our Spain,
where this class of works has raised á a height estraordinaria, thanks to the efforts and slightly common
perseverance of the understood and laborious one D. Pascual Madoz, arrives quoted, who has been able
to compile, order and increase with supreme skill, the most notable works of all the men for its illustration
of our homeland, who him were preceding in so arduous as annoying task, enriching them with a copious
wealth of news and statistical knowledge of the biggest interest; force is to confess in this place, how we
already did it in the brochure of our work, which, being the country that occupies us, in its infancy, not
only with regard to this class of works, but also in all the rest that have relation with the human knowledge,
and lacking for this reason all those resources and elements that served as of powerful ausiliares to the
outstanding writer that we have named, our works will not be able to go on from a light essay, which
merit, if anyone thinks him, will consist of being the first ones who of its class write each other. In addition
to the most serious disadvantages at that we have aimed, we have to fight against others more difficult
of overcoming that those, given that, talking each other of a country, which organic and political
constitution they are of his special, we cannot conquer the worries I satiate pernicious that us are
opposed, like an unbeatable barrier to the acquisition of all that news and precedents that would be of
wanting, for the biggest development of our thought. There are two natures the causes that reduce in
certain way the intention of giving to our work the whole estension that we conceive, in spite of the shown
disadvantages: the first one is natural and about which we cannot complain; since known is that acquiring

196
news about a country from which 5,000 leagues separate us, however much this immense distance has
been shy estraordinariamente with the most interesting discovery of the Isthmus of Suez, and for the
most amazing still of the steams, by means of which the world crosses already in all directions; with
everything, in spite of these advantages it is not the same, to obtain the news that always need in this
class of works, to write in Spain than in the same Philippine archipelago. For, another parle, the
geographical and topographic situation of those numerous islands, many of them scarcely acquaintances,
some for being uninhabited, different for not being reduced entirely, estendiéndose like an immense
savanna along the sea of the India, in which they reign for any more than half of the year, the terrible
hurricanes called hurricanes, and the disastrous gales known in those seas by monsoons, blowing already
of the N. 0. or of N. E.; they make difficult of such a way the communication of a few islands with others,
which is not possible to verify it but at certain seasons, when the fury of the elements calms down. But
although this cause is almost of mud punió unbeatably, the same does not happen with other one, since
a quite slightly noble and generous emulation on behalf of those that to fuer of good and loyal Spanish
more should have been interested by the good exilo of esla publication, it obstructs to us also to a certain
extent the springs that us could be many utility to enrich it. Perhaps some day we meet in the need to
accuse before the public conscience of our homeland those who so badly comprise the duty of good
citizens. More although for a parle we have fought and fight against mishaps that there is afeclado deeply
our heart, for other one we like making use of the biggest and complete salisfaccion, the credit not only
found received, but protection is decided in our magnanimous and lofty Queen Mrs Elizabeth II, in its
august husband the King, who has honored us in spite of admitting the dedication of our humble work,
and in the government quite of S. M., and with specialty in the Excmo. Mr. The minister of Grace and
Justice D. Lorenzo Arrazola, to whom, as to all the illustrious personages that protect our publication, we
are debtors of a just tax of gratitude, and of a passionate homenage of respect. Also we owe favor to
other distinguished persons who have provided us and provide interesting news, of which we will tie merit
up at the end of this work.

With regard to these news, complies to our object to say that not all arrive at our hands with opportunity,
siéndonos impossible to delay the printing by more time; whose circumstances has forced us to reserve
them to refine with them our work by means of an appendix. In this appendix were also corrected any
errors may have suffered during the course of the publication, and knowledge of which we have been
able to acquire. Similarly are found there the alterations that during the printing of this work too late, by
its nature, we have been able to know of the instability that is own of the geography and eon specialty of
the statistics of all countries. In addition we must do in this place the following observations:
1.a to express the number of houses that each town contains, i.e. that we have assembled to the array
of their neighborhoods whatever its distance, in attention unto which is a little less than impossible to
verify in another way. We merit only neighborhoods, visitas or annexs more important, in particular
articles.
2.The local names consisted of two voices, of which one is adjectival or expressive of a quality of the
being meant in other one, like Sta. Ann, San Antonio etc., following the rule established in most of works
of this nature, they will put themselves anteponiento the being to the quality: v. g. Ann (Sta)., Anthony
(San) etc.

EXPLANATION OF ABBREVIATIONS AND SOME PECULIAR NAMES TO THE COUNTRY.

a ……………………………...arroba.
adm……………………….. administración.
alc. m …..……………….. alcalde mayor.

197
alm………………………… almas.
ant…………………………. antiguo, a.
art…………………………. articulo=articulos.
ars………………………….. arzobispo=arzobispado.
archip…………………….. archipiélago.
arr………………………….. arroyo.
aud………………………….audiencia.
baguio……………………..huracán.
barangayan……………. embarcación.
barangay……………….. id. : y por estension, departamento civil.
baroto……………………..bote ó barquilla.
caban……………………… medida de capacidad=3'47 pies cúbicos.
cap. ó cab………………. capital ó cabecera.
camote…………………… batata.
campilan……………….. especie de sable.
cas………………………… caserío.
C. g………………………… capitanía general.
casco……………………….embarcación.
cord…………………………cordillera.
correg……………………. corregidor ó corregimiento.
camarín…………………. edificio de tabla, caña y estera para servir de almacén,
conv………………………. convento.
dalaga…………………….soltera ó doncella.
descript………………….descripción.
desp……………………….despoblado.
der………………………… derecha.
dióc……………………….. diócesis ú obispado.
dist………………………… distante ó distancia,
distr………………………. distrito.
E……………………………. Este.
ecl………………………… eclesiásticos=:eclesiástico.
fab……………………….. fábrica.
fort………………………. fortaleza.
hab………………………. habitantes.
igl…………………………. iglesia.
indio…………………….. natural de Filipinas.
ind……………………….. industria.
isq………………………… izquierda.
jurisd…………………….jurisdicción ó jurisdiccional.
lat……………………….. latitud.
leg………………………. legua.
long……………………. longitud.
marg…………………… margen.
monzón................. viento periódico.
morisqueta………... arroz cocido con agua.
N…………………………. Norte.
N. E……………………… Nordeste.
N. O…………………….. Noroeste.

198
nipa…………………….. especie de palma.
O…………………………. Oeste.
ob……………………… obispo=obispado.
ps. fs………………….. pesos fuertes de plata.
pico……………………. peso de 157 1/2 libras castellanas.
prov………………….. provincia.
parr…………………… parroquia=parroquial
principal…………….. el indígena que tiene Don.
pobl……………………. poblacion=pueblo.
petate…………………. estera.
panco…………………. embarcación.
parado………………… id.
prod……………………. productos.
quint…………………… quintal=quin tales.
r………………………….. rio.
riach…………………….riachuelo.
S………………………….. Sur.
S. E………………………. Sudeste.
S. O……………………… Sudoeste.
sit………………………… situacion=situado, a.
salacot………………… especie de sombrero.
sangley………………… comerciante chino.
set……………………….. setentrion, al.
term……………………… término.
trib……………………….. tributo ó tributos.
terr……………………….. territorio=territorial,
univ………………………. universidad.
(v)…………………………. véase.
vec……………………….. vecino.

Note. We omitted in this place many proper names of the country and perhaps unknown to many of our
readers of Europe, inasmuch as we have proposed form art., in the dictionary, with all those who we
believed to be convenient to the easiest intelligence.

Started translation on 20 May 2016. Finished draft translation on 3 March 2017

199